Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Blum Catalogue V5 en
Blum Catalogue V5 en
technical manual
2022/2023
www.blum.com
Your shortcut to the Internet
We have linked our catalogue with our online world, making comprehensive and up-to-date product information available for you to use at any time.
You are just one step away from the product page in the catalogue to our E-SERVICES.
You can use the web codes to go straight to the respective product in the Product Configurator. This ensures that you will quickly and easily receive
planning information and checked parts lists for your direct order from the distributor, as well as so much more.
You will find short URLs and QR codes for our products in the catalogue. These will take you directly to our detailed digital information, e.g. the
Design Selector, information about assembly, removal and adjustment, application videos and/or the Machinery Directive.
① Enter or click the web code ② Configure fitting ③ Display the parts list
Enter the web code in the Blum Product Configurator Using the web codes, the most important filters are When complete, you receive a finished parts list and
or click the web code in the PDF. already pre-set in the Product Configurator – you can can transmit it to the web shop of a selected distribu-
configure the complete application in just a few clicks. tor in just one click.
Enter the web codes into the Blum Product Con- The short web address makes it easier for you to ac- Directly access information about assembly and in-
figurator and you will receive information about the cess further product information, such as installation depth content about Blum products via the QR code
available product range, assembly and marketing instructions that you can print out, brochures and – even when on-site with the customer.
along with the parts list. technical data.
Short URL
www.blum.com/configurator
Example Example Example
Web code Help with planning and ordering Application video
DQBQ2M
Hinge systems
Overview 69
CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Tool-free CLIP assembly 70
BLUMOTION for doors 156
TIP-ON for doors 170
Hinge systems
Box systems
Overview 189 TANDEMBOX plus 348
LEGRABOX 190 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX 350
TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX 244 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX |
358
TIP-ON for LEGRABOX 250 TANDEMBOX
Box systems
Runner systems
Overview 415
MOVENTO 416
TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MOVENTO 434
Runner systems
Motion technologies
Overview 559
SERVO-DRIVE single applications 562
Motion technologies
Further products
Overview 573
Cabinet applications SPACE STEP 574
Locking systems CABLOXX 582
Further products
Overview 591
E-SERVICES 592
Drilling and insertion machines MINIPRESS top | MINIPRESS 604
Assembly devices BOXFIX 644
Templates 650
devices
Information
Overview 699
General Information 700
Information about lift systems 704
Information about hinge systems 706
Information
What’s your
next project?
No matter what your vision is: Blum has you covered. Whether it’s a
kitchen, bathroom, living room or bedroom – we have the products
to take your projects to the next level. In order to keep this so, we
always think a few steps ahead as to which applications you will need
in the future and what support will make your job easier. You will find
all products and information about our services for your project’s
success in our catalogue and technical manual.
SPACE STEP
This plinth solution enables ergonomic access to high
levels in all living areas.
REVEGO
Pocket systems allow you to quickly open up functional
spaces when you need them, and close them off again
when they are not in use.
SPACE TWIN
This narrow cabinet opens up space for made-to-
measure solutions, even in unexpected places.
SPACE TOWER
This spacious larder unit offers
convenient access to all storage
items.
Design
Innovative fittings support your
design ideas and enable you to
implement the latest furniture trends.
Ergonomics
Wall cabinet fronts equipped with lift systems are better than hinged doors because
they lift up and out of the way, providing full freedom of movement.
Reference pages
Discover more ideas, the right services for imple-
mentation and inspiring sales stories
Short URL
www.blum.com/i362
LEGRABOX pure/free
The basis: LEGRABOX pure and LEGRABOX free offer
a selection of superior matt colours and a premium
look in anti-fingerprint stainless steel.
LEGRABOX individual
The ultimate in customisation: design to your heart’s
content. Mix colours and materials, use printing, laser
texturing and embossing options to add customised
designs and create unique furniture that delights your
customers.
Reference pages
myLEGRABOX 230
Platform
It takes just a few components to create your
own extensive range. And you can make furniture
manufacturing even more efficient at the same time.
Diverse and yet simple.
Design
MERIVOBOX boasts straight lines and a striking look.
Create your own diverse and unmistakable range of
furniture! Modern minimalism meets distinctive design.
Assembly
No matter which model you opt for, assembly is always
simple and adjustment always the same. It is extremely
easy to achieve precise results.
Reference pages
MERIVOBOX 256
Short URL
www.blum.com/i355
Reference pages
Runner systems 414
Short URL
www.blum.com/i359
Concept | Planning |
Marketing Quotation Design Ordering
We provide you with our Plan, configure and save Our Cabinet and Product You can transmit the parts
images, videos, brochures your projects effortlessly Configurators provide you lists from our configurators
and much more in different online. Easily create with support when designing to the web shops of selected
languages and formats up-to-date parts lists for your cabinets and selecting the distributors via an interface.
– online in our Marketing customer quotes. right fittings. You receive
Media Library. CAD data that can then
be used in your design
software.
Reference pages
E-SERVICES 592
Short URL
www.blum.com/i361
Inspiration Innovation
We monitor global trends and strive to We stay in motion. Curiosity and
create the solutions of tomorrow. We pioneering spirit drive us to develop
like to share our insights with you. new products and services for you.
Services Quality
We support your daily operations with We continuously strive to improve our
customised services tailored to your products, services and ourselves.
processes.
AVENTOS lift systems deliver enhanced ▬ Quick, easy assembly and removal due to ▬ Optimised ergonomic handle position
convenience to wall cabinets. Even wide fronts CLIP technology ▬ BLUMOTION – soft and effortless closing
open with ease, hold in any position desired ▬ Easy, 3-dimensional front adjustment action
and close softly and effortlessly with soft-close ▬ Perfectly balanced – fronts remain in any ▬ With SERVO-DRIVE, the electrical motion
BLUMOTION. desired position support system for wall cabinets
▬ No protruding parts ▬ With TIP-ON, the mechanical opening sup-
port system for stay lifts
SERVO-DRIVE, the electri- TIP-ON, the mechanical The symmetrical lift mechanism of AVENTOS lift systems offer many
cal motion support system for opening support system for AVENTOS HK-XS can be used on opportunities for creating cabinets
AVENTOS HF, HS, HL and HK top. AVENTOS HK top, HK-S and one or two sides. that are even more individual – in all
HK-XS. areas of the home.
Lift systems
AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system
AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system 18
Overview 19
Standard | SERVO-DRIVE 20
Accessories 28
Symbolic image
AVENTOS HS – up and over lift system
AVENTOS HS – up and over lift system 30
Overview 31
Standard | SERVO-DRIVE 32
Symbolic image
AVENTOS HL – lift up
AVENTOS HL – lift up 36
Overview 37
Standard | SERVO-DRIVE 38
Symbolic image
AVENTOS HK top – stay lift
AVENTOS HK top – stay lift 42
Overview 43
Standard | SERVO-DRIVE 44
TIP-ON 48
Accessories 51
Symbolic image
AVENTOS HK-S – stay lift
AVENTOS HK-S – stay lift 52
Overview 53
Standard 54
TIP-ON 54
Accessories 57
Symbolic image
AVENTOS HK-XS – stay lift
AVENTOS HK-XS – stay lift 58
Overview 59
Standard 60
TIP-ON 60
Accessories 65
Symbolic image
AVENTOS – mitred and rebated applications
AVENTOS – mitred and rebated applications 16
Symbolic image
Accessories
Screws 66
Centre bit 66
Door buffer 66
Screwdriver 67
Cross slot bit 67
Symbolic image
The mesmerising motion of AVENTOS lift The new applications allow you to translate AVENTOS wall cabinet fronts also hold in any
systems is also available for wall cabinets with creative design ideas into action. Wall cabinets position desired when open and are therefore
mitres or rebates. Only minor positional adjust- with lift systems are particularly convenient always within easy reach for closing. Extra
ments need be made to standard fittings. because fronts glide up and out of the user’s convenience is provided by the SERVO-DRIVE
way, providing freedom of movement. or TIP-ON opening support systems.
Reference pages
AVENTOS – mitred and rebated
applications
Short URL
www.blum.com/mitresrebates
Lift systems
Mitred applications Rebated applications
AVENTOS HS – up and over lift system AVENTOS HS – up and over lift system
Lift systems open effortlessly with AVENTOS HF. Even heavy fronts Thanks to integrated BLUMOTION, The cover cap is available in silk
only require light operating forces. The variable stop ensures that fronts both heavy and light fronts close white, light grey and dark grey.
always remain in the desired position. softly and effortlessly.
Other advantages that will inspire both you and your customers
Excellent durability No protruding parts Includes a finger safety feature Similar shelves possible
The core element of the lift mech- Removable telescopic arm – an The CLIP top centre hinge with Depending on the height of the
anism is a robust spring package. advantage for furniture manufactur- innovative technology ensures cabinet, two identical shelves can
The result: excellent durability. ing and kitchen installation. finger safety. be used.
Lift systems
Applications Web code Page
Standard | SERVO-DRIVE
Wooden fronts and wide alu frames
Pictograph
Item available on request
Web code
Wooden fronts and wide alu frames
DQD8YM
▬ Ideal for wall cabinets with bi-fold fronts Power factor LF
▬ Cabinet height KH 480–1040 mm Cabinet height KH (mm) x combined weight of top
▬ Cabinet width KB up to 1800 mm and bottom fronts FG including handle (kg)
▬ Soft and effortless closing thanks to BLUMOTION
▬ Light operating forces
▬ Variable stop Theoret. cabinet height TKH
▬ Tool-free assembly Upper front height FHo (mm) x 2 + gaps
▬ 3-dimensional adjustment of both fronts
▬ Simple, infinitely variable lift mechanism
▬ Centre hinge with finger safety feature
We recommend the more powerful lift mechanism for
overlapping areas!
Standard
SERVO-DRIVE
Order information
1 Lift mechanism set
Power factor LF Note Part no.
2600–5500 1 pc = LF 960–2650 20F2200.05
5350–10150 20F2500.05
3 pc = LF 13500–
9000–17250 20F2800.05
25900
Consisting of:
1 2 x Lift mechanism (symmetrical)
– 8 x Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm
2 Telescopic arm set
Cabinet height KH (mm) Part no.
480–570 1
20F3200.01
560–710 1
20F3500.01
700–900 1
20F3800.01
760–1040 1
20F3900.01
Consisting of:
2 2 x Telescopic arm (symmetrical)
1
Theoretical cabinet height TKH for asymmetrical fronts
Lift systems
Web code
Wooden fronts and wide alu frames
DQD8YM
Order information
Alternative to 7 | 8 | 9 Accessories
– 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit – Opening angle stop
Only suitable for one drive unit Opening angle OW Colour Part no.
Lan- Lan- 104° TGR 20F7051
Network Network
adapter
guage Part no. adapter guage Part no. 83° R7037 20F7011
package package
E A ☎ Z10NA30EAF E F ☎ Z10NA30EFF – SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector
E B ☎ Z10NA30EBF B A ☎ Z10NA30BAF Colour Length (m) Part no.
E C ☎ Z10NA30ECF K D ☎ Z10NA30KDF S 8 Z10K800AE
E D ☎ Z10NA30EDF U G ☎ Z10NA30UGF Consisting of:
E E ☎ Z10NA30EEF 6b 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
Network adapter ¹ 6d 5 x Cable end protector
For cutting to size
E B K U Can be used as a SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
Web code
Wooden fronts and wide alu frames
DQD8YM
Planning
Symmetrical
Drilling position Space requirement
o
FH
Y
Cabinet height KH (mm) H (mm) KH Cabinet height Opening angle stop Y (mm)
480–549 KH x 0.3 – 28 Without FHo x 0.44 + 38
550–1040 KH x 0.3 – 57 104° FHo x 0.24 + 34
4 x chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm 83° 0
Drilling for SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable, left only FHo Upper front height
* Drilling depth 5 mm
** Alternative drilling
Front assembly CLIP top 120° hinge FAo CLIP top centre hinge
MD
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 3 4 5 6
550–1040 47 45
SFA Front overlay of the side panel 0 3 4 5 6 0 6 5 4 3
3 3 4 5 6 3
6 3 4 5 6 6
9 3 4 5 6 9
MD Mounting plate spacing (mm) MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)
With the CLIP top 120° special hinge, the front overlay FA is
always 2 mm larger
Lift systems
Web code
Wooden fronts and wide alu frames
DQD8YM
Planning
Asymmetrical
Drilling position Space requirement
o
FH
Y
Theoret. cabinet height TKH H (mm) TKH = FHo (mm) x 2 + gaps Opening angle stop Y (mm)
(mm) TKH Theoretical cabinet height Without FHo x 0.44 + 38
480–549 TKH x 0.3 – 28 FHo Upper front height 104° FHo x 0.24 + 34
550–1040 TKH x 0.3 – 57 FHu Lower front height 83° 0
4 x chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm FHo Upper front height
Drilling for SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable, left only The larger front must be at the top!
* Drilling depth 5 mm
** Alternative drilling
Front assembly CLIP top 120° hinge CLIP top centre hinge
FAo
MD
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 3 4 5 6
550–1040 FHo / 2 + 47 FHo / 2 + 45
FHo Upper front height 0 3 4 5 6 0 6 5 4 3
FHu Lower front height 3 3 4 5 6 3
FAu Bottom front overlay
6 3 4 5 6 6
SFA Front overlay of the side panel
9 3 4 5 6 9
MD Mounting plate spacing (mm) MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)
With the CLIP top 120° special hinge, the front overlay FA is
always 2 mm larger
Short URL
www.blum.com/a110
Web code
Narrow alu frames
DQD9NY
▬ Ideal for wall cabinets with bi-fold fronts Power factor LF
▬ Cabinet height KH 480–1040 mm Cabinet height KH (mm) x combined weight of top
▬ Cabinet width KB up to 1800 mm and bottom fronts FG including handle (kg)
▬ Soft and effortless closing thanks to BLUMOTION
▬ Light operating forces
▬ Variable stop Theoret. cabinet height TKH
▬ Tool-free assembly Upper front height FHo (mm) x 2 + gaps
▬ 3-dimensional adjustment of both fronts
▬ Simple, infinitely variable lift mechanism
▬ Centre hinge with finger safety feature
We recommend the more powerful lift mechanism for
overlapping areas!
Standard
SERVO-DRIVE
Order information
1 Lift mechanism set
Power factor LF Note Part no.
2600–5500 1 pc = LF 960–2650 20F2200.05
5350–10150 20F2500.05
9000–17250 20F2800.05
Consisting of:
1 2 x Lift mechanism (symmetrical)
– 8 x Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm
Lift systems
Web code
Narrow alu frames
DQD9NY
Order information
Alternative to 7 | 8 | 9 Accessories
– 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit – Opening angle stop
Only suitable for one drive unit Opening angle OW Colour Part no.
Lan- Lan- 104° TGR 20F7051
Network Network
adapter
guage Part no. adapter guage Part no. 83° R7037 20F7011
package package
E A ☎ Z10NA30EAF E F ☎ Z10NA30EFF – SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector
E B ☎ Z10NA30EBF B A ☎ Z10NA30BAF Colour Length (m) Part no.
E C ☎ Z10NA30ECF K D ☎ Z10NA30KDF S 8 Z10K800AE
E D ☎ Z10NA30EDF U G ☎ Z10NA30UGF Consisting of:
E E ☎ Z10NA30EEF 6b 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
Network adapter ¹ 6d 5 x Cable end protector
For cutting to size
E B K U Can be used as a SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
Reference pages
Overview – AVENTOS HF 19 SERVO-DRIVE switch 29 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Accessories – hinge set 28 SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list 718
Mounting plates 144 Overview – assembly devices 591
Accessories – general 66 Reference values for front weight FG (kg) 704 Short URL
Planning – symmetrical 26 Machine directive 701 www.blum.com/a110
Planning – asymmetrical 27 More technical details 698
Planning – Blum distance bumper 29
Web code
Narrow alu frames
DQD9NY
Planning
Symmetrical
Drilling position Space requirement
o
FH
Y
Cabinet height KH (mm) H (mm) KH Cabinet height Opening angle stop Y (mm)
480–549 KH x 0.3 – 28 Without FHo x 0.44 + 38
550–1040 KH x 0.3 – 57 104° FHo x 0.24 + 34
4 x chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm 83° 0
Drilling for SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable, left only FHo Upper front height
* Drilling depth 5 mm
** Alternative drilling
Front assembly CLIP top 120° aluminium frame door hinge CLIP top aluminium centre hinge
Lift systems
Web code
Narrow alu frames
DQD9NY
Planning
Asymmetrical
Drilling position Space requirement
o
FH
Y
Theoret. cabinet height TKH H (mm) TKH = FHo (mm) x 2 + gaps Opening angle stop Y (mm)
(mm) TKH Theoretical cabinet height Without FHo x 0.44 + 38
480–549 TKH x 0.3 – 28 FHo Upper front height 104° FHo x 0.24 + 34
550–1040 TKH x 0.3 – 57 FHu Lower front height 83° 0
4 x chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm FHo Upper front height
Drilling for SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable, left only The larger front must be at the top!
* Drilling depth 5 mm
** Alternative drilling
Front assembly CLIP top 120° aluminium frame door hinge CLIP top aluminium centre hinge
Short URL
www.blum.com/a110
Lift systems
Planning
Blum distance bumper (SERVO-DRIVE application only)
Insert Blum distance bumper (do not glue) Recommendation for aluminium frames
Take into account drilling for the Blum distance bumper in the
cabinet side
A trial application must be carried out when fixing to the front
SERVO-DRIVE switch
Reference pages
Overview – AVENTOS HF 19 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Ordering information – wooden fronts and
20
wide alu frames
Ordering information – narrow alu frames 24 Short URL
Overview – assembly devices 591 www.blum.com/a110
Machine directive 701
More technical details 698
AVENTOS HS provides ease of Thanks to SERVO-DRIVE, wall AVENTOS HS can be used The cover cap is available in silk
use that inspires. Even heavy fronts cabinet fronts open at a single with EXPANDO T for thin fronts white, light grey and dark grey.
are easy to open thanks to the light touch. The press of a switch is all measuring 8 mm or more.
operating forces. you need for a soft close.
Other advantages that will inspire both you and your customers
Lift systems
Applications Web code Page
Standard | SERVO-DRIVE
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
Pictograph
Item available on request
Web code
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
DQDADA
▬ Ideal for large fronts Lift mechanism
▬ Cabinet height KH 350–800 mm In order to select the correct lift mechanism, it is
▬ Cabinet width KB up to 1800 mm necessary to determine both the cabinet height KH
▬ Soft and effortless closing thanks to BLUMOTION and the front weight FG (including the handle)
▬ Light operating forces
▬ Perfect motion with a variable stop Example
▬ Tool-free assembly Cabinet height KH = 600 mm
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment Front weight FG = 10 kg
▬ Simple, infinitely variable lift mechanism Lift mechanism selection = 20S2E00.05
KH = 602 mm –> 600 mm
KH = 603 mm –> 605 mm
We recommend the more powerful lift mechanism for
overlapping areas!
Standard
SERVO-DRIVE
Order information
1 Lift mechanism set
Cabinet height KH 350–525 mm
Part no. 20S2A00.05 20S2B00.05 20S2C00.05 Part no. 20S2A00.05 20S2B00.05 20S2C00.05
KH (mm) Weight of front incl. handle (kg) KH (mm) Weight of front incl. handle (kg)
350 2.00–5.00 4.50–9.50 9.25–10.50 440 2.25–4.50 4.25–8.50 8.25–13.00
355 2.00–4.75 4.50–9.50 9.25–10.50 445 2.25–4.50 4.25–8.50 8.25–13.25
360 2.00–4.75 4.50–9.50 9.25–10.75 450 2.25–4.25 4.00–8.50 8.25–13.50
365 2.00–4.75 4.50–9.25 9.00–11.00 455 2.25–4.25 4.00–8.50 8.25–13.50
370 2.00–4.75 4.50–9.25 9.00–11.00 460 2.25–4.25 4.00–8.25 8.00–13.75
375 2.00–4.75 4.50–9.25 9.00–11.25 465 2.25–4.25 4.00–8.25 8.00–13.75
380 2.00–4.75 4.50–9.25 9.00–11.25 470 2.50–4.25 4.00–8.25 8.00–14.00
385 2.00–4.75 4.50–9.25 9.00–11.50 475 2.50–4.25 3.75–8.00 7.75–14.00
390 2.00–4.75 4.50–9.00 8.75–11.50 480 2.50–4.25 3.75–8.00 7.75–14.25
395 2.00–4.75 4.50–9.00 8.75–11.75 485 2.50–4.25 3.75–8.00 7.75–14.25
400 2.00–4.75 4.25–9.00 8.75–12.00 490 2.50–4.25 3.75–8.00 7.75–14.50
405 2.25–4.50 4.25–9.00 8.75–12.00 495 2.50–4.25 3.75–7.75 7.50–14.50
410 2.25–4.50 4.25–9.00 8.75–12.25 500 2.50–4.25 3.50–7.75 7.50–14.75
415 2.25–4.50 4.25–8.75 8.50–12.50 505 2.50–4.00 3.50–7.75 7.50–14.75
420 2.25–4.50 4.25–8.75 8.50–12.50 510 2.50–4.00 3.50–7.75 7.50–14.75
425 2.25–4.50 4.25–8.75 8.50–12.75 515 2.50–4.00 3.50–7.50 7.25–14.75
430 2.25–4.50 4.25–8.75 8.50–12.75 520 2.50–4.00 3.50–7.50 7.25–15.00
435 2.25–4.50 4.25–8.75 8.50–13.00 525 2.50–4.00 3.25–7.50 7.25–15.00
Cabinet height KH 526–675 mm
Part no. 20S2D00.05 20S2E00.05 20S2F00.05 Part no. 20S2D00.05 20S2E00.05 20S2F00.05
KH (mm) Weight of front incl. handle (kg) KH (mm) Weight of front incl. handle (kg)
526 3.00–6.75 6.25–13.00 12.00–16.50 605 3.00–6.00 5.50–11.75 10.50–18.50
530 3.00–6.75 6.25–12.75 11.75–16.75 610 3.00–6.00 5.50–11.75 10.50–18.50 2 Lever arm set
535 3.00–6.75 6.25–12.75 11.75–16.75 615 3.00–5.75 5.50–11.50 10.25–18.75
Colour Material Part no.
540 3.00–6.50 6.00–12.75 11.75–17.00 620 3.00–5.75 5.50–11.50 10.25–18.75
545 3.00–6.50 6.00–12.50 11.50–17.25 625 3.00–5.75 5.50–11.50 10.25–18.75 NI Steel 20S3500.06
550 3.00–6.50 6.00–12.50 11.50–17.25 630 3.00–5.75 5.50–11.50 10.25–18.75 Consisting of:
555 3.00–6.50 6.00–12.50 11.50–17.50 635 3.00–5.50 5.25–11.50 10.25–18.75 2a 1 x Lever arm left
560 3.00–6.50 6.00–12.25 11.25–17.50 640 3.00–5.50 5.25–11.25 10.00–18.75 2b 1 x Lever arm right
565 3.00–6.25 5.75–12.25 11.25–17.75 645 3.00–5.50 5.25–11.25 10.00–18.75 2c 2 x Cross stabiliser cover cap
570 3.00–6.25 5.75–12.25 11.25–17.75 650 3.00–5.50 5.25–11.25 10.00–19.00
575 3.00–6.25 5.75–12.00 11.00–18.00 655 3.00–5.50 5.25–11.25 10.00–19.00 2 Lever arm set for SERVO-DRIVE
580 3.00–6.25 5.75–12.00 11.00–18.00 660 3.00–5.50 5.25–11.25 10.00–19.00 Colour Material Part no.
585 3.00–6.25 5.75–12.00 10.75–18.25 665 3.00–5.25 5.00–11.00 09.75–19.00
NI Steel 21S3500.01
590 3.00–6.00 5.50–12.00 10.75–18.25 670 3.00–5.25 5.00–11.00 09.75–19.00
Consisting of:
595 3.00–6.00 5.50–11.75 10.50–18.50 675 3.00–5.25 5.00–11.00 09.75–19.00
2a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE lever arm left
600 3.00–6.00 5.50–11.75 10.50–18.50
2b 1 x SERVO-DRIVE lever arm right
Cabinet height KH 676–800 mm 2c 2 x Cross stabiliser cover cap
Part no. 20S2G00.05 20S2H00.05 20S2I00.05 Part no. 20S2G00.05 20S2H00.05 20S2I00.05
KH (mm) Weight of front incl. handle (kg) KH (mm) Weight of front incl. handle (kg) 3 Cover cap set
676 3.50–8.00 7.00–13.50 13.00–21.50 740 3.50–7.25 6.50–12.75 11.75–20.75 Colour Material Part no.
680 3.50–8.00 7.00–13.50 13.00–21.50 745 3.50–7.25 6.50–12.75 11.50–20.50
SW | HGR | TGR Nylon 20S8020
685 3.50–8.00 7.00–13.25 12.75–21.50 750 3.50–7.25 6.50–12.75 11.50–20.50
Consisting of:
690 3.50–7.75 6.75–13.25 12.75–21.50 755 3.75–7.25 6.50–12.75 11.25–20.50
3a 1 x Cover cap left
695 3.50–7.75 6.75–13.25 12.50–21.50 760 3.75–7.25 6.50–12.75 11.25–20.25
3b 1 x Cover cap right
700 3.50–7.75 6.75–13.25 12.50–21.50 765 3.75–7.25 6.50–12.50 11.00–20.25
3c 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo
705 3.50–7.75 6.75–13.25 12.25–21.50 770 3.75–7.00 6.25–12.50 11.00–20.25
IN-G
710 3.50–7.75 6.75–13.25 12.25–21.25 775 3.75–7.00 6.25–12.50 11.00–20.25
715 3.50–7.50 6.75–13.00 12.00–21.25 780 4.00–7.00 6.25–12.50 10.75–20.25
3 Cover cap set for SERVO-DRIVE
720 3.50–7.50 6.75–13.00 12.00–21.25 785 4.00–7.00 6.25–12.50 10.75–20.00
725 3.50–7.50 6.75–13.00 12.00–21.00 790 4.00–7.00 6.00–12.25 10.75–20.00 Colour Material Part no.
730 3.50–7.50 6.75–13.00 11.75–21.00 795 4.00–7.00 6.00–12.25 10.50–20.00 SW | HGR | TGR Nylon 21S8020
735 3.50–7.50 6.50–13.00 11.75–20.75 800 4.00–7.00 6.00–12.25 10.50–20.00 Consisting of:
Consisting of: 3a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE cover cap left
1 2 x Lift mechanism (symmetrical) 3b 1 x Cover cap right
– 10 x Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm 3c 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo
KH Cabinet height IN-G
3d 2 x SERVO-DRIVE switch
3e 4 x Blum distance bumper, Ø 5 mm
Lift systems
Web code
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
DQDADA
Order information
4 Front fixing bracket set 9 Flex
Version Fixing method Part no. Market Part no. Market Part no.
Wooden fronts and wide 1 AR Z10M200A JP Z10M200J
20S4200
alu frames Screw-on UK Z10M200B AU Z10M200K
Narrow alu frames 20S4200A CH Z10M200C CL Z10M200L
1
Use 4 chipboard screws (609.1x00) per side for wooden fronts DK Z10M200D CN Z10M200N
Use 4 counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) per side for wide alu frames
Europe Z10M200E BR Z10M200S.01
4 Front fixing bracket Europe ¹ Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200T
Version Fixing method Part no. IN Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200U
Thin fronts EXPANDO T 20S42T1 IL Z10M200I ZA Z10M200Z
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages Length 2 m, incl. plug
¹ Without plug
5 Cross stabiliser rod round
Alternative to 7 | 8 | 9
Length (mm) Diameter (mm) Part no.
– 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit
1061 Ø 16.0 20Q1061UN
For cutting to size Only suitable for one drive unit
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 129 mm Lan- Lan-
Network Network
Internal cabinet width LW – 164 mm adapter
guage Part no. adapter guage Part no.
package package
– Connecting piece set for cross stabiliser E A ☎ Z10NA30EAF E F ☎ Z10NA30EFF
Internal cabinet width LW 1190 mm and higher E B ☎ Z10NA30EBF B A ☎ Z10NA30BAF
Material Diameter (mm) Part no. E C ☎ Z10NA30ECF K D ☎ Z10NA30KDF
Aluminium Ø 16.0 20Q153ZN E D ☎ Z10NA30EDF U G ☎ Z10NA30UGF
Consisting of: E E ☎ Z10NA30EEF
– 1 x Connecting piece Network adapter ¹
– 1 x Fixing
– 2 x Cross stabiliser cover cap E B K U
Cutting for 5 Internal cabinet width LW / 2 – 147 mm
Internal cabinet width LW / 2 – 165 mm Consisting of:
– 1 x 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit
6 SERVO-DRIVE set Incl. cable, 1120 mm (with SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable extendible to max. 2000 mm)
Colour Material Part no. Other combinations available upon request
¹ See the Information chapter for a detailed market list
R7037 Nylon 21FA000
Consisting of: Accessories
6a 1 x Drive unit
6b 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable, 1500 mm
– SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector
6c 1 x Connecting node Colour Length (m) Part no.
6d 2 x Cable end protector S 8 Z10K800AE
We recommend one SERVO-DRIVE drive unit per set for connected fronts! Consisting of:
6b 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
7 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit 6d 5 x Cable end protector
Language package Part no. Language package Part no. For cutting to size
A Z10NE030A F Z10NE030F Can be used as a SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
Colour Colour
8 Power supply unit housing
HGR Light grey R7037 RAL 7037 dust grey
Colour Material Part no. SW Silk white WGR White grey
WGR Nylon Z10NG120 TGR Dark grey S Black
For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit NI Nickel plated W White
IN-G In-mould brushed stainless steel
Reference pages
Overview – AVENTOS HS 31 Planning – Blum distance bumper 35 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T SERVO-DRIVE switch 35
584
SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list 718
Assembly recommendation and limitation of Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL
585
liability – EXPANDO T Reference values for front weight FG (kg) 704 www.blum.com/a120
Accessories – general 66 Machine directive 701
Planning 34 More technical details 698
Web code
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
DQDADA
Planning
Drilling position Space requirement
Front assembly – wooden fronts and wide alu Front assembly – narrow alu frames Narrow alu frames
frames
Use 4 chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden fronts FAo Upper front overlay For frame width 19 mm, a side front overlay SFA of 11–18 mm
Use 4 counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) for wide SFA Front overlay of the side panel is possible
alu frames Wall application: min. gap required 5 mm * When changing material thickness, adjust the assembly
FAo Upper front overlay dimensions accordingly
SFA Front overlay of the side panel
Wall application: min. gap required 5 mm
Lift systems
Web code
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
DQDADA
Planning
Blum distance bumper (SERVO-DRIVE application only)
Insert Blum distance bumper (do not glue) Recommendation for aluminium frames
Take into account drilling for the Blum distance bumper in the
cabinet side
A trial application must be carried out when fixing to the front
SERVO-DRIVE switch
Reference pages
Overview – AVENTOS HS 31 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Ordering information – wooden fronts, wide
32
and narrow alu frames
Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL
Machine directive 701 www.blum.com/a120
More technical details 698
Regardless of the weight and size, Handle-less fronts can be opened AVENTOS HL allows you to con- The cover cap is available in silk
AVENTOS HL only requires light and closed with ease with the ceal electrical appliances behind a white, light grey and dark grey.
operating forces for easy opening SERVO-DRIVE electrical motion continuous front.
and closing. support system.
Other advantages that will inspire both you and your customers
Lift systems
Applications Web code Page
Standard | SERVO-DRIVE
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
Pictograph
Item available on request
Web code
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
DQDB2M
▬ Well-suited to small fronts Lift mechanism
▬ Cabinet height KH 300–580 mm In order to select the correct lift mechanism, it is
▬ Cabinet width KB up to 1800 mm necessary to determine both the cabinet height KH
▬ Soft and effortless closing thanks to BLUMOTION and the front weight FG (including the handle)
▬ Light operating forces
▬ Perfect motion with a variable stop Example
▬ Tool-free assembly Cabinet height KH = 390 mm
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment Front weight FG = 6 kg
▬ Simple, infinitely variable lift mechanism Lift mechanism selection = 20L2500.05
Lever arm selection = 20L3500.06
Lever arm for SERVO-DRIVE = 21L3500.01
We recommend the more powerful lift mechanism for
overlapping areas!
Standard
SERVO-DRIVE
Order information
1 Lift mechanism set
Cabinet height KH (mm)
300–349 350–399 400–550 450–580
Lever arm set Part no.
20L3200.06 20L3500.06 20L3800.06 20L3900.06
21L3200.01 21L3500.01 21L3800.01 21L3900.01
1.25–4.25 1.25–2.50 20L2100.05
3.50–7.25 1.75–5.00 1.75–3.50 20L2300.05
handle (kg)
front incl.
Weight of
Lift systems
Web code
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
DQDB2M
Order information
6 SERVO-DRIVE set Accessories
Colour Material Part no. – SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector
R7037 Nylon 21FA000 Colour Length (m) Part no.
Consisting of: S 8 Z10K800AE
6a 1 x Drive unit Consisting of:
6b 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable, 1500 mm 6b 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
6c 1 x Connecting node 6d 5 x Cable end protector
6d 2 x Cable end protector For cutting to size
We recommend one SERVO-DRIVE drive unit per set for connected fronts! Can be used as a SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
7 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit – Connecting node and cable end protector
Language package Part no. Language package Part no. Colour Material Part no.
A Z10NE030A F Z10NE030F S Nylon Z10V100E.01
B Z10NE030B G Z10NE030G Consisting of:
C Z10NE030C H Z10NE030H 6c 1 x Connecting node
6d 2 x Cable end protector
D Z10NE030D J Z10NE030J
Tool-free assembly
E Z10NE030E
Incl. operating and installation instructions – Cable holder
Without flex Colour Material Part no.
Language package – operating and installation instructions
A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU W Nylon Z10K0009
B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH
D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA Colour Colour
E CS | HU | PL | SK HGR Light grey WGR White grey
Language descriptions as per ISO-639 SW Silk white S Black
TGR Dark grey W White
8 Power supply unit housing R7037 RAL 7037 dust grey IN-G In-mould brushed stainless steel
9 Flex
Market Part no. Market Part no.
AR Z10M200A JP Z10M200J
UK Z10M200B AU Z10M200K
CH Z10M200C CL Z10M200L
DK Z10M200D CN Z10M200N
Europe Z10M200E BR Z10M200S.01
Europe ¹ Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200T
IN Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200U
IL Z10M200I ZA Z10M200Z
Length 2 m, incl. plug
¹ Without plug
Alternative to 7 | 8 | 9
– 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit
Only suitable for one drive unit
Lan- Lan-
Network Network
adapter
guage Part no. adapter guage Part no.
package package
E A ☎ Z10NA30EAF E F ☎ Z10NA30EFF
E B ☎ Z10NA30EBF B A ☎ Z10NA30BAF
E C ☎ Z10NA30ECF K D ☎ Z10NA30KDF
E D ☎ Z10NA30EDF U G ☎ Z10NA30UGF
E E ☎ Z10NA30EEF
Network adapter ¹
E B K U
Consisting of:
– 1 x 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit
Incl. cable, 1120 mm (with SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable extendible to max. 2000 mm)
Other combinations available upon request
¹ See the Information chapter for a detailed market list
Reference pages
Overview – AVENTOS HL 37 Planning – Blum distance bumper 41 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T SERVO-DRIVE switch 41
584
SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list 718
Assembly recommendation and limitation of Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL
585
liability – EXPANDO T Reference values for front weight FG (kg) 704 www.blum.com/a130
Accessories – general 66 Machine directive 701
Planning 40 More technical details 698
Web code
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
DQDB2M
Planning
Drilling position Space requirement
5 x chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm Lever arm set LH min. Y (mm)¹ Lever arm set a (mm) b (mm)¹ c max.
Drilling for SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable, left only Standard SERVO-DRIVE (mm)¹ Standard SERVO-DRIVE (mm)
SOB Top panel thickness 20L3200.06 21L3200.01 262.0 264.0 20L3200.06 21L3200.01 114.0 257.0 159.0
* Drilling depth 5 mm 20L3500.06 21L3500.01 312.0 352.0 20L3500.06 21L3500.01 146.0 345.0 209.0
** Alternative drilling 20L3800.06 21L3800.01 362.0 440.0 20L3800.06 21L3800.01 178.0 433.0 259.0
20L3900.06 21L3900.01 412.0 529.0 20L3900.06 21L3900.01 210.0 522.0 309.5
¹ Dimensions based on lower gap F = 0 mm ¹ Dimensions based on lower gap F = 0 mm
LH Internal cabinet height KH Cabinet height
KH Cabinet height
Front assembly – wooden fronts and wide alu Front assembly – narrow alu frames Narrow alu frames
frames
Lever arm set X (mm) Lever arm set X (mm) For frame width 19 mm, a side front overlay SFA of 11–18 mm
Standard SERVO-DRIVE Standard SERVO-DRIVE is possible
20L3200.06 21L3200.01 153 20L3200.06 21L3200.01 153 * When changing material thickness, adjust the assembly
20L3500.06 21L3500.01 203 20L3500.06 21L3500.01 203 dimensions accordingly
20L3800.06 21L3800.01 253 20L3800.06 21L3800.01 253
20L3900.06 21L3900.01 303 20L3900.06 21L3900.01 303
FAo Upper front overlay FAo Upper front overlay
SFA Front overlay of the side panel SFA Front overlay of the side panel
Wall application: min. gap required 5 mm Wall application: min. gap required 5 mm
Lift systems
Web code
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
DQDB2M
Planning
Blum distance bumper (SERVO-DRIVE application only)
Insert Blum distance bumper (do not glue) Recommendation for aluminium frames
Take into account drilling for the Blum distance bumper in the
cabinet side
A trial application must be carried out when fixing to the front
SERVO-DRIVE switch
Reference pages
Overview – AVENTOS HL 37 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Ordering information – wooden fronts, wide
38
and narrow alu frames
Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL
Machine directive 701 www.blum.com/a130
More technical details 698
Small installation size, straight lines, Thanks to its minimalist design, the Choose between two symmetrical lift mechanism types – and two types
harmonious proportions, smooth stay lift fits harmoniously into furni- of assembly. The lift mechanism with the integrated positioning system
surfaces: AVENTOS HK top has ture in all areas of the home. can be installed without pre-drilling. The lift mechanism with pre-mounted
already won multiple awards for its system screws can also be installed to the unattached cabinet side. Four
design. drill holes in the 32 tier system are required for this.
Other advantages that will inspire both you and your customers
Excellent durability Motion technologies Integrated safety mechanism Integrated opening angle stop
The core element of the lift mech- Whether with SERVO-DRIVE or The innovative mechanism pre- The opening angle of the front is
anism is a robust spring package. TIP-ON: combined with the right vents the lever arm from opening infinitely variable and can therefore
The result: high durability combined motion technology, they make unintentionally. be set exactly as required.
with light operating forces. opening and closing a memorable
experience.
Lift systems
Applications Web code Page
Standard | SERVO-DRIVE
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
Pictograph
Item available on request
Web code
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
DQHFJY
▬ Ideal for small applications in wall cabinets, tall units Power factor LF
and over the refrigerator Cabinet height KH (mm) x front weight FG incl. double
▬ Cabinet height KH 205–600 mm handle weight (kg)
▬ Cabinet width KB up to 1800 mm
▬ Soft and effortless closing thanks to BLUMOTION
▬ Light operating forces We recommend the more powerful lift mechanism for
▬ Perfect motion with a variable stop overlapping areas!
▬ Tool-free assembly
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Simple, infinitely variable lift mechanism
▬ No hinges are necessary
▬ Integrated safety mechanism
▬ Integrated infinitely variable opening angle stop
Standard
SERVO-DRIVE
Order information
1 Lift mechanism set
Fixing with pre-mounted system screws
Power factor LF Opening angle OW Part no. 3e
7 9
420–1610 22K2310 8
930–2800 22K2510
107° 6b 6c+d
1730–5200 22K2710
3200–9000 22K2910 4
Consisting of:
1 2 x Symmetrical lift mechanism with pre-mounted system screws
Note
Max. front weight FG 18 kg for two lift mechanisms!
3b
The power factor LF can be increased by 50 % when a third lift mechanism is used. We recom-
1
mend using a third lift mechanism for wide cabinets. The reason for this is to prevent the middle
of the front from sagging when open. 3a
6a
3c
1 Lift mechanism set
Fixing with chipboard screws with positioning system
Power factor LF Opening angle OW Part no.
420–1610 22K2300
930–2800 22K2500
1730–5200
107°
22K2700
3d
3200–9000 22K2900
Consisting of:
1 2 x Lift mechanism (symmetrical)
Incl. positioning system 4 Front fixing bracket
– 8 x Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm Version Fixing method Part no.
Note
Thin fronts EXPANDO T 20S42T1
Max. front weight FG 18 kg for two lift mechanisms!
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages
The power factor LF can be increased by 50 % when a third lift mechanism is used. We recom-
mend using a third lift mechanism for wide cabinets. The reason for this is to prevent the middle
6 SERVO-DRIVE set
of the front from sagging when open.
Colour Material Part no.
3 Cover cap set R7037 Nylon 23KA000
Colour Material Part no. Consisting of:
SW | HGR | TGR Nylon 22K8000 6a 1 x Drive unit
6b 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable, 1500 mm
Consisting of:
6c 1 x Connecting node
– 1 x Cover cap left
6d 2 x Cable end protector
3b 1 x Cover cap right
For three lift mechanisms or more, we recommend two synchronised drive units
3c 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo
IN-G
7 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
3 Cover cap set for SERVO-DRIVE Language package Part no. Language package Part no.
Colour Material Part no. A Z10NE030A F Z10NE030F
SW | HGR | TGR Nylon 23K8000 B Z10NE030B G Z10NE030G
Consisting of: C Z10NE030C H Z10NE030H
3a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE cover cap left D Z10NE030D J Z10NE030J
3b 1 x Cover cap right
3c 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo E Z10NE030E
IN-G Incl. operating and installation instructions
3d 2 x SERVO-DRIVE switch Without flex
3e 2 x Blum distance bumper, Ø 5 mm Language package – operating and installation instructions
A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU
4 Front fixing bracket set B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR
C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH
Version Fixing method Part no. D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA
Wooden fronts and wide 1 E CS | HU | PL | SK
20S4200
alu frames Screw-on Language descriptions as per ISO-639
Narrow alu frames 20S4200A
8 Power supply unit housing
1
Use 4 chipboard screws (609.1x00) per side for wooden fronts
Use 4 counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) per side for wide alu frames Colour Material Part no.
WGR Nylon Z10NG120
For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
Lift systems
Web code
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
DQHFJY
Order information
9 Flex Accessories
Market Part no. Market Part no. – SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector
AR Z10M200A JP Z10M200J Colour Length (m) Part no.
UK Z10M200B AU Z10M200K S 8 Z10K800AE
CH Z10M200C CL Z10M200L Consisting of:
6b 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
DK Z10M200D CN Z10M200N
6d 5 x Cable end protector
Europe Z10M200E BR Z10M200S.01 For cutting to size
Europe ¹ Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200T Can be used as a SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
IN Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200U
– Connecting node and cable end protector
IL Z10M200I ZA Z10M200Z
Colour Material Part no.
Length 2 m, incl. plug
¹ Without plug S Nylon Z10V100E.01
Consisting of:
Alternative to 7 | 8 | 9 6c 1 x Connecting node
6d 2 x Cable end protector
– 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit
Tool-free assembly
Only suitable for one drive unit
Network
Lan-
Network
Lan- – Cable holder
adapter
guage Part no. adapter guage Part no. Colour Material Part no.
package package
E A ☎ Z10NA30EAF E F ☎ Z10NA30EFF W Nylon Z10K0009
E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
E B ☎ Z10NA30EBF B A ☎ Z10NA30BAF
E C ☎ Z10NA30ECF K D ☎ Z10NA30KDF Colour Colour
HGR Light grey WGR White grey
E D ☎ Z10NA30EDF U G ☎ Z10NA30UGF
SW Silk white S Black
E E ☎ Z10NA30EEF TGR Dark grey W White
Network adapter ¹ R7037 RAL 7037 dust grey IN-G In-mould brushed stainless steel
E B K U
Consisting of:
– 1 x 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit
Incl. cable, 1120 mm (with SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable extendible to max. 2000 mm)
Other combinations available upon request
¹ See the Information chapter for a detailed market list
Reference pages
Overview – AVENTOS HK top 43 Planning – Blum distance bumper 47 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T SERVO-DRIVE switch 47
584
SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list 718
Assembly recommendation and limitation of Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL
585
liability – EXPANDO T Reference values for front weight FG (kg) 704 www.blum.com/a170
Accessories – general 66 Machine directive 701
Planning 46 More technical details 698
Web code
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
DQHFJY
Planning
Drilling position – system screws Drilling position – chipboard screws Space requirement
3
2
36
Ø 5* 1
Ø 10
37 32 82
64 32
38.5
187 30
235 67
min 261*
1.5
Front assembly – wooden fronts and wide alu Front assembly – narrow alu frames Narrow alu frames
frames
F
15.5 F
62.5 +
62 +
FAo
SOB
SOB
FAo
32 32 32
64
12.5
SFA SFA
Use 4 chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden fronts SOB Top panel thickness For frame width 19 mm, a side front overlay SFA of 11–18 mm
Use 4 counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) for wide FAo Upper front overlay is possible
alu frames Max. 25.4 mm * When changing material thickness, adjust the assembly
SOB Top panel thickness SFA Front overlay of the side panel dimensions accordingly
FAo Upper front overlay F Gap
Max. 25.4 mm
SFA Front overlay of the side panel
F Gap
FH
162
FD
SOB
Y max
X
MF
Lift systems
Web code
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
DQHFJY
Planning
Blum distance bumper (SERVO-DRIVE application only)
8*
Insert Blum distance bumper (do not glue) Recommendation for aluminium frames
Do not use bumpers in the upper third Take into account drilling for the Blum distance bumper in the
cabinet side
A trial application must be carried out when fixing to the front
SERVO-DRIVE switch
Reference pages
Overview – AVENTOS HK top 43 AVENTOS HK top Assembly, removal and adjustment
Ordering information – wooden fronts, wide
44
and narrow alu frames
Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL Short URL
Machine directive 701 www.blum.com/i014 www.blum.com/a170
More technical details 698
Web code
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames – TIP-ON
DQHS7Y
▬ TIP-ON for handle-less wall cabinet fronts Power factor LF
▬ Cabinet height KH 205–600 mm Cabinet height KH (mm) x front weight FG incl. double
▬ Cabinet width KB up to 1800 mm handle weight (kg)
▬ For drilling or in combination with adapter plates
TIP-ON
Order information
1 Lift mechanism set for TIP-ON
Fixing with pre-mounted system screws
Power factor LF Opening angle OW Part no. 6b
420–1610 22K2310T 6c
107°
930–2800 22K2510T
1730–5200 22K2710T
100°
3200–9000 22K2910T
Consisting of: 4
1 2 x Symmetrical lift mechanism with pre-mounted system screws
Note
Max. front weight FG 18 kg for two lift mechanisms!
The power factor LF can be increased by 50 % when a third lift mechanism is used. We recom-
mend using a third lift mechanism for wide cabinets. The reason for this is to prevent the middle
1
of the front from sagging when open.
3b 3c
1 Lift mechanism set for TIP-ON
Fixing with chipboard screws with positioning system
Power factor LF Opening angle OW Part no.
7
420–1610 22K2300T
107°
930–2800 22K2500T
1730–5200 22K2700T
100° 6a
3200–9000 22K2900T
Consisting of:
1 2 x Lift mechanism (symmetrical)
Incl. positioning system 6 TIP-ON set
– 8 x Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm Cabinet height
Note Version Colour Part no.
KH (mm)
Max. front weight FG 18 kg for two lift mechanisms!
The power factor LF can be increased by 50 % when a third lift mechanism is used. We recom- SW |
Short version Up to 600 956.1004
mend using a third lift mechanism for wide cabinets. The reason for this is to prevent the middle R7036 | CS
of the front from sagging when open. Consisting of:
6a 1 x TIP-ON
3 Cover cap set 6b 1 x Screw-on catch plate
Colour Material Part no. 6c 1 x Glue-on catch plate
– 1 x Chipboard screw 609.1500
SW | HGR | TGR Nylon 22K8000
Consisting of:
– 1 x Cover cap left Accessories
3b 1 x Cover cap right
7 Adapter plate
3c 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo
IN-G Version Colour Part no.
Straight adapter plate –
4 Front fixing bracket set SW | R7036 | NI-L | CS 956.1201
Short version
Version Fixing method Part no. Cruciform adapter plate – Extend-
Wooden fronts and wide 1 R7036 956A1501
20S4200 ed version
alu frames Screw-on
Narrow alu frames 20S4200A Colour Colour
HGR Light grey R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey
1
Use 4 chipboard screws (609.1x00) per side for wooden fronts
SW Silk white NI-L Nickel lacquered
Use 4 counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) per side for wide alu frames
4 Front fixing bracket TGR Dark grey IN-G In-mould brushed stainless steel
CS Carbon black
Version Fixing method Part no.
Thin fronts EXPANDO T 20S42T1
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages
Lift systems
Web code
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames – TIP-ON
DQHS7Y
Planning
Drilling position – system screws Drilling position – chipboard screws Space requirement
3
2
36
Ø 5*
1
37 32
64 32
30
187
min 261*
1.5
Front assembly – wooden fronts and wide alu Front assembly – narrow alu frames Narrow alu frames
frames
F
15.5 F
62.5 +
62 +
FAo
SOB
SOB
FAo
32 32 32
64
12.5
SFA SFA
Use 4 chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden fronts SOB Top panel thickness For frame width 19 mm, a side front overlay SFA of 11–18 mm
Use 4 counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) for wide FAo Upper front overlay is possible
alu frames Max. 25.4 mm * When changing material thickness, adjust the assembly
SOB Top panel thickness SFA Front overlay of the side panel dimensions accordingly
FAo Upper front overlay F Gap
Max. 25.4 mm
SFA Front overlay of the side panel
F Gap
584
SOB
Y max
X
Assembly recommendation and limitation of
585
liability – EXPANDO T
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
AVENTOS HK top
MF
FAu
surfaces
Colour
SW Silk white
R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey FAu Bottom front overlay FAu Bottom front overlay
CS Carbon black * 3 mm offset installation
Reference pages
Overview – AVENTOS HK top 43 Assembly Assembly, removal and adjustment
Drilling template for BLUMOTION | TIP-ON 666
Positioning template for catch plate 687
MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK 610 Short URL
MINIPRESS top 614 www.blum.com/a170
Lift systems
Straight adapter plate – short version 20/17
▬ Fixing with chipboard Planning
screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm
▬ Alternative assembly with
system screws
▬ TIP-ON must be ordered
separately
Order information
Colour Material Part no.
SW | R7036 | NI-L | Front gap Catch plate
Nylon 956.1201
CS
Colour
SW Silk white
R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey 8
NI-L Nickel lacquered
CS Carbon black FAu
Order information
Colour Material Part no.
R7036 Nylon 956A1501 Front gap Catch plate
Colour
R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey
8
FAu
Reference pages
Overview – AVENTOS HK top 43 Assembly Assembly, removal and adjustment
Template 664
Drilling template for mounting plates 665
Positioning template for catch plate 687 Short URL
MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK 610 www.blum.com/a170
MINIPRESS top 614
MINIPRESS P 626
MINIPRESS M 630
The small stay lift remains in any The lift mechanism is easily adjust- Handle-less doors can be opened The cover cap is available in silk
desired position. The front is thus ed from the front to be compatible easily with TIP-ON – a light touch is white, light grey and dark grey.
within easy reach for closing. with the front weight. all that’s needed.
Other advantages that will inspire both you and your customers
Excellent durability No protruding parts Cornice and crown moulding Compact design
The core element of the lift mech- Delivered with closed lever – an When developing AVENTOS HK-S, Due to its minimal installation size,
anism is a robust spring package. advantage for furniture manufactur- we also took into account cabinets AVENTOS HK-S fits easily into
The result: excellent durability. ing and kitchen installation. with cornices and crown moulding. smaller cabinets.
Lift systems
Applications Web code Page
Standard | TIP-ON
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
Short URL
www.blum.com/a150
Symbolic image
Pictograph
Item available on request
Web code
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
DQDD6M
▬ Ideal for small applications in wall cabinets, tall units Power factor LF
and over the refrigerator Cabinet height KH (mm) x front weight FG incl. double
▬ Cabinet height KH max. 600 mm handle weight (kg)
▬ Soft and effortless closing thanks to BLUMOTION
▬ Light operating forces
▬ Perfect motion with a variable stop We recommend the more powerful lift mechanism for
▬ Tool-free assembly overlapping areas!
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Simple, infinitely variable lift mechanism
▬ No hinges are necessary
▬ TIP-ON for handle-less wall cabinet fronts
Standard
TIP-ON
Order information
1 Lift mechanism set
Power factor LF Opening angle OW Part no. 6b
220–500 1
20K2B00.06
400–1000 107° 20K2C00.06
960–2215 20K2E00.06
Consisting of: 4
1a 2 x Lift mechanism (symmetrical)
1b 2 x Cover cap left/right
SW | HGR | TGR
4
1c 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo
IN-G
– 6 x Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm
Note
The power factor LF can be increased by 50 % when a third lift mechanism is used
1
Lift mechanisms are unsprung
1b
1 Lift mechanism set for TIP-ON
Power factor LF Opening angle OW Part no.
220–500 1
20K2B00T06 1c 1a
400–1000 107° 20K2C00T06 7
960–2215 20K2E00T06 6a
Consisting of:
1a 2 x Lift mechanism (symmetrical)
1b 2 x Cover cap left/right
SW | HGR | TGR
1c 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo Accessories
IN-G – Opening angle stop
– 6 x Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm
Note Opening angle OW Colour Part no.
The power factor LF can be increased by 50 % when a third lift mechanism is used 100° TGR 20K7A41
1
Lift mechanisms are unsprung 75° R7037 20K7A11
4 Front fixing bracket 7 Adapter plate
Version Fixing method Spacing (mm) Part no. Version Colour Part no.
Wooden fronts and wide Straight adapter plate –
1
Screw-on 2x 175H3100 SW | R7036 | NI-L | CS 956.1201
alu frames Short version
0
EXPANDO 2x 177H3100E Cruciform adapter plate – Extend-
Wooden fronts R7036 956A1501
Knock-in 2x 177H3100 ed version
All horizontal steel mounting plates with 0 mm spacing possible
1
Use 2 chipboard screws (609.1x00) per side for wooden fronts Colour Colour
Use 2 counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) per side for wide alu frames HGR Light grey R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey
SW Silk white R7037 RAL 7037 dust grey
TGR Dark grey NI-L Nickel lacquered
4 Front fixing bracket set CS Carbon black IN-G In-mould brushed stainless steel
Version Fixing method Spacing (mm) Part no.
Narrow alu
Screw-on 0 20K4A00A02
frames
6 TIP-ON set
Cabinet height
Version Colour Part no.
KH (mm)
SW |
Short version Up to 600 956.1004
R7036 | CS
Consisting of:
6a 1 x TIP-ON
6b 1 x Screw-on catch plate
6c 1 x Glue-on catch plate
– 1 x Chipboard screw 609.1500
Lift systems
Web code
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
DQDD6M
Planning
Peg position Fixing position Space requirement
Front assembly – wooden fronts and wide alu Front assembly – narrow alu frames Narrow alu frames
frames
Use 2 chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden fronts SOB Top panel thickness For frame width 19 mm, a side front overlay SFA of 11–18 mm
Use 2 counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) for wide SFA Front overlay of the side panel is possible
alu frames F Gap * When changing material thickness, adjust the assembly
SOB Top panel thickness dimensions accordingly
SFA Front overlay of the side panel
F Gap
Short URL
www.blum.com/a150
FAu
surfaces
Colour
SW Silk white
R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey FAu Bottom front overlay FAu Bottom front overlay
CS Carbon black * 3 mm offset installation
Reference pages
Overview – AVENTOS HK-S 53 Assembly Assembly, removal and adjustment
Drilling template for BLUMOTION | TIP-ON 666
Positioning template for catch plate 687
MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK 610 Short URL
MINIPRESS top 614 www.blum.com/a150
Lift systems
Straight adapter plate – short version 20/17
▬ Fixing with chipboard Planning
screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm
▬ Alternative assembly with
system screws
▬ TIP-ON must be ordered
separately
Order information
Colour Material Part no.
SW | R7036 | NI-L | Front gap Catch plate
Nylon 956.1201
CS
Colour
SW Silk white
R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey 8
NI-L Nickel lacquered
CS Carbon black FAu
Order information
8
FAu
Reference pages
Overview – AVENTOS HK-S 53 Assembly Assembly, removal and adjustment
Template 664
Drilling template for mounting plates 665
Positioning template for catch plate 687 Short URL
MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK 610 www.blum.com/a150
MINIPRESS top 614
MINIPRESS P 626
MINIPRESS M 630
AVENTOS HK-XS boasts the quality of motion and ease of use that you Many possibilities Wide fronts
have come to expect from AVENTOS. Wall cabinet fronts close softly AVENTOS HK-XS has little depth For larger and heavier fronts, attach
and effortlessly in combination with CLIP top BLUMOTION hinges. The and is therefore ideal, for example, a lift mechanism to both sides.
variable stop ensures that fronts hold open in any position desired. for making full use of the space
above an extractor hood.
Other advantages that will inspire both you and your customers
Excellent durability CLIP mechanism Infinitely variable lift mechanism Handle-less stay lift fronts
The core element of the lift mech- Tool-free lift mechanism assem- adjustment Handle-less wall cabinet fronts
anism is a robust spring package. bly is carried out using the CLIP The infinitely variable adjustment is open with a single touch with
The result: excellent durability. mechanism. carried out from the front using the TIP-ON, giving users easy access
adjustment screw. to the opening edge of fronts.
Lift systems
Applications Web code Page
Standard | TIP-ON
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
Short URL
www.blum.com/a160
Symbolic image
Pictograph
Item available on request
Web code
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
DQDDVY
▬ Ideal for small applications in wall cabinets, tall units Power factor LF
and over the refrigerator Cabinet height KH (mm) x front weight FG incl. double
▬ Cabinet height KH 240–600 mm handle weight (kg)
▬ Internal cabinet depth LT min. 125 mm
▬ Cabinets with an internal depth LT of 100 mm are
possible thanks to a special drilling position A trial application is recommended when you are in a
▬ Closes silently and effortlessly in conjunction with borderline area of the individual lift mechanism!
CLIP top BLUMOTION hinges
▬ TIP-ON for handle-less stay lift fronts with CLIP top
unsprung hinges
▬ Light operating forces
▬ Perfect motion with a variable stop
▬ Simple, infinitely variable lift mechanism
Standard
TIP-ON
Order information
1 Lift mechanism (symmetrical)
Power factor LF Opening angle OW Part no.
200–1000 1
20K1101
500–1500 1
105° 20K1301
800–1800 1
20K1501
Note
The power factor LF is doubled when used on two sides
1
Hinges with a smaller opening angle limit the degree of opening
2 Cabinet fixing
Fixing method Part no.
Screw-on 20K5101
EXPANDO 20K51E1
10 CLIP top 110° hinge
4 Front fixing bracket Recommendation
Version Fixing method Part no. Boss Spring Part no.
Wooden fronts and wide 1 INSERTA 70T3590.TL
Screw-on 20K4101 Unsprung
alu frames Screw-on 1
70T3550.TL
Wooden fronts EXPANDO 20K41E1 3 hinges starting at cabinet width KB 900 mm and/or starting at power factor LF 1800
Narrow alu frames Screw-on 20K4101A 4 hinges with cabinet width KB 1200 mm and/or starting at power factor LF 2700
1
Use 2 chipboard screws (609.1x00) per side for wooden fronts Alternative
Use 2 counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) per side for wide alu frames CLIP top hinges: 107° hinge, profile | thick door hinge, 95° aluminium frame door hinge or CLIP
100° (hinge, unsprung)
6 TIP-ON set
1
Use chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden fronts
Use counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) for wide alu frames
Cabinet height
Version Colour Part no.
KH (mm) 11 Mounting plate
SW | Recommendation
Short version Up to 600 956.1004
R7036 | CS Fixing method Spacing (mm) Part no.
Consisting of: Screw-on 1
175H3100
6a 1 x TIP-ON 0
6b 1 x Screw-on catch plate
EXPANDO 177H3100E
6c 1 x Glue-on catch plate Standard mounting plates, spacing depends on the top gap F
– 1 x Chipboard screw 609.1500
1
Use chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden fronts
Use counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) for wide alu frames
10 CLIP top BLUMOTION 110° hinge
Recommendation
Boss Spring Part no.
INSERTA 71B3590
With spring
Screw-on 1
71B3550
3 hinges starting at cabinet width KB 900 mm and/or starting at power factor LF 1800
4 hinges with cabinet width KB 1200 mm and/or starting at power factor LF 2700
Alternative
CLIP top BLUMOTION hinges: 107°, profile | thick door, 95° aluminium frame door hinge or
CLIP top hinges: 107°, profile | thick door, 95° aluminium frame door hinge in combination with
BLUMOTION 973A – for clip on and | or CLIP hinges: 100°
1
Use chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden fronts
Use counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) for wide alu frames
Lift systems
Web code
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
DQDDVY
Order information
Accessories
– Opening angle stop
Opening angle OW Colour Part no.
86° S 70T3553
For CLIP top BLUMOTION 110° | CLIP top 110° hinge
7 Adapter plate
Version Colour Part no.
Straight adapter plate –
SW | R7036 | NI-L | CS 956.1201
Short version
Cruciform adapter plate – Extend-
R7036 956A1501
ed version
Colour Colour
HGR Light grey R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey
SW Silk white R7037 RAL 7037 dust grey
CS Carbon black NI-L Nickel lacquered
S Black
Reference pages
Overview – AVENTOS HK-XS 59 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Mounting plates 144
Planning 62
Accessories – general 66 Short URL
Overview – assembly devices 591 www.blum.com/a160
Reference values for front weight FG (kg) 704
More technical details 698
Web code
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
DQDDVY
Planning
Drilling position Space requirement
137+MD+K
H = 137 + MD + K + SOB LH Internal cabinet height CLIP top BLUMOTION 110° hinge
MD Mounting plate spacing * Min. 200 mm with visible wall hanging bracket Front thickness FD (mm) 16 19 22 24
K Cranking of hinge arm () Internal cabinet depth 100 mm X (mm) 45 34 23 15
Straight hinge arm – 0 mm Y = (FH – X) x 0.3
Cranked hinge arm – 9.5 mm FH Front height
Double cranked arm – 18 mm
SOB Top panel thickness
() Internal cabinet depth 100 mm
Front assembly – wooden fronts and wide alu Front assembly – narrow alu frames Narrow alu frames
frames
38
31
Use 2 chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden fronts FAo Upper front overlay For frame width 19 mm, a side front overlay SFA of 11–18 mm
Use 2 counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) for wide SFA Front overlay of the side panel is possible
alu frames MD Mounting plate spacing * When changing material thickness, adjust the assembly
FAo Upper front overlay K Cranking of hinge arm dimensions accordingly
SFA Front overlay of the side panel Straight hinge arm – 0 mm
MD Mounting plate spacing Cranked hinge arm – 9.5 mm
K Cranking of hinge arm Double cranked arm – 18 mm
Straight hinge arm – 0 mm () Internal cabinet depth 100 mm
Cranked hinge arm – 9.5 mm
Double cranked arm – 18 mm
() Internal cabinet depth 100 mm
CLIP top BLUMOTION 110° hinge MFo Minimum gap at the top depending on the hinge used
Front thickness FD (mm) 16 19 22 24
X (mm) 45 34 23 15 MFu Minimum gap at the bottom 1.5 mm
Lift systems
Web code
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
DQDDVY
Planning
CLIP top BLUMOTION 110° | CLIP top 110°
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm)
Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle
Overlay application
21.5
12
66.5
TB 3-7
F
11
FAo
F Gap
FAo Upper front overlay
TB Drilling distance
Drilling distance TB
Front overlay FA (mm)
MD
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
0 3 4 5 6 7
3 3 4 5 6 7
6 3 4 5 6 7
9 3 4 5 6 7
MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)
Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting
Front thickness FD (mm)
Drilling distance TB (mm)
16 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 28 30
3 0.5 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.5 1.8 2.2 2.7 3.5 4.3 △ △
4 0.5 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.7 2.0 2.5 3.1 3.8 △ △
5 0.5 0.8 0.9 1.2 1.4 1.7 2.0 2.4 2.9 3.4 △ △
6 0.5 0.8 0.9 1.2 1.3 1.6 1.9 2.3 2.7 3.2 △ △
7 0.5 0.8 0.9 1.1 1.3 1.6 1.9 2.2 2.6 3.0 △ △
Additional for +2 mm height adjustment
+0.2 +0.4 +0.4 +0.5 +0.5 +0.5 +0.5 +0.5 +0.5 +0.5
△ In these cases a trial is recommended
Reference pages
Overview – AVENTOS HK-XS 59 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Short URL
www.blum.com/a160
FAu
surfaces
Colour
SW Silk white
R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey FAu Bottom front overlay FAu Bottom front overlay
CS Carbon black * 3 mm offset installation
Reference pages
Overview – AVENTOS HK-XS 59 Assembly Assembly, removal and adjustment
Drilling template for BLUMOTION | TIP-ON 666
Positioning template for catch plate 687
MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK 610 Short URL
MINIPRESS top 614 www.blum.com/a160
Lift systems
Straight adapter plate – short version 20/17
▬ Fixing with chipboard Planning
screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm
▬ Alternative assembly with
system screws
▬ TIP-ON must be ordered
separately
Order information
Colour Material Part no.
SW | R7036 | NI-L | Front gap Catch plate
Nylon 956.1201
CS
Colour
SW Silk white
R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey 8
NI-L Nickel lacquered
CS Carbon black FAu
Order information
Colour Material Part no.
R7036 Nylon 956A1501 Front gap Catch plate
Colour
R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey
8
FAu
Reference pages
Overview – AVENTOS HK-XS 59 Assembly Assembly, removal and adjustment
Template 664 MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK 610
Drilling template for mounting plates 665 MINIPRESS top 614
Positioning template for catch plate 687 MINIPRESS P 626 Short URL
MINIPRESS M 630 www.blum.com/a160
Centre bit
▬ To pre-drill for Ø 3.5 mm chipboard screws Order information
▬ Drilling depth up to 8 mm Diameter
Description Part no.
▬ Material: steel, hardened (mm)
Centre bit M01.ZZ03.01
Ø 2.7
Replacement bit M01.ZZB3
Lift systems
8 mm Ø door buffer
▬ For noise reduction Order information
▬ Gap 2 mm Diameter (mm) Part no.
▬ Two-part Ø 8.0 993.706
▬ Colour: RAL 9006 grey
▬ Material: nylon
min 10
TORX screwdriver
▬ Orange handle with Blum logo Order information
▬ Colour: black/orange Total length
Tool support Part no.
▬ Material: nylon/steel (mm)
100 623.882.2
TORX T20
210 209.093.7
Pozidrive screwdriver
▬ Orange handle with Blum logo Order information
▬ Colour: black/orange Total length
Tool support Part no.
▬ Material: nylon/steel (mm)
Pozidriv PZ 2 210 303.756.1
Slotted screwdriver
▬ Orange handle with Blum logo Order information
▬ Colour: black/orange Total length
Tool support Part no.
▬ Material: nylon/steel (mm)
Slotted, size 1 200 314.928.1
There are many reasons to choose hinges from ▬ BLUMOTION – soft and effortless closing ▬ Quick, easy assembly and removal due to
Blum: High quality, durability, easy assembly, action CLIP technology
comprehensive programme, variety of special ▬ For CLIP top BLUMOTION integrated into the ▬ An extensive hinge programme that offers the
solutions and an attractive design. hinge boss right solution for any application
▬ Or as a BLUMOTION retrofit part for optional
use with CLIP top hinges
▬ TIP-ON for handle-less doors
The CLIP top BLUMOTION hinge is setting new This proven classic in the Blum hinge pro- Simple “slide-on” door to cabinet assembly.
benchmarks: It concentrates maximum ease of gramme combines reliable function, easy ad-
use into the smallest of spaces. BLUMOTION is justment and assembly as well as an attractive
integrated into the hinge ensuring tan un- design. BLUMOTION or TIP-ON for doors are
changed installation size. also available as options.
Hinge systems
Symbolic image Angled spacers 150
BLUMOTION for doors
BLUMOTION for doors 156
Overview 157
Accessories 168
Symbolic image
TIP-ON for doors
TIP-ON for doors 170
Overview 171
Accessories 173
Symbolic image
MODUL – hinges
MODUL – hinges 174
Overview 175
Mounting plates 182
Accessories 185
Symbolic image
New furniture manufacturing design trends are opening up even more options for customisation. Including thin fronts made from a wide range of
materials and dark-coloured furniture. The CLIP top BLUMOTION hinge for thin doors, with the EXPANDO T special fixing, and the onyx black colour
variant make it possible to implement these trends in line with Blum’s usual high quality standards.
You have the option of deactivating The proven CLIP mechanism The INSERTA mechanism enables Hinges for angled solutions from
BLUMOTION if required. stands for simple, tool-free hinge tool-free fixing of the hinge. –50° to +50°.
assembly.
Hinge systems
Overview – hinge systems 69
BLUMOTION for doors 156
TIP-ON for doors 170
MODUL – hinges 174
Hinge systems
Symbolic image
Overview
Overview – hinges 72
Overview – angled applications 116
Mounting plates 144
Angled spacers 150
Symbolic image
Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap 151 Screwdriver 155
Hinge boss cover cap 153
Hinge boss spacing 152
Screws 154
Centre bit 154
Symbolic image Door buffer 154
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Short URL
www.blum.com/a210
Symbolic image
Pictograph
Item available on request Corner cabinet with bi-fold door Hinge with double cranked hinge arm
Inset application Angled application mitred Knock-in boss – assembly with insertion ram
only
Special application Hinge with straight hinge arm CRISTALLO adhesion plate
Blind corner application Hinge with cranked hinge arm Min. chipboard screw length
Hinge applications OW CLIP top CLIP top Colour Application Boss Fixing Web Page
BLUMOTION code
Standard application
110° hinge
110° ● ●|○ NI | ONS DQDELA 74
107° hinge
107° ● ●|○ NI | ONS DQDFZY 78
125° hinge
125° ● NI | ONS DQDJIM 90
0-protrusion for the overlay application
Blind corner application
Blind corner hinge inset application 95°
● ○ NI | ONS DQDK7Y 94
83°
Blind corner hinge overlay appli-
95° ● NI DQDKXA 96
cation
Aluminium frame application
CLIP top BLUMOTION 95° alumini-
95° ● NI DQDLMM 98
um frame door hinge
95° aluminium frame door hinge
95° ●|○ NI | ONS DQDMBY 100
Hinge applications OW CLIP top CLIP top Colour Application Boss Fixing Web Page
BLUMOTION code
Hinge systems
Hinge for thin doors – angled
110° ● ●|○ NI 140
application
Angled application – glass door
CRISTALLO angled application
110° ● ●|○ NI 142
OW Opening angle ● With spring ○ Unsprung NI Nickel plated
ONS Onyx black
Mounting plates
Mounting plates
144
Angled spacers
Angled spacers
150
Number of hinges
Number of hinges The number of hinges depends on the front weight FG and front height FH
Web code
110° hinge
DQDELA
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated Application
BLUMOTION (with deactivation option)
▬ CLIP top with or without closing mechanism (spring)
▬ 110° opening angle
Hinge systems
Order information
Overlay application Dual application Inset application
Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no. Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no. Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.
Note
A trial application is recommended when combining CLIP top BLUMOTION hinges and CLIP top hinges with springs on small, light fronts up to 300 mm wide. Combining these is not recommended
for wider front widths FB.
Accessories – general
Opening angle stop Hinge boss cover cap Chipboard screws
Version Spring Part no. Hinge boss spacing Colour Material Part no.
Short version ○ 956.1004 Orange Nylon MZM.0040
Extended version ○ 956A1004 Hinge Spacing (mm) Part no.
Extended version ● 956A1006 CLIP top
1.5 70T3507.21
● With spring ○ Unsprung BLUMOTION
CLIP top 1.5 70T3507.21
Web code
110° hinge
DQDELA
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm)
Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle
Hinge systems
Overlay application Dual application Inset application
21.5 39.5
66.5
68
3-7
3-7
F
12 11 30 F
7
Drilling distance TB
Front overlay FA (mm) Front overlay FA (mm) Front overlay FA (mm)
MD
MD
MD
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 –4.5 –3.5 –2.5 –1.5 –0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 8.5 –7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0
0 3 4 5 6 7 0 3 4 5 6 7 0 3 4 5 6 7
3 3 4 5 6 7 3 3 4 5 6 7 3 3 4 5 6 7
6 3 4 5 6 7 6 3 4 5 6 7 6
9 3 4 5 6 7 9 3 4 5 6 7 9
MD Mounting plate spacing (mm) MD Mounting plate spacing (mm) MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)
Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Adjustment
Front thickness FD (mm)
Drilling distance TB (mm)
16 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 28 30
3 0.5 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.5 1.8 2.2 2.7 3.5 4.3 △ △
4 0.5 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.7 2.0 2.5 3.1 3.8 △ △
Max. ±3.0 mm ±2.0 mm +3.0 mm
5 0.5 0.8 0.9 1.2 1.4 1.7 2.0 2.4 2.9 3.4 △ △ See mounting –2.0 mm
6 0.5 0.8 0.9 1.2 1.3 1.6 1.9 2.3 2.7 3.2 △ △ plates
7 0.5 0.8 0.9 1.1 1.3 1.6 1.9 2.2 2.6 3.0 △ △
Additional for +2 mm side adjustment
+0.2 +0.4 +0.4 +0.5 +0.5 +0.5 +0.5 +0.5 +0.5 +0.5
△ In these cases a trial is recommended
Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges
Mounting plates 144
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210
Overview – BLUMOTION for doors 157
Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Web code
110° special hinge
DQDFAM
▬ Hinge with larger overlay capacity for thick cabinet Application
sides
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated
BLUMOTION (with deactivation option)
Hinge systems
Order information
Overlay application
Boss INSERTA
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
CLIP top
● NI | ONS 73B3590
BLUMOTION
CLIP top ● NI 73T3590
CLIP top ○ NI 72T3590.TL
● With spring NI Nickel plated
○ Unsprung ONS Onyx black
Boss Screw-on
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
CLIP top
● NI | ONS 73B3550
BLUMOTION
CLIP top ● NI 73T3550
CLIP top ○ NI 72T3550.TL
Boss Knock-in
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
CLIP top
● NI 73B3580
BLUMOTION
CLIP top ● NI 73T3580
Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Note
A trial application is recommended when combining CLIP top BLUMOTION hinges and CLIP top hinges with springs on small, light fronts up to 300 mm wide. Combining these is not recommended
for wider front widths FB.
Accessories – general
Opening angle stop Hinge boss cover cap Chipboard screws
Version Spring Part no. Hinge boss spacing Colour Material Part no.
Short version ○ 956.1004 Orange Nylon MZM.0040
Extended version ○ 956A1004 Hinge Spacing (mm) Part no.
Extended version ● 956A1006 CLIP top
1.5 70T3507.21
● With spring ○ Unsprung BLUMOTION
CLIP top 1.5 70T3507.21
Web code
110° special hinge
DQDFAM
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm)
Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle
Hinge systems
Overlay application
20
66.5
1.5
3-7
F
10 13
F Gap
Drilling distance TB
Front overlay FA (mm)
MD
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
0 3 4 5 6 7
3 3 4 5 6 7
6 3 4 5 6 7
9 3 4 5 6 7
MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)
Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Adjustment
Front thickness FD (mm)
Drilling distance TB (mm)
16 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 28 30
3 0.5 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.5 1.8 2.2 2.7 3.5 4.3 △ △
4 0.5 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.7 2.0 2.5 3.1 3.8 △ △
Max. ±3.0 mm ±2.0 mm +3.0 mm
5 0.5 0.8 0.9 1.2 1.4 1.7 2.0 2.4 2.9 3.4 △ △ See mounting –2.0 mm
6 0.5 0.8 0.9 1.2 1.3 1.6 1.9 2.3 2.7 3.2 △ △ plates
7 0.5 0.8 0.9 1.1 1.3 1.6 1.9 2.2 2.6 3.0 △ △
Additional for +2 mm side adjustment
+0.2 +0.4 +0.4 +0.5 +0.5 +0.5 +0.5 +0.5 +0.5 +0.5
△ In these cases a trial is recommended
Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges
Mounting plates 144
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210
Overview – BLUMOTION for doors 157
Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Web code
107° hinge
DQDFZY
▬ For front thicknesses FD starting from 15 mm Application
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated
BLUMOTION (with deactivation option)
▬ CLIP top with or without closing mechanism (spring)
Hinge systems
Order information
Overlay application Dual application Inset application
Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no. Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no. Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.
Note
A trial application is recommended when combining CLIP top BLUMOTION hinges and CLIP top hinges with springs on small, light fronts up to 300 mm wide. Combining these is not recommended
for wider front widths FB.
Accessories – general
Opening angle stop Hinge boss cover cap Chipboard screws
Version Spring Part no. Hinge boss spacing Colour Material Part no.
Short version ○ 956.1004 Orange Nylon MZM.0040
Extended version ○ 956A1004 Hinge Spacing (mm) Part no.
Extended version ● 956A1006 CLIP top
1.5 70T3507.21
● With spring ○ Unsprung BLUMOTION
Web code
107° hinge
DQDFZY
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm)
Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle
Hinge systems
Overlay application Dual application Inset application
21 31 40
67.5
66
66
3-6
1.5
1.5
3-6 3-6
F F
10 11 19.5 1.5 28 F
7
Drilling distance TB
Front overlay FA (mm) Front overlay FA (mm) Front overlay FA (mm)
MD
MD
MD
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 –4.5 –3.5 –2.5 –1.5 –0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 –7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1
0 3 4 5 6 0 3 4 5 6 0 3 4 5 6
3 3 4 5 6 3 3 4 5 6 3 3 4 5 6
6 3 4 5 6 6 3 4 5 6 6
9 3 4 5 6 9 3 4 5 6 9
MD Mounting plate spacing (mm) MD Mounting plate spacing (mm) MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)
Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Adjustment
Front thickness FD (mm)
Drilling distance TB (mm)
15 16 18 19 20 21 22 24 26 28 30 32
3 0.4 0.5 1.0 1.3 1.6 2.1 2.7 4.3 △ △ △ △
4 0.4 0.5 0.9 1.2 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.9 △ △ △ △
Max. ±3.0 mm ±2.0 mm +3.0 mm
5 0.3 0.5 0.9 1.2 1.4 1.8 2.3 3.6 △ △ △ △ See mounting –2.0 mm
6 0.3 0.5 0.8 1.1 1.4 1.7 2.2 3.3 △ △ △ △ plates
Additional for +2 mm side adjustment
+0.1 +0.1 +0.2 +0.2 +0.3 +0.3 +0.3 +0.3
△ In these cases a trial is recommended
Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges
Mounting plates 144
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210
Overview – BLUMOTION for doors 157
Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Web code
CLIP 100° hinge
DQDGPA
▬ CLIP with or without closing mechanism (spring) Application
▬ 100° opening angle
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal
Hinge systems
Order information
Overlay application Dual application Inset application
Hinge arm cover cap Hinge arm cover cap Hinge arm cover cap
Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no. Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no. Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.
Accessories – general
TIP-ON for doors Insertion ram
Chipboard screws
Web code
CLIP 100° hinge
DQDGPA
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm)
Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle
Hinge systems
Overlay application Dual application Inset application
20 30 38
67.5
66
66
3-6
1.2
1.2
3-6 3-6
F F
9 11 18.5 27 F
1.5
7
Drilling distance TB
Front overlay FA (mm) Front overlay FA (mm) Front overlay FA (mm)
MD
MD
MD
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 –4.5 –3.5 –2.5 –1.5 –0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 –7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1
0 3 4 5 6 0 3 4 5 6 0 3 4 5 6
3 3 4 5 6 3 3 4 5 6 3 3 4 5 6
6 3 4 5 6 6 3 4 5 6 6
9 3 4 5 6 9 3 4 5 6 9
MD Mounting plate spacing (mm) MD Mounting plate spacing (mm) MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)
Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Adjustment
Front thickness FD (mm)
Drilling distance TB (mm)
16 18 19 20 21 22 24 26 28 30 31 32
3 0.3 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.3 1.6 3.3 △ △ △ △ △
4 0.3 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.2 1.6 3.2 △ △ △ △ △
Max. ±3.0 mm ±2.0 mm +3.0 mm
5 0.3 0.5 0.7 0.9 1.2 1.5 2.6 △ △ △ △ △ See mounting –1.0 mm
6 0.3 0.5 0.7 0.9 1.1 1.4 2.4 △ △ △ △ △ plates
Additional for +2 mm side adjustment
+0.1 +0.3 +0.3 +0.4 +0.4 +0.5 +0.4
△ In these cases a trial is recommended
Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges
Mounting plates 144
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210
Overview – BLUMOTION for doors 157
Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Web code
155° hinge
DQDHEM
▬ 0-protrusion for overlay application (for cabinets Application
with inner pull-outs or pull-out shelfs)
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated
BLUMOTION (with deactivation option)
Hinge systems
Order information
Overlay application Dual application Inset application
0-protrusion
Boss INSERTA Boss INSERTA For inset application use hinges for twin applica-
Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge Spring Colour Part no. tion and a 9 mm spaced mounting plate
CLIP top CLIP top
● NI | ONS 71B7590 ● NI | ONS 71B7690
BLUMOTION BLUMOTION
CLIP top ● NI 71T7590 CLIP top ○ NI 70T7690.TL
CLIP top ○ NI | ONS 70T7590.TL ● With spring NI Nickel plated
● With spring NI Nickel plated ○ Unsprung ONS Onyx black
○ Unsprung ONS Onyx black
Boss Knock-in
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
CLIP top
● NI | ONS 71B7580
BLUMOTION
CLIP top ● NI 71T7580
Accessories Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap Hinge arm cover cap
Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no. Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.
Note
A trial application is recommended when combining CLIP top BLUMOTION hinges and CLIP top hinges with springs on small, light fronts up to 300 mm wide. Combining these is not recommended
for wider front widths FB.
Accessories – general
Opening angle stop Hinge boss cover cap Chipboard screws
TIP-ON for doors Hinge boss spacing Colour Material Part no.
Orange Nylon MZM.0040
Version Spring Part no. Hinge Spacing (mm) Part no.
Short version ○ 956.1004 CLIP top
1.5 70T3507.21
Extended version ○ 956A1004 BLUMOTION
Extended version ● 956A1006 CLIP top 1.5 70T3507.21
● With spring ○ Unsprung
Web code
155° hinge
DQDHEM
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 or 9 mm)
Hinge and front protrusion at 90° opening angle
Hinge systems
Overlay application Dual application Inset application
0-protrusion
max 72 max 81
72.5
74
1.5
3-7
3-8 3-8
F F
1.5 7.5
7.2 16.2
F Gap Move back fixing position of mounting plate by front thickness
FD +1.5 mm
Drilling distance TB
Front overlay FA (mm) Front overlay FA (mm) Front overlay FA (mm)
MD
MD
MD
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 –4.5 –3.5 –2.5 –1.5 –0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 8.5 9.5 –4.5 –3.5 –2.5 –1.5 –0.5
0 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 3 4 5 6 7 8 0
3 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 3 4 5 6 7 8 3
6 3 4 5 6 7 8 6 3 4 5 6 7 8 6
9 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 3 4 5 6 7
MD Mounting plate spacing (mm) MD Mounting plate spacing (mm) MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)
Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Adjustment
Front thickness FD (mm)
Drilling distance TB (mm)
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 0 0 0 0 0 0.5 0.5 1.0 2.0 2.0 3.0 4.5
4 0 0 0 0 0 0.5 1.0 2.0 2.0 2.5 4.0
Max. ±3.0 mm ±2.0 mm +3.0 mm
5 0 0 0 0 0 0.5 1.0 2.0 2.0 3.5 See mounting –2.0 mm
6 0 0 0 0 0 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0 plates
7 0 0 0 0 0 1.0 1.5 2.5
8 0 0 0 0 0 1.0 1.5
We recommend a trial application for an overlay application against a wall
110° Opening angle stop
92° Opening angle stop
Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges
Mounting plates 144
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210
Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Web code
155° hinge
DQDHEM
Planning
Special application
Mitred application – all 4 edges
Hinge systems
19 mm 22 mm 24 mm
19 22 24
0.5 0.5
R2.5 0.5
R1 R3
37*
34.8*
37*
55.5*
1.5
54.6*
45°
1.5
54.5*
45°
3.7
R1 R2.5 45°
45° R3
45°
22
45°
19
24
4
1.
2.5
1.
2.5
3
5
2.9
16 4 2.5
8
15.1 1.9
17.3 4.7
6.7 6.7
6.7
Hinge for dual applications Hinge for dual applications Hinge for dual applications
Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing
* Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm * Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm * Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm
19 mm 22 mm 24 mm
19 22 24
36.2*
37*
37*
57.6*
54.6*
57.3*
1.5
45° R2
1.5
45° R1
2.3
R1 45°
45° 45° 45°
22
19
24
4
4
1.
1.
2.5 2.5
2.9
2
2.5
2.9
5.2
15.1 1.9 18.1 1.9
18.7 3.3
6.7 6.7
6.7
Hinge for dual applications Hinge for dual applications Hinge for dual applications
Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing
* Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm * Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm * Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm
Web code
155° hinge
DQDHEM
Planning
Special application
Mitred application – side, with large overlay Front overlay max.
Hinge systems
16/19 mm 19/19 mm 34 mm
19 19
R1
37*
54.6*
1.5
45° R1
45°
19
4
1.
7.5
2.9
25.1 1.9
110°
2.3
Hinge for overlay applications Hinge for overlay applications Hinge for overlay applications
Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing
* Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm * Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm * Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm
Description Opening angle Part no. Description Opening angle Part no. Description Opening angle Part no.
Opening angle stop 110° Opening angle stop 110° Opening angle stop 110°
70T7553 70T7553 70T7553
You can select any front thickness FD for a free-standing
cabinet
We recommend a trial application for a neighbouring front or an
overlay application on the wall.
Rebated applications
10 mm 13 mm 16 mm
13.2 19 13.2 19
max. max.
16 15
49.5*
R1
Y
R1
2
2
X
110°
3 3 3 4
17.5 16.5
Hinge for dual applications Hinge for dual applications Hinge for dual applications
Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 6 175H9160 Mounting plate 6 175H9160 Mounting plate 6 175H9160
* Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm * Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm * Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm
Description Opening angle Part no. Description Opening angle Part no.
20 30 17 30 8 24
25 35 17 30 8 24
Web code
170° hinge
DQDI3Y
▬ CLIP top with or without closing mechanism (spring) Application
▬ 170° opening angle
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment
Hinge systems
Order information
Overlay application Dual application Inset application
Boss INSERTA Boss INSERTA For inset application use hinges for twin applica-
Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge Spring Colour Part no. tion and a 9 mm spaced mounting plate
CLIP top ● NI 71T6540B CLIP top ● NI 71T6640B
CLIP top ○ NI 70T6540BTL ● With spring NI Nickel plated
● With spring NI Nickel plated ○ Unsprung
○ Unsprung
Accessories Accessories
BLUMOTION 973A BLUMOTION 973A
Hinge arm cover cap Hinge arm cover cap Safety information
If young children have access to furniture with wide
angle hinges then the 155° opening 0-protrusion
Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no. Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.
hinges should be used
Plain – NI 80.6507 Plain – NI 80.6507
Stamped Blum NI 80.6507.BP Stamped Blum NI 80.6507.BP
Accessories – general
Opening angle stop Chipboard screws
Web code
170° hinge
DQDI3Y
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 or 9 mm)
Hinge and front protrusion at 90° opening angle
Hinge systems
Overlay application Dual application Inset application
70.5
69
69
3-7
1.5
1.5
3-8 3-8
F F
8 11 17.5 1.5 26.5 F
7.5
Drilling distance TB
Front overlay FA (mm) Front overlay FA (mm) Front overlay FA (mm)
MD
MD
MD
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 –4.5 –3.5 –2.5 –1.5 –0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 8.5 9.5 –4.5 –3.5 –2.5 –1.5 –0.5
0 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 3 4 5 6 7 8 0
3 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 3 4 5 6 7 8 3
6 3 4 5 6 7 8 6 3 4 5 6 7 8 6
9 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 3 4 5 6 7
MD Mounting plate spacing (mm) MD Mounting plate spacing (mm) MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)
Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Adjustment
For front thicknesses FD up to 21 mm, no gap F is required
For front thickness FD in excess of 22 mm, a trial application is recommended
Reference pages
Safety information 701 More technical details 698 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top
71
– hinges
Mounting plates 144 Short URL
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 www.blum.com/a210
Accessories – general 153
Overview – BLUMOTION for doors 157
Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171
Mitred application – all 4 edges 84
Overview – assembly devices 591
Web code
Profile/thick door hinge
DQDITA
▬ Hinge for thick doors and doors with profile Application
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated
BLUMOTION (with deactivation option)
▬ CLIP top with or without closing mechanism (spring)
Hinge systems
Order information
Overlay application Dual application Inset application
Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no. Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no. Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.
Note
CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a door.
Accessories – general
TIP-ON for doors Hinge boss cover cap Chipboard screws
Version Spring Part no. Hinge Colour Part no. Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
Short version ○ 956.1004 CLIP top 3.5 15 609.1500
NI | ONS 70T3504
Extended version ○ 956A1004 BLUMOTION 3.5 17 609.1700
Extended version ● 956A1006 CLIP top NI | ONS 70T1504
● With spring ○ Unsprung NI Nickel plated ONS Onyx black Insertion ram
Web code
Profile/thick door hinge
DQDITA
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm)
Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle
Hinge systems
Overlay application Dual application Inset application
22 31 40
67.5
66
66
3-7
1.5
1.5
3-7 3-7
F F
24 F
14.5 11 1.5 32.5 7
Drilling distance TB
Front overlay FA (mm) Front overlay FA (mm) Front overlay FA (mm)
MD
MD
MD
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 –4.5 –3.5 –2.5 –1.5 –0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 8.5 –7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0
0 3 4 5 6 7 0 3 4 5 6 7 0 3 4 5 6 7
3 3 4 5 6 7 3 3 4 5 6 7 3 3 4 5 6 7
6 3 4 5 6 7 6 3 4 5 6 7 6
9 3 4 5 6 7 9 3 4 5 6 7 9
MD Mounting plate spacing (mm) MD Mounting plate spacing (mm) MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)
Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Adjustment
Front thickness FD (mm)
Drilling distance TB (mm)
16 18 19 20 22 24 26 28 29 30 31 32
3 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.8 1.0 1.5 1.9 2.8 3.6 4.5 5.4
4 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.4 1.8 2.5 3.1 4.0 4.8
Max. ±3.0 mm ±2.0 mm +3.0 mm
5 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.4 1.8 2.3 2.7 3.5 4.3 See mounting –2.0 mm
6 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.4 1.8 2.2 2.5 3.2 3.8 plates
7 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 0.9 1.4 1.7 2.1 2.4 3.0 3.5
Additional for +2 mm side adjustment
+0.1 +0.2 +0.2 +0.2 +0.3 +0.4 +0.4 +0.5 +0.4 +0.4 +0.4 +0.3
Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges
Mounting plates 144
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210
Overview – BLUMOTION for doors 157
Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Web code
125° hinge
DQDJIM
▬ 0-protrusion for overlay application (for cabinets Application
with inner pull-outs or pull-out shelfs)
▬ Hinge for thick doors and doors with profile
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated
Hinge systems
Order information
Overlay application
0-protrusion
Boss Screw-on
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
CLIP top
● NI | ONS 71B7550D
BLUMOTION
● With spring
NI Nickel plated ONS Onyx black
Boss Knock-in
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
CLIP top
● NI 71B7580D
BLUMOTION
Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Accessories – general
Opening angle stop Hinge boss cover cap Insertion ram
Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no. Hinge Spacing (mm) Part no.
3.5 15 609.1500 CLIP top
1.5 70T3507.21
3.5 17 609.1700 BLUMOTION
Web code
125° hinge
DQDJIM
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm)
Hinge and front protrusion at 90° opening angle
Hinge systems
Overlay application
0-protrusion
max 62
73.5
1.5
3-8
F
1.7 11
F Gap
Drilling distance TB
Front overlay FA (mm)
MD
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
0 3 4 5 6 7 8
3 3 4 5 6 7 8
6 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 3 4 5 6 7 8
MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)
Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Adjustment
Front thickness FD (mm)
Drilling distance TB (mm)
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
3 0 0 0 0.1 0.3 0.7 1.2 2.0 2.8 4.1 5.7
4 0 0 0 0.1 0.4 0.8 1.5 2.3 3.4 4.9
Max. ±3.0 mm ±2.0 mm +3.0 mm
5 0 0 0 0.1 0.4 1.0 1.7 2.8 4.2 See mounting –2.0 mm
6 0 0 0 0.1 0.6 1.2 2.1 3.5 plates
7 0 0 0 0.2 0.7 1.6 2.8
8 0 0 0 0.3 1.0 2.0
We recommend a trial application for an overlay application against a wall
92° Opening angle stop
Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges
Mounting plates 144
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Web code
125° hinge
DQDJIM
Planning
Special application
Mitred application – all 4 edges
Hinge systems
22 mm 25 mm 28 mm
25 28
22
35.5*
37*
R1 R1.5 R3
37*
59.3*
59.9*
45°
1.5
45°
57.6*
45° R1
3
1.5
R1.5 R3
45° 45° 45°
25
28
22
5
4
2.
4
1.
1.
3.6
2.9
7.2
18.1 1.9 20.4 2.6 21.3 4.7
7.3 7.3
7.3
125° 125° 125°
Hinge for overlay applications Hinge for overlay applications Hinge for overlay applications
* Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm * Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm * Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm
Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 9 175H7190 Mounting plate 9 175H7190 Mounting plate 9 175H7190
22 mm 25 mm 30 mm
25 30
22
35.4*
R1 R3
37*
37*
3.1
61.2*
45° R1 45°
60.6*
57.6*
1.5
45° R1 R3
1.5
R1
45° 45°
45°
30
25
22
5
4
4
2.
1.
1.
7.3
2.9
Hinge for overlay applications Hinge for overlay applications Hinge for overlay applications
* Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm * Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm * Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm
Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 9 175H7190 Mounting plate 9 175H7190 Mounting plate 9 175H7190
Web code
125° hinge
DQDJIM
Planning
Special application
Mitred application – side, with large overlay Mitred application – all 4 edges, with large Front overlay max.
overlay
Hinge systems
19/24 mm 19/19 mm 39 mm
19 24 19 19 39
R1
R1
max
37*
R1
37*
37*
1.5
54.6*
59.6*
1.5
45°
19 1.5
45°
R1 28
45° 45° 11
24
19
4
8
1.
1.
7.5 7
2.9
2.9
Hinge for overlay applications Hinge for overlay applications Hinge for overlay applications
Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing
* Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm * Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm * Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm
16 + 6 mm 16 + 6 mm
19 19
37*
37*
8 8
(22) 1.5
(22) 1.5
11 11
16
16
6
6
max 39 max 43
1.7
1.7 92°
125°
Web code
Blind corner hinge inset application
DQDK7Y
▬ Hinge for blind corner applications Application
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated
BLUMOTION (with deactivation option)
▬ CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring)
Hinge systems
Order information
Inset application Inset application
95° opening angle 83° opening angle
Boss INSERTA
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
CLIP top
● NI | ONS 79B9590
BLUMOTION
● With spring NI Nickel plated
○ Unsprung ONS Onyx black
Boss Knock-in
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
CLIP top
● NI | ONS 79B9580
BLUMOTION
Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Note
CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a door.
Accessories – general
TIP-ON for doors Hinge boss cover cap Chipboard screws
Version Spring Part no. Hinge Colour Part no. Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
Short version ○ 956.1004 CLIP top 3.5 15 609.1500
NI | ONS 70T3504
Extended version ○ 956A1004 BLUMOTION 3.5 17 609.1700
Extended version ● 956A1006 CLIP top NI 70T1504
● With spring ○ Unsprung NI Nickel plated ONS Onyx black Insertion ram
Web code
Blind corner hinge inset application
DQDK7Y
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 3 mm)
Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle
Hinge systems
Inset application
Move standard mounting plate fixing positions 15.5 mm nearer the edge of the muntin (i.e. set
back by 21.5 mm)!
Use 3 mm spaced standard mounting plates only to ensure door and muntin are flush on the
inside!
F = 8 mm – TB
F Gap
TB Drilling distance
min 70
51
3-7
23
21.5
8
F
33.5
Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Adjustment
Front thickness FD (mm)
Drilling distance TB (mm)
16 18 19 20 22 24 26 28 29 30 31 32
3 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.8 1.0 1.5 1.9 △ △ △ △
4 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.4 1.8 △ △ △ △
Max. ±3.0 mm ±2.5 mm ±1.0 mm
5 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.4 1.8 △ △ △ △ See mounting
6 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.4 1.8 △ △ △ △ plates
7 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 0.9 1.4 1.7 △ △ △ △
△ In these cases a trial is recommended
Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges
Mounting plates 144
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210
Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Web code
Blind corner hinge overlay application
DQDKXA
▬ Hinge for blind corner overlay applications Application
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated
BLUMOTION (with deactivation option)
▬ 95° opening angle
Hinge systems
Order information
Overlay application
Boss INSERTA
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
CLIP top
● NI ☎ 79B9990
BLUMOTION
● With spring NI Nickel plated
Boss Screw-on
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
CLIP top
● NI 79B9950
BLUMOTION
Boss Knock-in
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
CLIP top
● NI ☎ 79B9980
BLUMOTION
Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Plain – NI 70.1503
Stamped Blum NI 70.1503.BP
Accessories – general
Hinge boss cover cap Insertion ram
Chipboard screws
Web code
Blind corner hinge overlay application
DQDKXA
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 3 mm)
Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle
Hinge systems
Overlay application
min. 86
67
(RS)
37
19
1
16.5 9
3-7
Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Adjustment
Front thickness FD (mm)
Drilling distance TB (mm)
16 18 19 20 22 24 26 28 29 30 31 32
3 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.8 1.0 1.5 1.9 △ △ △ △
4 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.4 1.8 △ △ △ △
Max. ±3.0 mm ±2.5 mm ±1.0 mm
5 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.4 1.8 △ △ △ △ See mounting
6 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.4 1.8 △ △ △ △ plates
7 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 0.9 1.4 1.7 △ △ △ △
△ In these cases a trial is recommended
Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges
Mounting plates 144
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Web code
CLIP top BLUMOTION 95° aluminium frame door hinge
DQDLMM
▬ Hinge for narrow alu frame doors Application
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated
BLUMOTION (with deactivation option)
▬ 95° opening angle
Hinge systems
Order information
Overlay application Dual application Inset application
Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no. Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no. Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.
Web code
CLIP top BLUMOTION 95° aluminium frame door hinge
DQDLMM
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm)
Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle
Hinge systems
Overlay application Dual application Inset application
22 31 40
65
65
16 6.5
2.5
2.5
F
13.5 23 19
19 19
F Gap Set mounting plate back by frame width +2.5 mm
Minimum gap F for aluminium frame fronts (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Adjustment
Frame thickness RS (mm)
Side frame width RB (mm)
18 19 20 21 22 24 25 26 27 28 30 32
18 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.7 1.2 △ △ △ △ △ △
19 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.7 1.2 △ △ △ △ △ △
Max. ±3.0 mm ±2.0 mm +3.0 mm
20 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.1 △ △ △ △ △ △ See mounting –2.0 mm
21 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.0 △ △ △ △ △ △ plates
22 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.1 △ △ △ △ △ △
Additional for +2 mm side adjustment
+0.1 +0.2 +0.3 +0.3 +0.3 +0.4
△ In these cases a trial is recommended
Screw-on
Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges
Mounting plates 144
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Web code
95° aluminium frame door hinge
DQDMBY
CLIP top for 973A ▬ Hinge for narrow alu frame doors CLIP top
▬ CLIP top for 973A with closing mechanism (spring)
▬ CLIP top with or without closing mechanism (spring)
▬ 95° opening angle
Hinge systems
Order information
Overlay application Dual application Inset application
Hinge arm cover cap Hinge arm cover cap Hinge arm cover cap
Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no. Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no. Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.
Accessories – general
TIP-ON for doors
Web code
95° aluminium frame door hinge
DQDMBY
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm)
Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle
Hinge systems
Overlay application Dual application Inset application
40
67
2
19
31.5
F Gap Set mounting plate back by frame width +1.7 mm
Minimum gap F for aluminium frame fronts (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Adjustment
Frame thickness RS (mm)
Side frame width RB (mm)
18 19 20 21 22 24 25 26 27 28 30 32
19 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.7 1.2 △ △ △ △ △ △
20 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.1 △ △ △ △ △ △
Max. ±3.0 mm ±2.0 mm +3.0 mm
21 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.0 △ △ △ △ △ △ See mounting –2.0 mm
22 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.1 △ △ △ △ △ △ plates
Screw-on
Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges
Mounting plates 144
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210
Overview – BLUMOTION for doors 157
Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Web code
Hinge for thin doors
DQGT1A
▬ Thin fronts from 8–14 mm Application
▬ EXPANDO T fixing system for a variety of front
materials
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated
Hinge systems
Order information
The different overlay applications can be achieved with the appropriate fixing positions
Note
A trial application is recommended when combining CLIP top BLUMOTION hinges and CLIP top hinges with springs on small, light fronts up to 300 mm wide. Combining these is not recommended
for wider front widths FB.
Accessories – general
Opening angle stop TIP-ON for doors Hinge boss cover cap
Web code
Hinge for thin doors
DQGT1A
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm)
Hinge and front protrusion at 90° opening angle
Hinge systems
Overlay application Dual application Inset application
F Gap F Gap Move back fixing position of mounting plate by front thickness
FD +1.5 mm
F Gap
Fixing position
Front overlay FA (mm)
MD
–3.5 –3 –2.5 –2 –1.5 –1 2.5 4 5.5 7 8.5 10 11.5 13 14.5 16 17.5 19
0 23.5 24 24.5 25 25.5 26 29.5 31 32.5 34 35.5 37 38.5 40 41.5 43 44.5 46
3 26.5 27 27.5 28 28.5 29 32.5 34 35.5 37 38.5 40 41.5 43 44.5 46
6 29.5 30 30.5 31 31.5 32 35.5 37 38.5 40 41.5 43 44.5 46
9 32.5 33 33.5 34 34.5 35 38.5 40 41.5 43 44.5 46
MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)
34.5
Max. ±3.0 mm ±2.0 mm +3.0 mm
Ø10+̶ 0.1
0.1*
3.5 See mounting –2.0 mm
plates
Drilling depth Mounting plate spacing MD – cabinet hinge side on the wall
SWD Front thickness FD (mm)
(mm) 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
12
13
14
min 6
15
BT =
16
17
18
19
20
BT Drilling depth SWD Cabinet side panel thickness
Mounting plate spacing MD 0 mm possible
Mounting plate spacing MD 3 mm required
Mounting plate spacing MD 6 mm required
Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Overview – assembly devices 591 Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges More technical details 698
Mounting plates 144
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210
Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171
Assembly recommendation and limitation of
585
liability – EXPANDO T
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T
584
Web code
CRISTALLO hinge
DQDN1A
▬ Hinge for glass and mirror doors Application
▬ Adhesion plate is glued onto glass (no glass drilling
necessary)
▬ Tool-free hinge to adhesion plate assembly
Hinge systems
Order information
The different applications can be achieved through relevant adhesion positions
Glue-on
Front material Colour Part no.
Glass | mirror Matt-nickel plated 70T4568C
Mirror Special nickel plated 70T4568C
Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Note
A trial application is recommended when combining CLIP top BLUMOTION hinges and CLIP top hinges with springs on small, light fronts up to 300 mm wide. Combining these is not recommended
for wider front widths FB.
Accessories – general
Opening angle stop
Web code
CRISTALLO hinge
DQDN1A
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm)
Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle
Hinge systems
Overlay application Dual application Inset application
max 56.5
75.5
1.5
1.5 3.5
3-8
FA
A Cabinet front edge to centre of mounting plate drilling A Cabinet front edge to centre of mounting plate drilling A Cabinet front edge to centre of mounting plate drilling
20 mm with mounting plate A20 20 mm with mounting plate A20 21.5 mm + front thickness FD with mounting plate A20
37 mm with mounting plate A37 37 mm with mounting plate A37 38.5 mm + front thickness FD with mounting plate A37
FA Front overlay FA Front overlay
Distance
Front overlay FA (mm)
MD
–3.5 –3 –2.5 –2 –1.5 –1 2.5 4 5.5 7 8.5 10 11.5 13 14.5 16 17.5 19
0 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 6 7.5 9 10.5 12 13.5 15 16.5 18 19.5 21 22.5
3 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.5 9 10.5 12 13.5 15 16.5 18 19.5 21 22.5
6 6 6.5 7 7.5 8 8.5 12 13.5 15 16.5 18 19.5 21 22.5
9 9 9.5 10 10.5 11 11.5 15 16.5 18 19.5 21 22.5
MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)
Due to the risk of breakage to glass and mirror doors, sufficient surrounding gaps are required (recommendation: min 2 mm)
Distance Adjustment
KT=
min
0
max
22.5 Max. ±3.0 mm ±2.0 mm +3.0 mm
See mounting –2.0 mm
plates
Note
Please contact your glass or front suppliers concerning the right adhesive and its use in fixing the mounting | adhesion plate on to glass and mirrors.
Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges
Mounting plates 144
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210
Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Web code
CRISTALLO hinge – glass display cabinets
DQDNQM
▬ Hinge for glass display cabinets Application
▬ Mounting | adhesion plate is glued onto glass (no
glass drilling necessary)
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated
Hinge systems
Order information
Overlay application | Inset
application
Boss CRISTALLO 110° Limitation of liability
If the Blum fittings are installed according to instructions and on suitable glass and mirror fronts, they will meet the requirements
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
concerning the stability of the connection
CLIP top
● NI 71B4500C
BLUMOTION This is monitored through internal and external testing
CLIP top ● NI 71T4500C
As the adhesive and/or the adhesive process are beyond our control, Blum cannot accept liability for claims arising from the
CLIP top ○ NI 70T4500CTL failure or malfunction of this/these process/es
● With spring NI Nickel plated
○ Unsprung It is recommended that the adhesive be applied by an experienced glass manufacturer
Glue-on
Front material Colour Part no.
Glass | mirror Matt-nickel plated 70T4568C
Mirror Special nickel plated 70T4568C
Glue-on
Front material Colour Part no.
Glass | mirror Matt-nickel plated 175M4C20N
Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Plain – NI 70.4503
Stamped Blum NI 70.4503.BP
Note
A trial application is recommended when combining CLIP top BLUMOTION hinges and CLIP top hinges with springs on small, light fronts up to 300 mm wide. Combining these is not recommended
for wider front widths FB.
Accessories – general
Opening angle stop
Web code
CRISTALLO hinge – glass display cabinets
DQDNQM
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting
Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle
Hinge systems
Overlay application Inset application
max 58.5
77
77
5.5
KM
1.5
3-8
FA
KT
1.5
Max. ±2.0 mm ±2.0 mm +3.0 mm
–2.0 mm
3–8 64 64
KM Mounting plate distance FD Front thickness
KM = 3 mm KM Mounting plate distance
KM = FD + 4.5 mm
5.5
52 FA 52
FA Front overlay F Gap
KT Adhesion plate distance KT Adhesion plate distance
KT = FA + 5.5 mm KT = 5.5 mm – F
Note
Please contact your glass or front suppliers concerning the right adhesive and its use in fixing the mounting | adhesion plate on to glass and mirrors.
Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges
Mounting plates 144
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Bathroom mirror cabinets with fronts that protrude all the way around
▬ Mounting plate is glued onto the front Application
▬ Boss hole on the cabinet
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated
BLUMOTION (with deactivation option)
Hinge systems
Order information
Hinge with double cranked hinge arm
Glue-on
Front material Colour Part no.
Glass | mirror Matt-nickel plated 175M4C20N
Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Plain – NI 70.1663
Stamped Blum NI 70.1663.BP
Note
Only recommended for wall cabinets due to lower load bearing limits.
Accessories – general
TIP-ON for doors Hinge boss cover cap
Chipboard screws
Bathroom mirror cabinets with fronts that protrude all the way around
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting
Hinge systems
68.5 19
46.5 (52)
FA+5
7
4.5 FA
2
3-8
KM
FA Front overlay
KM Mounting plate distance
Distance Adjustment
FA Front overlay
FA = max. 70 mm
KM Mounting plate distance
KM = FA + 4.5 mm
Note
Please contact your glass or front suppliers concerning the right adhesive and its use in fixing the mounting | adhesion plate on to glass and mirrors.
+0.2
0
Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges
Mounting plates 144
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210
Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Web code
Glass door hinge
DQDP5A
▬ Glass door hinge Application
▬ For front thickness FD 4.5–7 mm
▬ CLIP top with closing mechanism (spring)
▬ 94° opening angle
Hinge systems
Order information
Overlay application Dual application Inset application
Hinge boss cover cap Hinge boss cover cap Hinge boss cover cap
Hinge boss cover cap Hinge boss cover cap Hinge boss cover cap
Hinge arm cover cap Hinge arm cover cap Hinge arm cover cap
Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no. Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no. Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.
Accessories – general
TIP-ON for doors
Web code
Glass door hinge
DQDP5A
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm)
Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle
Hinge systems
Overlay application Dual application Inset application
Drilling distance TB
Front overlay FA (mm) Front overlay FA (mm) Front overlay FA (mm)
MD
MD
MD
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 –2.5 –1.5 –0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 –5.5 –5 –4.5 –4 –3.5 –3 –2.5 –2 –1.5 –1
0 6 7 0 6 7 0 5.5 6 6.5 7
3 6 7 3 6 7 3 5.5 6 6.5 7
6 6 7 6 6 7 6
9 6 7 9 6 7 9
MD Mounting plate spacing (mm) MD Mounting plate spacing (mm) MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)
Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Adjustment
For front thicknesses FD from 4.5 to 7 mm, no gap F is required
Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges
Mounting plates 144
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210
Overview – BLUMOTION for doors 157
Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Web code
Mini-hinge
DQDPUM
▬ Hinge for small doors and doors with narrow Application
frames
▬ CLIP top with closing mechanism (spring)
▬ 94° opening angle
Hinge systems
Order information
Overlay application Dual application Inset application
Hinge arm cover cap Hinge arm cover cap Hinge arm cover cap
Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no. Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no. Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.
Accessories – general
TIP-ON for doors
Chipboard screws
Web code
Mini-hinge
DQDPUM
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm)
Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle
Hinge systems
Overlay application Dual application Inset application
Drilling distance TB
Front overlay FA (mm) Front overlay FA (mm) Front overlay FA (mm)
MD
MD
MD
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 –5.5 –4.5 –3.5 –2.5 –1.5 –0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 –8 –7 –6 –5 –4 –3
0 3 4 5 0 3 4 5 0 3 4 5
3 3 4 5 3 3 4 5 3 3 4 5
6 3 4 5 6 3 4 5 6
9 3 4 5 9 3 4 5 9
MD Mounting plate spacing (mm) MD Mounting plate spacing (mm) MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)
Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Adjustment
Front thickness FD (mm)
Drilling distance TB (mm)
16 18 19 20 22 23 24 26 28 30 31 32
3 1.1 2.2 3.0 3.8 5.5 △ △ △ △ △ △ △
4 1.1 2.0 2.7 3.5 5.0 △ △ △ △ △ △ △
Max. ±3.0 mm +0.5 mm +3.0 mm
5 1.1 1.8 2.4 3.0 4.6 △ △ △ △ △ △ △ See mounting –3.5 mm –1.0 mm
△ In these cases a trial is recommended plates
Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges
Mounting plates 144
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210
Overview – BLUMOTION for doors 157
Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Web code
Corner cabinet bi-fold hinge
DQDQJY
▬ Special hinge for corner cabinets with bi-fold Application
doors
▬ For front thicknesses FD from 15–23 mm, factory
setting for 19 mm front thickness FD
Hinge systems
Order information
Basic applications
Boss Screw-on
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
CLIP top ● NI | ONS 79T8500
● With spring NI Nickel plated
ONS Onyx black
Boss Knock-in
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
CLIP top ● NI 79T8530
Accessories
BLUMOTION 970.
Plain – NI 70.1503
Stamped Blum NI 70.1503.BP
Also requires
CLIP top 155° hinge 82
CLIP top 170° hinge 86
Accessories – general
Chipboard screws
Insertion ram
Web code
Corner cabinet bi-fold hinge
DQDQJY
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting
Hinge systems
60°
Application type for front thickness FD 19 mm in conjunction Application type for front thickness FD 19 mm in conjunction The hinge boss of the bi-fold hinge should be fixed to the same
with 0 mm spaced standard mounting plate with 3 mm spaced standard mounting plate front as the hinge boss of the 170° and 155° hinge
For front thicknesses FD from 15–19 mm, factory setting for
19 mm front thickness FD
Adjustment
Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges
Mounting plates 144
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210
Overview – BLUMOTION for doors 157
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Angle Inset appli- Half overlay Overlay appli- Maximum over- Mitred appli-
cation application cation lay application cation
Hinge systems
Cruciform cam mounting plate 37/32 Steel Cam ±2.0 146 146
Cruciform cam mounting plate for twin application 37/32 Steel Cam ±2.0 146
Cruciform mounting plate 37/32 Zinc Screws (two-part) ±2.0 147 147
Cruciform mounting plate 37/32 Steel Elongated hole ±2.0 147
Cruciform mounting plate 37/32 Steel Elongated hole ±3.0 147 148 148
Cruciform mounting plate for twin application 37/32 Steel Elongated hole ±3.0 148
Cruciform mounting plate 28/32 Steel Elongated hole ±3.0 148
Cruciform mounting plate 37/32 Zinc Elongated hole ±3.0 149
Angled spacers
+5° obtuse angled spacer 37/32 Zinc 150
–5° acute angled spacer 37/32 Zinc 150
Number of hinges
Number of hinges The number of hinges depends on the front weight FG and front height FH
Web code
+45° I – angled hinge half overlay
DQDR9A
▬ For corner cabinets with set back fronts Reference pages
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated WA Angle
BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) 40° 45° 50°
▬ CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring) Nº 23 Nº 24 Nº 25
Hinge systems
Order information
Boss INSERTA Accessories TIP-ON for doors
Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge arm cover cap
CLIP top Version Spring Part no.
● NI 79B9698
BLUMOTION Short version ○ 956.1004
● With spring NI Nickel plated
Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.
Extended version ○ 956A1004
○ Unsprung ONS Onyx black
Plain – NI | ONS 70.1553 Extended version ● 956A1006
Boss Screw-on Stamped Blum NI 70.1553.BP
Chipboard screws
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
Hinge boss cover cap
CLIP top
● NI | ONS 79B9658 Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
BLUMOTION
Hinge Colour Part no. 3.5 15 609.1500
CLIP top ○ NI 78A9658.T
CLIP top 3.5 17 609.1700
NI | ONS 70T3504
BLUMOTION
CLIP top NI 70T1504
Note
CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a door.
Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171 Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges Overview – assembly devices 591
Mounting plates 144 More technical details 698
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210
Planning
Note
These dimensions are based on the factory setting. The application changes in cases of deviation. In these cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be
moved from the standard fixing positions.
Corner cabinet
34
19 19 19
65.5
5
37
37
3
5
5.5
19
20
FB Front width
LW Internal cabinet width
Web code
+45° I – angled hinge half overlay
DQDR9A
Planning
Nº 23 Nº 53 Nº 60
40° 45° 45°
Hinge systems
Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 9 175H7190 Mounting plate 0 173H7100 Mounting plate 0 173H7100
Angled spacer –5° 171A5500
Nº 25 Nº 54 Nº 61
50° 50° 50°
Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 9 175H7190 Mounting plate 0 173H7100 Mounting plate 0 173H7100
Angled spacer +5° 171A5070 Angled spacer +5° 171A5010 Angled spacer +5° 171A5010
Adjustment
Web code
+45° II – angled hinge overlay
DQDRYM
▬ For corner cabinets with flush fronts Reference pages
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated WA Angle
BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) 40° 45° 50°
▬ CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring) Nº 23 Nº 24 Nº 25
Hinge systems
Order information
Boss INSERTA Accessories TIP-ON for doors
Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge arm cover cap
CLIP top Version Spring Part no.
● NI 79B3598
BLUMOTION Short version ○ 956.1004
● With spring NI Nickel plated
Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.
Extended version ○ 956A1004
○ Unsprung ONS Onyx black
Plain – NI | ONS 70.1503 Extended version ● 956A1006
Boss Screw-on Stamped Blum NI | ONS 70.1503.BP
Chipboard screws
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
Hinge boss cover cap
CLIP top
● NI | ONS 79B3558 Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
BLUMOTION
Hinge Colour Part no. 3.5 15 609.1500
CLIP top ○ NI 78T5550
CLIP top 3.5 17 609.1700
NI | ONS 70T3504
BLUMOTION
CLIP top NI 70T1504
Note
CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a door.
Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171 Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges Overview – assembly devices 591
Mounting plates 144 More technical details 698
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210
Planning
Note
These dimensions are based on the factory setting. The application changes in cases of deviation. In these cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be
moved from the standard fixing positions.
Corner cabinet
32.5
19 19 19
19
FB Front width
LW Internal cabinet width
Web code
+45° II – angled hinge overlay
DQDRYM
Planning
Nº 24 Nº 9 Nº 10
45° 45° 50°
Hinge systems
Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 18 175H7190.22 Mounting plate 0 173H7100 Mounting plate 0 173H7100
Angled spacer +5° 171A5010
Adjustment
5NJO
Web code
+45° III – angled hinge full overlay
DQDSNY
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated Reference pages
BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) WA Angle
▬ CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring) 40° 45° 50°
▬ +45° III angled hinge Nº 23 Nº 24 Nº 25
Hinge systems
Order information
Boss INSERTA Accessories TIP-ON for doors
Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge arm cover cap
CLIP top Version Spring Part no.
● NI 79B9498
BLUMOTION Short version ○ 956.1004
● With spring NI Nickel plated
Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.
Extended version ○ 956A1004
○ Unsprung
Plain – NI 70.1553 Extended version ● 956A1006
Boss Screw-on Stamped Blum NI 70.1553.BP
Chipboard screws
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
Hinge boss cover cap
CLIP top
● NI 79B9458 Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
BLUMOTION
Hinge Colour Part no. 3.5 15 609.1500
CLIP top ○ NI 78A9458.T
CLIP top 3.5 17 609.1700
NI 70T3504
BLUMOTION
CLIP top NI 70T1504
Note
CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a door.
Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171 Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges Overview – assembly devices 591
Mounting plates 144 More technical details 698
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210
Planning
Note
These dimensions are based on the factory setting. The application changes in cases of deviation. In these cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be
moved from the standard fixing positions.
Nº 108 Nº 8 Nº 43
40° 40° 40°
Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 9 175H7190 Mounting plate 6 175H9160 Mounting plate 0 173H7100
Angled spacer +5° 171A5040 Angled spacer –5° 171A5500 Angled spacer –5° 171A5500
The angle wedge is installed rotated by 180° (arrow points to
the cabinet)!
Web code
+45° III – angled hinge full overlay
DQDSNY
Planning
Nº 109 Nº 44 Nº 45
40° 45° 50°
Hinge systems
Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 9 175H7190 Mounting plate 6 175H9160 Mounting plate 0 173H7100
Angled spacer +5° 171A5010 Angled spacer +5° 171A5070
The angle wedge is installed rotated by 180° (arrow points to
the cabinet)!
Adjustment
Web code
+30° II – angled hinge overlay
DQDTDA
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated Reference pages
BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) WA Angle
▬ CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring) 25° 30° 35°
▬ +30° II angled hinge Nº 20 Nº 21 Nº 22
Hinge systems
Order information
Boss INSERTA Accessories TIP-ON for doors
Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge arm cover cap
CLIP top Version Spring Part no.
● NI 79B9596
BLUMOTION Short version ○ 956.1004
● With spring NI Nickel plated
Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.
Extended version ○ 956A1004
○ Unsprung ONS Onyx black
Plain – NI | ONS 70.1553 Extended version ● 956A1006
Boss Screw-on Stamped Blum NI 70.1553.BP
Chipboard screws
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
Hinge boss cover cap
CLIP top
● NI | ONS 79B9556 Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
BLUMOTION
Hinge Colour Part no. 3.5 15 609.1500
CLIP top ○ NI 78A9556.T
CLIP top 3.5 17 609.1700
NI | ONS 70T3504
BLUMOTION
CLIP top NI 70T1504
Note
CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a door.
Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171 Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges Overview – assembly devices 591
Mounting plates 144 More technical details 698
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210
Planning
Note
These dimensions are based on the factory setting. The application changes in cases of deviation. In these cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be
moved from the standard fixing positions.
Nº 20 Nº 50 Nº 57
25° 25° 25°
Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 9 175H7190 Mounting plate 0 173H7100 Mounting plate 0 173H7100
Angled spacer –5° 171A5500 Angled spacer –5° 171A5500 Angled spacer –5° 171A5500
Web code
+30° II – angled hinge overlay
DQDTDA
Planning
Nº 21 Nº 51 Nº 6
30° 30° 30°
Hinge systems
Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 18 175H7190.22 Mounting plate 9 175H7190 Mounting plate 0 173H7100
Nº 58 Nº 22 Nº 52
30° 35° 35°
Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 3 173H7130 Mounting plate 18 175H7190.22 Mounting plate 0 173H7100
Angled spacer +5° 171A5010 Angled spacer +5° 171A5070
Nº 7 Nº 59 Adjustment
35° 35°
Reference pages
Hinge boss fixing 127
Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 0 173H7100 Mounting plate 0 173H7100
Angled spacer +5° 171A5010 Angled spacer +5° 171A5040
Web code
+30° III – angled hinge full overlay
DQDU2M
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated Reference pages
BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) WA Angle
▬ CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring) 25° 30° 35°
▬ +30° III angled hinge Nº 20 Nº 21 Nº 22
Hinge systems
Order information
Boss INSERTA Accessories TIP-ON for doors
Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge arm cover cap
CLIP top Version Spring Part no.
● NI 79B9496
BLUMOTION Short version ○ 956.1004
● With spring NI Nickel plated
Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.
Extended version ○ 956A1004
○ Unsprung
Plain – NI 70.1553 Extended version ● 956A1006
Boss Screw-on Stamped Blum NI 70.1553.BP
Chipboard screws
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
Hinge boss cover cap
CLIP top
● NI 79B9456 Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
BLUMOTION
Hinge Colour Part no. 3.5 15 609.1500
CLIP top ○ NI 78A9456.T
CLIP top 3.5 17 609.1700
NI 70T3504
BLUMOTION
CLIP top NI 70T1504
Note
CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a door.
Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171 Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges Overview – assembly devices 591
Mounting plates 144 More technical details 698
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210
Planning
Note
These dimensions are based on the factory setting. The application changes in cases of deviation. In these cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be
moved from the standard fixing positions.
Nº 40 Nº 41 Nº 42
25° 30° 35°
Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 0 173H7100 Mounting plate 6 175H9160 Mounting plate 0 173H7100
Angled spacer –5° 171A5500 Angled spacer +5° 171A5070
Web code
+30° III – angled hinge full overlay
DQDU2M
Planning
Adjustment
Hinge systems
Max. ±3.0 mm ±2.0 mm ±2.0 mm
See mounting
plates
Web code
+20° II – angled hinge overlay
DQDURY
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated Reference pages
BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) WA Angle
▬ CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring) 15° 20° 25°
▬ +20° II angled hinge Nº 18 Nº 19 Nº 20
Hinge systems
Order information
Boss INSERTA Accessories TIP-ON for doors
Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge arm cover cap
CLIP top Version Spring Part no.
● NI 79B9595
BLUMOTION Short version ○ 956.1004
● With spring NI Nickel plated
Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.
Extended version ○ 956A1004
○ Unsprung
Plain – NI 70.1553 Extended version ● 956A1006
Boss Screw-on Stamped Blum NI 70.1553.BP
Chipboard screws
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
Hinge boss cover cap
CLIP top
● NI 79B9555 Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
BLUMOTION
Hinge Colour Part no. 3.5 15 609.1500
CLIP top ○ NI 78A9555.T
CLIP top 3.5 17 609.1700
NI 70T3504
BLUMOTION
CLIP top NI 70T1504
Note
CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a door.
Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171 Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges Overview – assembly devices 591
Mounting plates 144 More technical details 698
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210
Planning
Note
These dimensions are based on the factory setting. The application changes in cases of deviation. In these cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be
moved from the standard fixing positions.
Nº 18 Nº 48 Nº 55
15° 15° 15°
Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 9 175H7190 Mounting plate 3 173H7130 Mounting plate 0 173H7100
Angled spacer –5° 171A5500 Angled spacer –5° 171A5500 Angled spacer –5° 171A5500
Web code
+20° II – angled hinge overlay
DQDURY
Planning
Nº 19 Nº 49 Nº 4
20° 20° 20°
Hinge systems
Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 18 175H7190.22 Mounting plate 9 175H7190 Mounting plate 0 173H7100
Nº 56 Nº 5
20° 25°
Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 6 175H9160 Mounting plate 0 173H7100
Angled spacer +5° 171A5010
Adjustment
Web code
+15° III – angled hinge full overlay
DQDVHA
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated Reference pages
BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) WA Angle
▬ CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring) 10° 15° 20°
▬ +15° III angled hinge Nº 17 Nº 18 Nº 19
Hinge systems
Order information
Boss INSERTA Accessories TIP-ON for doors
Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge arm cover cap
CLIP top Version Spring Part no.
● NI 79B9494
BLUMOTION Short version ○ 956.1004
● With spring NI Nickel plated
Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.
Extended version ○ 956A1004
○ Unsprung ONS Onyx black
Plain – NI | ONS 70.1553 Extended version ● 956A1006
Boss Screw-on Stamped Blum NI 70.1553.BP
Chipboard screws
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
Hinge boss cover cap
CLIP top
● NI | ONS 79B9454 Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
BLUMOTION
Hinge Colour Part no. 3.5 15 609.1500
CLIP top ○ NI 78A9454.T
CLIP top 3.5 17 609.1700
NI | ONS 70T3504
BLUMOTION
CLIP top NI 70T1504
Note
CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a door.
Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171 Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges Overview – assembly devices 591
Mounting plates 144 More technical details 698
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210
Planning
Note
These dimensions are based on the factory setting. The application changes in cases of deviation. In these cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be
moved from the standard fixing positions.
Nº 17 Nº 47 Nº 2
10° 10° 10°
Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 18 175H7190.22 Mounting plate 18 175H7190.22 Mounting plate 0 173H7100
Angled spacer –5° 171A5500 Angled spacer –5° 171A5500 Angled spacer –5° 171A5500
Web code
+15° III – angled hinge full overlay
DQDVHA
Planning
Nº 37 Nº 3 Nº 38
10° 15° 15°
Hinge systems
Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 0 173H7100 Mounting plate 9 175H7190 Mounting plate 6 175H9160
Angled spacer –5° 171A5500
Nº 39
20°
Adjustment
Web code
±5° angled application
DQDW6M
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated Reference pages
BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) WA Angle WA Angle
▬ CLIP top with or without closing mechanism (spring) –5° 5°
▬ ±5° angled application Nº 15 Nº 16
Hinge systems
Order information
Overlay application Dual application Inset application
Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no. Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no. Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.
Note
CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a door.
Accessories – general
TIP-ON for doors Hinge boss cover cap Chipboard screws
Version Spring Part no. Hinge Colour Part no. Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
Short version ○ 956.1004 CLIP top 3.5 15 609.1500
NI 70T3504
Extended version ○ 956A1004 BLUMOTION 3.5 17 609.1700
Extended version ● 956A1006 CLIP top NI 70T1504
Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171 Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges Overview – assembly devices 591
Mounting plates 144 More technical details 698
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210
Overview – BLUMOTION for doors 157
Planning
Note
These dimensions are based on the factory setting. The application changes in cases of deviation. In these cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be
moved from the standard fixing positions.
Web code
±5° angled application
DQDW6M
Planning
Nº 15 Nº 35 Nº 16
–5° –5° 5°
Hinge systems
Hinge with cranked hinge arm Hinge with straight hinge arm Hinge with double cranked hinge arm
Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 0 173H7100 Mounting plate 0 173H7100 Mounting plate 0 173H7100
Angled spacer –5° 171A5500 Angled spacer –5° 171A5500 Angled spacer +5° 171A5010
Nº 46 Nº 1 Nº 36
5° 5° 5°
Hinge with cranked hinge arm Hinge with straight hinge arm Hinge with straight hinge arm
Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 0 173H7100 Mounting plate 0 173H7100 Mounting plate 0 173H7100
Angled spacer +5° 171A5070 Angled spacer +5° 171A5010 Angled spacer +5° 171A5010
Adjustment
Web code
–15° III – angled hinge full overlay
DQDWVY
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated Reference pages
BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) WA Angle
▬ CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring) –20° –15° –10°
▬ –15° III angled hinge Nº 12 Nº 13 Nº 14
Hinge systems
Order information
Boss INSERTA Accessories TIP-ON for doors
Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge arm cover cap
CLIP top Version Spring Part no.
● NI 79B3493
BLUMOTION Short version ○ 956.1004
● With spring NI Nickel plated
Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.
Extended version ○ 956A1004
○ Unsprung
Plain – NI 70.1553 Extended version ● 956A1006
Boss Screw-on Stamped Blum NI 70.1553.BP
Chipboard screws
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
Hinge boss cover cap
CLIP top
● NI 79B3453 Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
BLUMOTION
Hinge Colour Part no. 3.5 15 609.1500
CLIP top ○ NI 78A5453.T
CLIP top 3.5 17 609.1700
NI 70T3504
BLUMOTION
CLIP top NI 70T1504
Note
CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a door.
Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171 Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges Overview – assembly devices 591
Mounting plates 144 More technical details 698
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210
Planning
Note
These dimensions are based on the factory setting. The application changes in cases of deviation. In these cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be
moved from the standard fixing positions.
Nº 12 Nº 32 Nº 13
–20° –20° –15°
Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 6 175H9160 Mounting plate 0 173H7100 Mounting plate 18 175H7190.22
Angled spacer –5° 171A5500 Angled spacer –5° 171A5500
Web code
–15° III – angled hinge full overlay
DQDWVY
Planning
Nº 33 Nº 14 Nº 34
–15° –10° –10°
Hinge systems
Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 0 173H7100 Mounting plate 9 175H7190 Mounting plate 0 173H7100
Angled spacer +5° 171A5070 Angled spacer +5° 171A5010
Adjustment
5NJO
Web code
–30° III – angled hinge full overlay
DQDXLA
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated Reference pages
BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) WA Angle
▬ CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring) –35° –30° –25°
▬ –30° III angled hinge Nº 11
Hinge systems
Order information
Boss INSERTA Accessories TIP-ON for doors
Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge arm cover cap
CLIP top Version Spring Part no.
● NI 79B3491
BLUMOTION Short version ○ 956.1004
● With spring NI Nickel plated
Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.
Extended version ○ 956A1004
○ Unsprung
Plain – NI 70.1553 Extended version ● 956A1006
Boss Screw-on Stamped Blum NI 70.1553.BP
Chipboard screws
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
Hinge boss cover cap
CLIP top
● NI 79B3451 Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
BLUMOTION
Hinge Colour Part no. 3.5 15 609.1500
CLIP top ○ NI 78A5451.T
CLIP top 3.5 17 609.1700
NI 70T3504
BLUMOTION
CLIP top NI 70T1504
Note
CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a door.
Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171 Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges Overview – assembly devices 591
Mounting plates 144 More technical details 698
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210
Planning
Note
These dimensions are based on the factory setting. The application changes in cases of deviation. In these cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be
moved from the standard fixing positions.
Nº 29 Nº 30 Nº 11
–35° –30° –25°
Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 0 173H7100 Mounting plate 3 173H7130 Mounting plate 9 175H7190
Angled spacer –5° 171A5500 Angled spacer +5° 171A5070
Web code
–30° III – angled hinge full overlay
DQDXLA
Planning
Nº 31
–25°
Hinge systems
Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 0 173H7100
Angled spacer +5° 171A5040
Adjustment
5NJO
Web code
–45° III – angled hinge full overlay
DQDYAM
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated Reference pages
BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) WA Angle
▬ CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring) –50° –45° –40°
▬ –45° III angled hinge
Hinge systems
Order information
Boss INSERTA Accessories TIP-ON for doors
Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge arm cover cap
CLIP top Version Spring Part no.
● NI 79B3490
BLUMOTION Short version ○ 956.1004
● With spring NI Nickel plated
Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.
Extended version ○ 956A1004
○ Unsprung
Plain – NI 70.1553 Extended version ● 956A1006
Boss Screw-on Stamped Blum NI 70.1553.BP
Chipboard screws
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
Hinge boss cover cap
CLIP top
● NI 79B3450 Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
BLUMOTION
Hinge Colour Part no. 3.5 15 609.1500
CLIP top ○ NI 78A5450.T
CLIP top 3.5 17 609.1700
NI 70T3504
BLUMOTION
CLIP top NI 70T1504
Note
CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a door.
Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171 Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges Overview – assembly devices 591
Mounting plates 144 More technical details 698
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210
Planning
Note
These dimensions are based on the factory setting. The application changes in cases of deviation. In these cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be
moved from the standard fixing positions.
Nº 26 Nº 27 Nº 28
–50° –45° –40°
Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 0 173H7100 Mounting plate 3 173H7130 Mounting plate 0 173H7100
Angled spacer –5° 171A5500 Angled spacer +5° 171A5040
Web code
–45° III – angled hinge full overlay
DQDYAM
Planning
Adjustment
Hinge systems
Max. ±3.0 mm ±2.0 mm ±2.0 mm
See mounting
plates
5NJO
Order information
Boss EXPANDO T Accessories Hinge boss cover cap
Hinge Spring Colour Part no. TIP-ON for doors
CLIP top Hinge Colour Part no.
● NI 71B453T
BLUMOTION Version Hinge Spring Part no. CLIP top
NI 70T4504
CLIP top ● NI 71T453T Short version CLIP top ○ 956.1004 BLUMOTION
CLIP top ○ NI 70T453T.TL Extended version CLIP top ○ 956A1004 CLIP top NI 70T4504
● With spring NI Nickel plated Extended version CLIP top ● 956A1006
○ Unsprung
Hinge arm cover cap
Plain – NI 70.4503
Stamped Blum NI 70.4503.BP
Note
A trial application is recommended when combining CLIP top BLUMOTION hinges and CLIP top hinges with springs on small, light fronts up to 300 mm wide. Combining these is not recommended
for wider front widths FB.
Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Assembly recommendation and limitation of Assembly, removal and adjustment
71 585
– hinges liability – EXPANDO T
Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171 Hinge for thin doors 102
Mounting plates 144 Short URL
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T www.blum.com/a210
584
Planning
Note
These dimensions are based on the factory setting, with a front thickness of 12 mm and a cabinet side panel thickness of 19 mm. The application changes in cases of deviation. In these cases a
trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard fixing positions.
Nº 114 Nº 110 Nº 115
–5° –5° 5°
Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 0 173H7100 Mounting plate 0 173H7100 Mounting plate 0 173H7100
Angled spacer –5° 171A5500 Angled spacer –5° 171A5500 Angled spacer +5° 171A5010
Hinge systems
Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 0 173H7100 Mounting plate 0 173H7100 Mounting plate 0 173H7100
Angled spacer +5° 171A5010 Angled spacer +5° 2x 171A5010 Angled spacer +5° 2x 171A5010
Nº 117 Nº 113
15° 15°
Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 0 173H7100 Mounting plate 0 173H7100
Angled spacer +5° 3x 171A5010 Angled spacer +5° 3x 171A5010
34.5
Max. ±3.0 mm ±2.0 mm +3.0 mm
Ø10+̶ 0.1
0.1*
3.5 See mounting –2.0 mm
plates
Order information
Boss CRISTALLO 110° Accessories
Hinge Spring Colour Part no. TIP-ON for doors
CLIP top
● NI 71B4500C
BLUMOTION Version Spring Part no.
CLIP top ● NI 71T4500C Short version ○ 956.1004
CLIP top ○ NI 70T4500CTL Extended version ○ 956A1004
● With spring NI Nickel plated Extended version ● 956A1006
○ Unsprung
Hinge arm cover cap
CRISTALLO adhesion plate
Note
A trial application is recommended when combining CLIP top BLUMOTION hinges and CLIP top hinges with springs on small, light fronts up to 300 mm wide. Combining these is not recommended
for wider front widths FB.
Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Mounting plates 144 Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151
Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171
Limitation of liability 104 Short URL
Distance 105 www.blum.com/a210
Planning
Note
These dimensions are based on the factory setting, with a front thickness of 6 mm and a cabinet side panel thickness of 19 mm. The application changes in cases of deviation. In these cases a trial
is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard fixing positions.
Nº 106 Nº 107 Nº 103
–5° –5° 5°
Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 0 173H7100 Mounting plate 0 173H7100 Mounting plate 0 173H7100
Angled spacer –5° 171A5500 Angled spacer –5° 171A5500 Angled spacer +5° 171A5010
Hinge systems
Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 0 173H7100 Mounting plate 0 173H7100 Mounting plate 0 173H7100
Angled spacer +5° 171A5010 Angled spacer +5° 2x 171A5010 Angled spacer +5° 2x 171A5010
Nº 105 Nº 102
15° 15°
max. 60.5 19
73
45
2
2
6
12
Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 0 173H7100 Mounting plate 0 173H7100
Angled spacer +5° 3x 171A5010 Angled spacer +5° 3x 171A5010
Adjustment
Cruciform cam mounting plate 37/32 Steel Cam ±2.0 146 146
Cruciform cam mounting plate for twin application 37/32 Steel Cam ±2.0 146
Cruciform mounting plate 37/32 Zinc Screws (two-part) ±2.0 147 147
Cruciform mounting plate 37/32 Steel Elongated hole ±2.0 147
Cruciform mounting plate 37/32 Steel Elongated hole ±3.0 147 148 148
Cruciform mounting plate for twin application 37/32 Steel Elongated hole ±3.0 148
Cruciform mounting plate 28/32 Steel Elongated hole ±3.0 148
Cruciform mounting plate 37/32 Zinc Elongated hole ±3.0 149
Angled spacers
+5° obtuse angled spacer 37/32 Zinc 150
–5° acute angled spacer 37/32 Zinc 150
Pictograph
Item available on request Knock-in dowel fixing – assembly only with the
insertion ram
Chipboard screw fixing Knock-in dowel fixing
INSERTA fixing
EXPANDO fixing
Order information
Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.
0 8.5 NI | ONS 175H3100
3 11.5 NI | ONS 175H3130
NI Nickel plated
ONS Onyx black
H Height
* Fix with additional screw if used with
wide angle- and 0-protrusion hinges
Order information
Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.
±0.1
0 8.5 NI | ONS 177H3100E
3 11.5 NI | ONS 177H3130E
NI Nickel plated
ONS Onyx black
H Height
* Fix with additional screw if used with
wide angle- and 0-protrusion hinges
Hinge systems
▬ Material: steel
Order information
Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.
0 8.5 NI ☎ 177H3100E10 10 ±0.1
3 11.5 NI ☎ 177H3130E10
NI Nickel plated
H Height
* Fix with additional screw if used with
wide angle- and 0-protrusion hinges
Order information
Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.
5 ±0.1
0 8.5 NI 175H4100
3 11.5 NI 175H4130
NI Nickel plated
H Height
* Fix with additional screw if used with
wide angle- and 0-protrusion hinges
Order information
Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.
0 8.5 NI 175H410Z
NI Nickel plated 5 ±0.1
H Height
* Additional screw required as standard
Order information
Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.
0 8.5 NI | ONS 173H7100
3 11.5 NI | ONS 173H7130
NI Nickel plated
ONS Onyx black
H Height
* Additional screw for wide angle- and
0-protrusion hinges (min. 20 mm)
Order information
Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.
5 ±0.1
0 8.5 NI 174H7100I
3 11.5 NI 174H7130I
NI Nickel plated
H Height
* Additional screw for wide angle- and
0-protrusion hinges (min. 20 mm)
Order information
Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.
5 ±0.1
H Height
* Additional screw for wide angle- and
0-protrusion hinges (min. 20 mm)
3 11.5 NI 174H713ZE
NI Nickel plated
ONS Onyx black
H Height
* Additional screw required as standard
Hinge systems
▬ Material: zinc
Order information
Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.
0 8.5 NI 175H7100
3 11.5 NI 175H7130
9 17.5 NI 175H7190
18 26.5 NI 175H7190.22
NI Nickel plated
H Height
* Fix with additional screw if used with
wide angle- and 0-protrusion hinges
Order information
Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.
5 ±0.1
0 8.5 NI 175H9100
3 11.5 NI 175H9130
6 14.5 NI | ONS 175H9160
9 17.5 NI | ONS 175H9190
18 26.5 NI 175H9190.22
H Height
NI Nickel plated
* Fix with additional screw if used with
ONS Onyx black
wide angle- and 0-protrusion hinges
Order information
Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.
0 8.5 NI | ONS 173L6100
3 11.5 NI | ONS 173L6130
NI Nickel plated
ONS Onyx black
H Height
* Additional screw for wide angle- and
0-protrusion hinges (min. 20 mm)
Order information
Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.
5 ±0.1
0 8.5 NI 174E6100.01
3 11.5 NI 174E6130.01
NI Nickel plated
H Height
* Additional screw for wide angle- and
0-protrusion hinges (min. 20 mm)
Order information
Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.
0 8.5 NI 173L8100
3 11.5 NI 173L8130
NI Nickel plated
H Height
* Additional screw for wide angle- and
0-protrusion hinges (min. 20 mm)
Order information
Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.
0 8.5 NI 173L8100.21
NI Nickel plated
H Height
* Additional screw required as standard
Order information
Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.
0 8.5 NI 174L6100.05
3 11.5 NI 174L6130.05
NI Nickel plated
Accessories
Description Part no. H Height
Insertion ram MZM.0061.01 * Additional screw for wide angle- and
0-protrusion hinges (min. 20 mm)
Order information
Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.
0 8.5 NI 173L8300
3 11.5 NI 173L8330
NI Nickel plated
H Height
* Additional screw for wide angle- and
0-protrusion hinges (min. 20 mm)
Hinge systems
Order information
Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.
0 8.5 NI 175L8100
3 11.5 NI 175L8130
9 17.5 NI 175L8190
11 19.5 NI 175L8190.21
NI Nickel plated
H Height
* Fix with additional screw if used with
wide angle- and 0-protrusion hinges
Order information
Spacing (mm) Colour Part no.
0.8 NI 171A5010
3 NI 171A5040
6 NI 171A5070
Colour D Spacing
NI Nickel plated
Order information
Spacing (mm) Colour Part no.
6 NI 171A5500
Colour
NI Nickel plated
D Spacing
Hinge systems
Material Steel Steel Steel Steel
Colour NI | ONS NI | ONS NI | ONS NI
Print | stamp Plain Stamped Plain Stamped
Logo – Blum – Blum
Part no. 70.1503 70.1503.BP 70.1663 70.1663.BP
110° special hinge
Blind corner hinge inset application
Blind corner hinge overlay application
Corner cabinet bi-fold hinge
+45° II – angled hinge overlay Material Steel Steel
Colour NI | ONS NI | ONS
Print | stamp Plain Stamped
Logo – Blum
Part no. 70.1503 70.1503.BP
CLIP 100° hinge
Hinge systems
Material Steel Steel
Colour NI | ONS NI | ONS
Part no. 70T3504 70T3504
107° hinge
Profile/thick door hinge
Blind corner hinge inset application
Bathroom mirror cabinets with fronts that protrude all the way around
Angled applications Material Steel Steel
Colour NI | ONS NI | ONS
Part no. 70T3504 70T1504
155° hinge
Material Steel
Colour NI | ONS
Part no. 70T7504
Blind corner hinge overlay application
Material Steel
Colour NI | ONS
Part no. 70T3504
Hinge for thin doors
Ø 3.5
17.0 609.1700
Centre bit
▬ To pre-drill for Ø 3.5 mm chipboard screws Order information
▬ Drilling depth up to 8 mm Diameter
Description Part no.
▬ Material: steel, hardened (mm)
Centre bit M01.ZZ03.01
Ø 2.7
Replacement bit M01.ZZB3
8 mm Ø door buffer
▬ For noise reduction Order information
▬ Gap 2 mm Diameter (mm) Part no.
▬ Two-part Ø 8.0 993.706
▬ Colour: RAL 9006 grey
▬ Material: nylon
Pozidrive screwdriver
▬ Orange handle with Blum logo Order information
▬ Colour: black/orange Total length
Tool support Part no.
▬ Material: nylon/steel (mm)
Pozidriv PZ 2 210 303.756.1
Hinge systems
Slotted screwdriver
▬ Orange handle with Blum logo Order information
▬ Colour: black/orange Total length
Tool support Part no.
▬ Material: nylon/steel (mm)
Slotted, size 1 200 314.928.1
Exceptional comfort through a This is all thanks to the intelligent It reacts to key factors such as door And brakes the motion of the front
highly adaptive system. technology of the BLUMOTION height, front weight and closing accordingly. The result is a silent
adaptive system. speed. and effortless closing motion.
A look behind the scenes of the Slow closing speed Fast closing speed Closing speed that is too fast
BLUMOTION adaptive system. The braking element expands The braking element expands. The The overload safety feature kicks in.
slightly. The medium can flow by medium can only flow by slowly. ▬ Protects BLUMOTION and hinges
without much resistance. ▬ Strong effect
▬ Weak effect
Hinge systems
Overview – hinge systems 69
CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 70
TIP-ON for doors 170
Hinge systems
Symbolic image
BLUMOTION 973A – clip on
Overview – applications 158
BLUMOTION 973A – clip on 160
Symbolic image
BLUMOTION 971A – in adapter plate for overlay application
Overview – applications 158
BLUMOTION 971A – in adapter plate for overlay application 162
Symbolic image
BLUMOTION 970A – for drilling, hinge side
Overview – applications 158
BLUMOTION 970A – for drilling, hinge side 164
Accessories – adapter plates 168
Symbolic image
BLUMOTION 970. – for drilling, handle side
Overview – applications 158
BLUMOTION 970. – for drilling, handle side 166
Accessories – adapter plates 168
Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Short URL
www.blum.com/a220
Symbolic image
Pictograph
Item available on request Angled application max. overlay
Hinge systems
Planning
BLUMOTION quantity
For normal door sizes, one BLUMOTION 973A per hinge is required for the perfect motion. For smaller, lighter
doors, the number can be reduced accordingly.
Hinge systems
Reference pages
Overview – BLUMOTION for doors 157 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Short URL
www.blum.com/a220
Order information
Construction height (mm) Part no.
25 971A0500
33 971A2500
Order information
Construction height (mm) Part no.
25 971A05E0
Order information
Construction height (mm) Part no.
25 971A0700
Planning
Construction height 25 mm
For all hinges with a straight hinge arm and a 0 mm raised mounting plate. Exception: 95° profile door hinge
Hinge systems
Construction height 33 mm
For all hinges with a straight hinge and a 3 mm spaced mounting plate. Use also for 95° profile door hinge with
0mm spaced plate.
■ BLUMOTION 971Axxxx
● Hinges
Reference pages
Overview – BLUMOTION for doors 157 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Short URL
www.blum.com/a220
BLUMOTION 970A
▬ BLUMOTION – perfect movement, quiet and easy
▬ For use with Blum hinges
▬ For drilling or in combination with adapter plates
Hinge systems
Order information
BLUMOTION 970A
Colour Material Part no.
RAL 7037 dust grey Nylon 970A1002
Planning
Drilling distance BA Assembly position and number required
BLUMOTION 970A is for location on the hinge side, and guarantees perfect motion even for angled hinges.
The hole for BLUMOTION 970A needs to be drilled into the cabinet top. The correct position is set using
the drilling distance (BA). If the BLUMOTION effect is insufficient, we recommend installing an additional
BLUMOTION 970A in the bottom.
Reference pages
Overview – BLUMOTION for doors 157 Assembly Assembly, removal and adjustment
Accessories – straight adapter plates 168 Drilling template for BLUMOTION | TIP-ON 666
Accessories – cruciform adapter plates 168 Template 664
Drilling distance BA 165 Drilling template for mounting plates 665 Short URL
MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK 610 www.blum.com/a220
MINIPRESS top 614
MINIPRESS P 626
MINIPRESS M 630
BLUMOTION 970A
Planning
All hinge applications except for angled applications
Mounting plate spacing Drilling distance Drilling distance Drilling distance ¹ Drilling distance Drilling distance
(mm) BA (mm) BA (mm) BA (mm) BA (mm) BA (mm)
Hinge systems
0 32 41 50 34
3 35 44 53 51 34
6 38 47
9 41 50
¹ When dealing with narrow top rails or larger front gaps, we recommend using the adapter plate as needed
BLUMOTION 970.
▬ BLUMOTION – perfect movement, quiet and easy
▬ For use with Blum hinges
▬ For drilling or in combination with adapter plates
Hinge systems
Order information
BLUMOTION 970.
Colour Material Part no.
RAL 7037 dust grey Nylon 970.1002
Planning
Reference pages
Overview – BLUMOTION for doors 157 Assembly Assembly, removal and adjustment
Accessories – straight adapter plates 168 Drilling template for BLUMOTION 667
Accessories – cruciform adapter plates 168 Template 664
Assembly position and number required 167 Drilling template for mounting plates 665 Short URL
MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK 610 www.blum.com/a220
MINIPRESS top 614
MINIPRESS P 626
MINIPRESS M 630
BLUMOTION 970.
Planning
Assembly position and number required
Because BLUMOTION for doors is customised for Blum
hinges, the only way to get that perfect, soft and effortless
Hinge systems
motion is to combine the two.
Optional position
Order information
Colour Material Part no.
RAL 7036 platinum Nylon
970.1201
grey
Nickel plated Zinc 970.5201
Order information
Colour Material Part no.
RAL 7036 platinum Nylon
970.1501
grey
Nickel plated Zinc 970.5501
Order information
Colour Material Part no.
RAL 7036 platinum Nylon
970.15E1
grey
Nickel plated Zinc 970.55E1
Order information
Colour Material Part no.
RAL 7036 platinum Nylon
970.1701
grey
Nickel plated Zinc 970.5701
Hinge systems
separately
Order information
Colour Material Part no.
RAL 7036 platinum Nylon
970.2501
grey
Order information
Colour Material Part no.
Nickel plated Zinc 970.6701
Handle-less doors can be opened The door then opens at an angle With different colour variants, The door gap can easily be set
easily with TIP-ON – a light touch is that is comfortable for the furniture TIP-ON can be optimally adjusted using the ejector.
all that’s needed. user. to the cabinet interior.
The TIP-ON unit can be attached to The TIP-ON unit can also be at- The TIP-ON unit can also be at- The catch plate is the counterpart
the cabinet front edge. tached to the cabinet interior using tached to the cabinet interior using to TIP-ON. There are two variants,
horizontal adapter plates. cruciform adapter plates. self-adhesive, or a version that
screws to the door.
Hinge systems
Overview – hinge systems 69
CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 70
BLUMOTION for doors 156
Hinge systems
Symbolic image
TIP-ON 956x
TIP-ON 956. – short version with magnet 172
TIP-ON 956A – long version with magnet 172
TIP-ON 956A – long version with bumper 172
Symbolic image
Accessories
Straight adapter plates 173
Cruciform adapter plates 173
Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Short URL
www.blum.com/a230
Symbolic image
Pictograph
Item available on request System screw fixing
Reference pages
Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171 Assembly Assembly, removal and adjustment
Accessories – straight adapter plates 173 Drilling template for BLUMOTION | TIP-ON 666
Accessories – cruciform adapter plates 173 Positioning template for catch plate 687
MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK 610 Short URL
MINIPRESS top 614 www.blum.com/a230
Hinge systems
▬ TIP-ON must be ordered
separately
Order information
Colour Material Part no.
SW | CS | R7036 | Front gap Catch plate
Nylon 956.1201
NI-L
Colour
SW Silk white
CS Carbon black
R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey
NI-L Nickel lacquered
FA Front overlay
* 3 mm offset installation
Order information
Colour Material Part no.
SW | CS | R7036 | Front gap Catch plate
Nylon 956A1201
NI-L
Colour
SW Silk white
CS Carbon black
R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey
NI-L Nickel lacquered
FA Front overlay
* 3 mm offset installation
Order information
Colour Material Part no.
R7036 Nylon 956A1501 Front gap Catch plate
Colour
R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey
FA Front overlay
* 3 mm offset installation
Reference pages
Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171 Assembly Assembly, removal and adjustment
Template 664
Drilling template for mounting plates 665
Positioning template for catch plate 687 Short URL
MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK 610 www.blum.com/a230
MINIPRESS top 614
MINIPRESS P 626
MINIPRESS M 630
Hinge systems
Overview – hinge systems 69
CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 70
Hinge systems
Symbolic image
Hinge applications OW MODUL MODUL Colour Application Boss Fixing Web Page
BLUMOTION code
Standard application
100° hinge
100° ● NI DQE3XA 176
Refrigerator application
Refrigerator facade door hinge
95° ● NI | ONS DQE5BY 180
Mounting plates
Mounting plates
182
OW Opening angle ● With spring NI Nickel plated
ONS Onyx black
Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap 185
Screws 186
Centre bit 186
Door buffer 186
Screwdriver 187
Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Short URL
www.blum.com/a240
Symbolic image
Number of hinges
Number of hinges The number of hinges depends on the front weight FG and front height FH
Pictograph
Item available on request Blind corner application Screw-on boss
Web code
100° hinge
DQE3XA
▬ MODUL with closing mechanism (spring) Application
▬ Slide on hinge arm
▬ 100° opening angle
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
Hinge systems
Order information
Overlay application Dual application Inset application
Boss Knock-in
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
MODUL ● NI 91M2580
Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no. Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no. Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.
Accessories – general
Chipboard screws
Insertion ram
Web code
100° hinge
DQE3XA
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm)
Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle
Hinge systems
Overlay application Dual application Inset application
Drilling distance TB
Front overlay FA (mm) Front overlay FA (mm) Front overlay FA (mm)
MD
MD
MD
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 –4.5 –3.5 –2.5 –1.5 –0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 –7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1
0 3 4 5 6 0 3 4 5 6 0 3 4 5 6
3 3 4 5 6 3 3 4 5 6 3 3 4 5 6
9 3 4 5 6 9 3 4 5 6 9
– – –
MD Mounting plate spacing (mm) MD Mounting plate spacing (mm) MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)
Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Adjustment
Front thickness FD (mm)
Drilling distance TB (mm)
16 18 19 20 21 22 24 26 28 30 31 32
3 0.3 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.3 1.6 3.3 △ △ △ △ △
4 0.3 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.2 1.6 3.2 △ △ △ △ △
Max. ±3.0 mm ±2.0 mm ±2.0 mm
5 0.3 0.5 0.7 0.9 1.2 1.5 2.6 △ △ △ △ △ See mounting
6 0.3 0.5 0.7 0.9 1.1 1.4 2.4 △ △ △ △ △ plates
Additional for +2 mm side adjustment
+0.1 +0.3 +0.3 +0.4 +0.4 +0.5 +0.4
△ In these cases a trial is recommended
Reference pages
Overview – MODUL – hinges 175 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Mounting plates 182
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 185
Accessories – general 186 Short URL
Overview – assembly devices 591 www.blum.com/a240
More technical details 698
Web code
Blind corner hinge inset application
DQE4MM
▬ Hinge for blind corner applications Application
▬ MODUL BLUMOTION with integrated
BLUMOTION (with deactivation option)
▬ Slide on hinge arm
Hinge systems
Order information
Inset application
Boss Screw-on
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
MODUL
● NI 99B9550
BLUMOTION
● With spring NI Nickel plated
Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Plain – NI 90M2503
Stamped Blum NI 90M2503.BP
Accessories – general
Hinge boss cover cap
Chipboard screws
Web code
Blind corner hinge inset application
DQE4MM
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 3 mm)
Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle
Hinge systems
Inset application
Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Adjustment
Front thickness FD (mm)
Drilling distance TB (mm)
16 18 19 20 22 24 26 28 29 30 31 32
3 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.8 1.0 1.5 1.9 △ △ △ △
4 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.4 1.8 △ △ △ △
Max. ±2.0 mm ±2.0 mm ±0.8 mm
5 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.4 1.8 △ △ △ △ See mounting
6 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.4 1.8 △ △ △ △ plates
7 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 0.9 1.4 1.7 △ △ △ △
△ In these cases a trial is recommended
Reference pages
Overview – MODUL – hinges 175 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Mounting plates 182
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 185
Accessories – general 186 Short URL
Overview – assembly devices 591 www.blum.com/a240
More technical details 698
Web code
Refrigerator facade door hinge
DQE5BY
▬ Hinge for refrigerator facade doors Application
▬ Shallow hinge arm height
▬ Front thicknesses FD of up to 30 mm are possible 1
Order information
Overlay application
Boss Screw-on
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
MODUL ● NI | ONS 91K9550
● With spring NI Nickel plated
ONS Onyx black
Boss Knock-in
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
MODUL ● NI 91K9580
Accessories – general
Hinge boss cover cap Insertion ram
Chipboard screws
Web code
Refrigerator facade door hinge
DQE5BY
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm)
Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle
Hinge systems
Overlay application
19
65
50
3-7
F
12.8 11
F Gap
Drilling distance TB
Front overlay FA (mm)
MD
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
0 3 4 5 6 7
3
6
9
MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)
Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Adjustment
Front thickness FD (mm)
Drilling distance TB (mm)
16 18 19 20 22 24 26 28 29 30 31 32
3 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.8 1.3 2.5 3.5 4.4 5.3 6.1
4 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.8 1.3 1.9 2.9 3.8 4.7 5.5
Max. ±2.0 mm ±2.0 mm +3.0 mm
5 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.8 1.2 1.7 2.4 3.2 4.0 4.9 See mounting –2.0 mm
6 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.8 1.2 1.7 2.2 2.8 3.5 4.3 plates
7 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.8 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.0 3.8
Additional for +2 mm side adjustment
+0.0 +0.1 +0.1 +0.1 +0.3 +0.5 +0.4 +0.4 +0.4 +0.4 +0.3 +0.2
Reference pages
Overview – MODUL – hinges 175
Mounting plates 182
Accessories – general 186
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Short URL
www.blum.com/a240
Cruciform mounting plate for twin application 37/32 Steel Elongated hole ±3.0 183
Cruciform mounting plate for blind corner hinge 14/32 Zinc Elongated hole ±2.0 183
Cruciform mounting plate for refrigerator facade door hinge 37/32 Steel Elongated hole ±2.0 184
Pictograph
Item available on request
EXPANDO fixing
Order information
Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.
0 9.2 NI 195H7100
3 12.2 NI 195H7130
9 18.2 NI 195H7190
NI Nickel plated
H Height
Order information
Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.
0 8.3 NI 193L6100
3 11.3 NI 193L6130
NI Nickel plated
H Height
Hinge systems
▬ Material: steel
Order information
Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.
0 8.3 NI 194E6100.ED
3 11.3 NI 194E6130.ED
NI Nickel plated
H Height
Order information
Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.
0 8.3 NI 193L8100
NI Nickel plated
H Height
Order information
Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.
0 8.3 NI 193L8100.21
NI Nickel plated
H Height
* Additional screw required as standard
Order information
Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.
3 12.2 NI 199.8130
NI Nickel plated
H Height
H Height
* Additional screw optional
Hinge systems
Material Steel Steel Steel
Colour NI NI NI
Print | stamp Plain Stamped Plain
Logo – Blum –
Part no. 90M2503 90M2503.BP 90M2603
Blind corner hinge inset application
Material Steel
Colour NI
Part no. 70T3504
Refrigerator facade door hinge
Material Steel
Colour NI | ONS
Part no. 70T3504
NI Nickel plated
ONS Onyx black
Ø 3.5
17.0 609.1700
Centre bit
▬ To pre-drill for Ø 3.5 mm chipboard screws Order information
▬ Drilling depth up to 8 mm Diameter
Description Part no.
▬ Material: steel, hardened (mm)
Centre bit M01.ZZ03.01
Ø 2.7
Replacement bit M01.ZZB3
8 mm Ø door buffer
▬ For noise reduction Order information
▬ Gap 2 mm Diameter (mm) Part no.
▬ Two-part Ø 8.0 993.706
▬ Colour: RAL 9006 grey
▬ Material: nylon
Pozidrive screwdriver
▬ Orange handle with Blum logo Order information
▬ Colour: black/orange Total length
Tool support Part no.
▬ Material: nylon/steel (mm)
Pozidriv PZ 2 210 303.756.1
Hinge systems
Slotted screwdriver
▬ Orange handle with Blum logo Order information
▬ Colour: black/orange Total length
Tool support Part no.
▬ Material: nylon/steel (mm)
Slotted, size 1 200 314.928.1
A box system for every requirement. Blum ▬ BLUMOTION – soft and effortless closing ▬ TIP-ON – mechanical opening support, clos-
offers various box systems that enable flexible action es with just a light push
furniture design. They boast a feather-light ▬ SERVO-DRIVE – electric opening support, ▬ Comprehensive programme for many options
glide, enhanced ease of use, top quality and combined with BLUMOTION ▬ High stability
beautiful design. ▬ TIP-ON BLUMOTION – mechanical opening ▬ Quality for the lifetime of the furniture
support, combined with BLUMOTION
Turn your inspiration into a The box platform for your ideas Clear-cut and rectangular Simple. Excellent. Proven.
reality Offering variety has never been TANDEMBOX antaro stands for a The single walled Box system
The box system for the most de- so easy. This platform makes it clear-cut, rectangular design. made from steel offers a number of
manding design and customisation incredibly simple. application options.
requirements.
LEGRABOX
LEGRABOX 190 Cabinet profile fixing positions 242
Overview 191
Overview – applications 192
Overview – design options 231
Design element 228
Symbolic image Accessories 238
TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX
TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX 244
Overview 245
Cabinet profile fixing positions 248
Symbolic image
TIP-ON for LEGRABOX
TIP-ON for LEGRABOX 250
Box systems
Overview 251
Cabinet profile fixing positions 254
Symbolic image
MERIVOBOX
MERIVOBOX 256
Overview 257
Overview – applications 258
Design element 290
Accessories 291
Symbolic image Cabinet profile fixing positions 295
TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX
TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX 296
Overview 297
Cabinet profile fixing positions 300
Symbolic image
TANDEMBOX antaro
TANDEMBOX antaro 302
Overview 303
Overview – applications 304
Accessories 340
Cabinet profile fixing positions 346
Symbolic image
TANDEMBOX plus
TANDEMBOX plus 348
Overview – applications 349
Symbolic image
TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX
TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX 350
Overview 351
Cabinet profile fixing positions 356
Symbolic image
SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 358
Overview 359
Accessories 388
Symbolic image
METABOX
METABOX 390
Overview 391
Overview – applications 392
Accessories 406
Cabinet profile fixing positions 413
Symbolic image
Box systems
Overview – box systems 189 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 358
TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX 244 METABOX 390
TIP-ON for LEGRABOX 250
MERIVOBOX 256
TANDEMBOX antaro 302
Symbolic image TANDEMBOX plus 348
Overview
Overview – applications 192
Design element 228
Symbolic image
Design options
myLEGRABOX 230 Design selector
Box systems
Overview – design options 231
Short URL
www.blum.com/lbxselector
Symbolic image
Accessories
Steel back 238 Centre bit 240
Front/base stabiliser 238 Door buffer 240
Front/base stabiliser for thin fronts 239 Screwdriver 241
Side stabilisation 239
Support angle bracket 240
Symbolic image Screws 240
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg 242
Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg 242
Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Short URL
www.blum.com/a310
Symbolic image
Pictograph
Item available on request
Applications kg Space re- Web Page Applications kg Space re- Web Page
quirement code quirement code
Height Height
(mm) (mm)
Standard cabinet
Drawer Inner drawer
Drawer – N 40 80
DQBMJY 194
Drawer – M 40 106 Inner drawer – M 40 104
70 70
Box systems
DQBTLA 208
High fronted pull-out – F 40 257
70
DQBRHA 210
Standard cabinet – LEGRABOX free
High fronted pull-out Inner pull-out
High fronted pull-out – C 40 193 Inner pull-out – 40 191
70 design element – C 70
DQBUZY 216
Sink cabinet
Drawer
Drawer – M 40 106
DQBONY 218
kg Dynamic carrying capacity
Applications kg Space re- Web Page Applications kg Space re- Web Page
quirement code quirement code
Height Height
(mm) (mm)
Sink cabinet – LEGRABOX pure
High fronted pull-out
High fronted pull-out – C 40 193
DQBS6M 220
High fronted pull-out – C – 40 193
centre piece
Box systems
DQCYEM 222
Sink cabinet – LEGRABOX free
High fronted pull-out
High fronted pull-out – C – 40 193
centre piece
DQBN9C
Larder unit
SPACE TOWER 40
70
228
kg Dynamic carrying capacity
Web code
Drawer – N
DQBMJY
▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX pure and LEGRABOX free Space requirement
▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel
▬ Straight interior and exterior
▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Includes integrated, switchable
BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and
effortless closing, and can be combined with
SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ Tool-free front assembly
+3
▬ Two-dimensional front setting in the drawer side NL
Box systems
NL Nominal length
Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right
Version BLUMOTION S
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40
400 750.4001S
450 750.4501S
500 750.5001S
550 750.5501S
Web code
Drawer – N
DQBMJY
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO Installation dimensions – back
screw-on front
Box systems
min 12**
550 Base
Chipboard back
NL – 10 mm KB Cabinet width
Steel back LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length
NL – 21 mm
LW – 35 mm
Rebate dimensions
Reference pages
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 CABLOXX 582 Assembly, removal and adjustment
myLEGRABOX 230 Accessories 238
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Cabinet profile fixing positions 242
584
Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL
Assembly recommendation and limitation of More technical details 698 www.blum.com/a310
585
liability – EXPANDO T
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for
245
LEGRABOX
Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX 251
Web code
Drawer – M
DQBN9A
▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX pure and LEGRABOX free Space requirement
▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel
▬ Straight interior and exterior
▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Includes integrated, switchable
BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and
effortless closing, and can be combined with
SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer
side
Box systems
NL Nominal length
* Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right 1 2a 3
Version BLUMOTION S
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40 70
270 750.2701S
300 750.3001S
350 750.3501S
400 750.4001S
450 750.4501S 753.4501S
500 750.5001S 753.5001S
550 750.5501S 753.5501S
2c
600 750.6001S 753.6001S
650 753.6501S
4
2 Drawer side set
2b
Drawer side height (mm) 90.5
Nominal length Colour
NL (mm) SW-M | OG-M | INGL
CS-M Accessories
270 770M2702S 770M2702I
– Chipboard screws
300 770M3002S 770M3002I
Diameter (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
350 770M3502S 770M3502I
15.0 609.1500
400 770M4002S 770M4002I Ø 3.5
17.0 609.1700
450 770M4502S 770M4502I For front fixing
500 770M5002S 770M5002I We recommend chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm for connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
550 770M5502S 770M5502I
600 770M6002S 770M6002I – Fixing screw (flat headed screw)
650 770M6502S 770M6502I Diameter (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
Consisting of:
2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides
Ø 4.0 15.0 61D.1500
2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer
2c 2 x Cover caps bases
In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat headed screws for the
3 Chipboard back fixings left/right chipboard back and drawer side
Colour Colour
SW-M Silk white matt INGL Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint
OG-M Orion grey matt NI Nickel plated
CS-M Carbon black matt
Web code
Drawer – M
DQBN9A
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO Installation dimensions – back
screw-on front
Box systems
min 12**
LW – 35 mm
Rebate dimensions
650
Reference pages
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | Assembly, removal and adjustment
529
myLEGRABOX 230 MERIVOBOX
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T CABLOXX 582
584
Accessories 238 Short URL
Assembly recommendation and limitation of Cabinet profile fixing positions 242 www.blum.com/a310
585
liability – EXPANDO T Overview – assembly devices 591
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | More technical details 698
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for
245
LEGRABOX
Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX 251
Web code
Inner drawer – M
DQBPDA
▬ Inner drawer with solid front piece Space requirement
▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX pure and LEGRABOX free
▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel
▬ Straight interior and exterior
▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Includes integrated, switchable
BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and
effortless closing, and can be combined with
SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer
side
Box systems
NL Nominal length
* Inner drawer with latch set
Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right
1 2a 3
Version BLUMOTION S
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40 70
270 750.2701S
300 750.3001S
350 750.3501S
400 750.4001S
450 750.4501S 753.4501S
500 750.5001S 753.5001S 6a 6b 2c
550 750.5501S 753.5501S
600 750.6001S 753.6001S
650 753.6501S
5 4a 4b
2 Drawer side set
2b
Drawer side height (mm) 90.5
Nominal length Colour 4e 4f
NL (mm) SW-M | OG-M | INGL
CS-M Accessories
270 770M2702S 770M2702I
6 Latch set
300 770M3002S 770M3002I
Colour Material Part no.
350 770M3502S 770M3502I
SW-M | OG-M | CS-M Steel ZI7.0M07
400 770M4002S 770M4002I Consisting of:
450 770M4502S 770M4502I 6a 1 x Latch
500 770M5002S 770M5002I Latch must be mounted on the front piece
6b 1 x Latch housing
550 770M5502S 770M5502I RAL 7037 dust grey
600 770M6002S 770M6002I Latch set (ZI7.0M07) cannot be used in combination with TIP-ON BLUMOTION
650 770M6502S 770M6502I Colour
Consisting of: CS-M Also for INGL
2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides
2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed – Fixing screw (flat headed screw)
2c 2 x Cover caps Diameter (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
Ø 4.0 15.0 61D.1500
3 Chipboard back fixings left/right For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer
Colour Material Part no. bases
SW-M | OG-M | CS-M | In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat headed screws for the
Steel ZB7M000S chipboard back and drawer side
NI
– System screw
4 Front piece set
Diameter (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
Colour Material Part no.
Ø 6.0 14.5 661.1450.HG
SW-M | OG-M | CS-M Steel ZI7.0MS0 For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
INGL Stainless steel ZI7.0MI0
Consisting of: Colour Colour
4a 1 x Front fixing left/right SW-M Silk white matt INGL Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint
4b 1 x Outer cover cap left/right OG-M Orion grey matt NI Nickel plated
4e 1 x Locking piece CS-M Carbon black matt ELEO Anodised stainless steel appearance
4f 4 x Screws
Web code
Inner drawer – M
DQBPDA
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – back Drilling distances – front – latch
housing
Box systems
* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed
before the cabinet is assembled
** Inner drawer with latch set possible
from height 71 mm
LW – 35 mm
Rebate dimensions
650
Reference pages
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Cabinet profile fixing positions 242 Assembly, removal and adjustment
myLEGRABOX 230 Overview – assembly devices 591
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | More technical details 698
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Short URL
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for www.blum.com/a310
245
LEGRABOX
Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX 251
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX |
529
MERIVOBOX
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 238
Web code
Drawer – K
DQBNYM
▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX pure and LEGRABOX free Space requirement
▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel
▬ Straight interior and exterior
▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Includes integrated, switchable
BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and
effortless closing, and can be combined with
SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer
side
Box systems
NL Nominal length
* Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right
1 3
Version BLUMOTION S 2a
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40 70
300 750.3001S
350 750.3501S
400 750.4001S
450 750.4501S 753.4501S
500 750.5001S 753.5001S
550 750.5501S 753.5501S
600 750.6001S 753.6001S 2c
Colour Colour
SW-M Silk white matt INGL Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint
OG-M Orion grey matt NI Nickel plated
CS-M Carbon black matt
Web code
Drawer – K
DQBNYM
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO Installation dimensions – back
screw-on front
Box systems
min 12**
LW – 35 mm
Rebate dimensions
Reference pages
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | Assembly, removal and adjustment
529
myLEGRABOX 230 MERIVOBOX
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T CABLOXX 582
584
Accessories 238 Short URL
Assembly recommendation and limitation of Cabinet profile fixing positions 242 www.blum.com/a310
585
liability – EXPANDO T Overview – assembly devices 591
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | More technical details 698
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for
245
LEGRABOX
Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX 251
Web code
Inner drawer – K
DQGPIM
▬ Inner drawer with mid-height solid front piece Space requirement
▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX pure and LEGRABOX free
▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel
▬ Straight interior and exterior
▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Includes integrated, switchable
BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and
effortless closing, and can be combined with
SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer
side
Box systems
NL Nominal length
Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right
3
Version BLUMOTION S 2b 1 2a
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40 70
300 750.3001S
350 750.3501S
400 750.4001S
450 750.4501S 753.4501S
6a 6b 4a 4c 2c
500 750.5001S 753.5001S
550 750.5501S 753.5501S
4f
600 750.6001S 753.6001S
Web code
Inner drawer – K
DQGPIM
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – back Drilling distances – front – latch
housing
Box systems
* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed
before the cabinet is assembled
LW – 35 mm
Rebate dimensions
Reference pages
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Cabinet profile fixing positions 242 Assembly, removal and adjustment
myLEGRABOX 230 Overview – assembly devices 591
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | More technical details 698
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Short URL
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for www.blum.com/a310
245
LEGRABOX
Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX 251
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX |
529
MERIVOBOX
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 238
Web code
High fronted pull-out – C
DQBQ2M
▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel Space requirement
▬ Straight interior and exterior
▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Includes integrated, switchable
BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and
effortless closing, and can be combined with
SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer
side
Box systems
NL Nominal length
* Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right 1 2a 3
Version BLUMOTION S
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40 70
270 750.2701S
300 750.3001S
350 750.3501S
400 750.4001S
450 750.4501S 753.4501S
500 750.5001S 753.5001S
2c
550 750.5501S 753.5501S
600 750.6001S 753.6001S
650 753.6501S
Alternative to 4
4a Front fixing bracket
Fixing method Part no.
EXPANDO 4x ZF7M70E2
EXPANDO T 4x ZF7M70T2
Screw-on 4x ZF7M7002
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages
Web code
High fronted pull-out – C
DQBQ2M
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO Installation dimensions – back
screw-on front
Box systems
min 12** min 12**
LW – 35 mm
Rebate dimensions
650
Reference pages
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | Assembly, removal and adjustment
529
myLEGRABOX 230 MERIVOBOX
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T CABLOXX 582
584
Accessories 238 Short URL
Assembly recommendation and limitation of Cabinet profile fixing positions 242 www.blum.com/a310
585
liability – EXPANDO T Overview – assembly devices 591
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | More technical details 698
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for
245
LEGRABOX
Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX 251
Web code
Inner pull-out – design element – C
DQBSVY
▬ Inner pull-out with a high or low design element Space requirement
▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel
▬ Straight interior and exterior
▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Includes integrated, switchable
BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and
effortless closing, and can be combined with
SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer
side
Box systems
NL Nominal length
Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right
Version BLUMOTION S
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40 70
270 750.2701S
300 750.3001S
350 750.3501S
400 750.4001S
450 750.4501S 753.4501S
500 750.5001S 753.5001S 7
550 750.5501S 753.5501S
600 750.6001S 753.6001S
650 753.6501S
Web code
Inner pull-out – design element – C
DQBSVY
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – back
Box systems
* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed
before the cabinet is assembled
LW – 35 mm
Rebate dimensions
Reference pages
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Accessories 238 Assembly, removal and adjustment
myLEGRABOX 230 Cabinet profile fixing positions 242
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | Overview – assembly devices 591
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX More technical details 698 Short URL
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for www.blum.com/a310
245
LEGRABOX
Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX 251
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX |
529
MERIVOBOX
CABLOXX 582
Design element 228
Web code
Inner pull-out – gallery – C
DQBTLA
▬ Inner pull-out with gallery Space requirement
▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel
▬ Straight interior and exterior
▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Includes integrated, switchable
BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and
effortless closing, and can be combined with
SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer
side
Box systems
NL Nominal length
Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right 1 2a 3
Version BLUMOTION S
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40 70
270 750.2701S
300 750.3001S
350 750.3501S 2b
400 750.4001S
450 750.4501S 753.4501S
500 750.5001S 753.5001S 7 2c
550 750.5501S 753.5501S
600 750.6001S 753.6001S
650 753.6501S 4c 4f
Web code
Inner pull-out – gallery – C
DQBTLA
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – back
Box systems
* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed
before the cabinet is assembled
LW – 35 mm
Rebate dimensions
650
Reference pages
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Cabinet profile fixing positions 242 Assembly, removal and adjustment
myLEGRABOX 230 Overview – assembly devices 591
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | More technical details 698
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Short URL
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for www.blum.com/a310
245
LEGRABOX
Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX 251
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX |
529
MERIVOBOX
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 238
Web code
High fronted pull-out – F
DQBRHA
▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel Space requirement
▬ Straight interior and exterior
▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Includes integrated, switchable
BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and
effortless closing, and can be combined with
SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer
side
Box systems
NL Nominal length
* Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right
Version BLUMOTION S
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40 70
400 750.4001S
450 750.4501S 753.4501S
500 750.5001S 753.5001S
550 750.5501S 753.5501S
600 750.6001S 753.6001S
650 753.6501S
Alternative to 4
4a Front fixing bracket
Fixing method Part no.
EXPANDO 6x ZF7M70E2
EXPANDO T 6x ZF7M70T2
Screw-on 6x ZF7M7002
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages
Web code
High fronted pull-out – F
DQBRHA
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO Installation dimensions – back
screw-on front
Box systems
min 12** min 12**
LW – 35 mm
Rebate dimensions
650
Reference pages
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | Assembly, removal and adjustment
529
myLEGRABOX 230 MERIVOBOX
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T CABLOXX 582
584
Accessories 238 Short URL
Assembly recommendation and limitation of Cabinet profile fixing positions 242 www.blum.com/a310
585
liability – EXPANDO T Overview – assembly devices 591
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | More technical details 698
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for
245
LEGRABOX
Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX 251
Web code
High fronted pull-out – C
DQBQRY
▬ Large side design element Space requirement
▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel
▬ Straight interior and exterior
▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Includes integrated, switchable
BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and
effortless closing, and can be combined with
SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer
side
Box systems
NL Nominal length
* Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right
Version BLUMOTION S
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40 70
350 750.3501S
400 750.4001S
450 750.4501S 753.4501S
500 750.5001S 753.5001S
550 750.5501S 753.5501S
600 750.6001S 753.6001S
650 753.6501S
Web code
High fronted pull-out – C
DQBQRY
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO Installation dimensions – back
screw-on front
Box systems
min 12** min 12**
LW – 35 mm
Rebate dimensions
Reference pages
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | Assembly, removal and adjustment
529
myLEGRABOX 230 MERIVOBOX
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Design element 228
584
CABLOXX 582 Short URL
Assembly recommendation and limitation of Accessories – transportation lock – design www.blum.com/a310
585 238
liability – EXPANDO T element (side)
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | Accessories 238
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Drilling distances – drawer base 204
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for Cabinet profile fixing positions 242
245
LEGRABOX
Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX 251
Web code
Inner pull-out – design element – C
DQBUAM
▬ Large side design element Space requirement
▬ Inner pull-out with a high or low design element
▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel
▬ Straight interior and exterior
▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Includes integrated, switchable
BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and
effortless closing, and can be combined with
SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer
side
Box systems
NL Nominal length
Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right
Version BLUMOTION S
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40 70
350 750.3501S
400 750.4001S
450 750.4501S 753.4501S
500 750.5001S 753.5001S
550 750.5501S 753.5501S
600 750.6001S 753.6001S
650 753.6501S
Web code
Inner pull-out – design element – C
DQBUAM
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – back
Box systems
* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed
before the cabinet is assembled
LW – 35 mm
Rebate dimensions
Reference pages
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Accessories – transportation lock – design Assembly, removal and adjustment
238
myLEGRABOX 230 element (side)
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | Accessories 238
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Drilling distances – drawer base 204 Short URL
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for Cabinet profile fixing positions 242 www.blum.com/a310
245
LEGRABOX Overview – assembly devices 591
Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX 251 More technical details 698
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX |
529
MERIVOBOX
CABLOXX 582
Design element 228
Web code
Inner pull-out – gallery – C
DQBUZY
▬ Large side design element Space requirement
▬ Inner pull-out with gallery
▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel
▬ Straight interior and exterior
▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Includes integrated, switchable
BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and
effortless closing, and can be combined with
SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer
side
Box systems
NL Nominal length
Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right
Version BLUMOTION S
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40 70
350 750.3501S
400 750.4001S
450 750.4501S 753.4501S
500 750.5001S 753.5001S
550 750.5501S 753.5501S
600 750.6001S 753.6001S
650 753.6501S
Web code
Inner pull-out – gallery – C
DQBUZY
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – back
Box systems
* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed
before the cabinet is assembled
LW – 35 mm
Rebate dimensions
Reference pages
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Accessories – transportation lock – design Assembly, removal and adjustment
238
myLEGRABOX 230 element (side)
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | Accessories 238
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Drilling distances – drawer base 204 Short URL
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for Cabinet profile fixing positions 242 www.blum.com/a310
245
LEGRABOX Overview – assembly devices 591
Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX 251 More technical details 698
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX |
529
MERIVOBOX
CABLOXX 582
Design element 228
Web code
Drawer – M
DQBONY
▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX pure and LEGRABOX free Space requirement
▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel
▬ Straight interior and exterior
▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Includes integrated, switchable BLUMOTION S
damping effect for soft and effortless closing action,
can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer
side
Box systems
NL Nominal length
* Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right
1 2a 3
Version BLUMOTION S
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40
350 750.3501S
400 750.4001S
450 750.4501S
500 750.5001S
550 750.5501S
600 750.6001S
Web code
Drawer – M
DQBONY
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO Installation dimensions – back
screw-on front
Box systems
min 12**
Rebate dimensions
Reference pages
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | Assembly, removal and adjustment
529
myLEGRABOX 230 MERIVOBOX
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T CABLOXX 582
584
Accessories 238 Short URL
Assembly recommendation and limitation of Cabinet profile fixing positions 242 www.blum.com/a310
585
liability – EXPANDO T Overview – assembly devices 591
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | More technical details 698
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for
245
LEGRABOX
Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX 251
Web code
High fronted pull-out – C
DQBS6M
▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel Space requirement
▬ Straight interior and exterior
▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Includes integrated, switchable BLUMOTION S
damping effect for soft and effortless closing action,
can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer
side
Box systems
NL Nominal length
* Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right 1 2a 3
Version BLUMOTION S
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40
350 750.3501S
400 750.4001S
450 750.4501S
500 750.5001S
550 750.5501S
600 750.6001S
Colour Colour
SW-M Silk white matt INGL Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint
OG-M Orion grey matt NI Nickel plated
CS-M Carbon black matt
Web code
High fronted pull-out – C
DQBS6M
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO Installation dimensions – back
screw-on front
Box systems
min 12***
Rebate dimensions
Reference pages
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | Assembly, removal and adjustment
529
myLEGRABOX 230 MERIVOBOX
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | CABLOXX 582
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Accessories 238 Short URL
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Cabinet profile fixing positions 242 www.blum.com/a310
584
Overview – assembly devices 591
Assembly recommendation and limitation of More technical details 698
585
liability – EXPANDO T
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for
245
LEGRABOX
Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX 251
Web code
High fronted pull-out – C – centre piece
DQCYEM
▬ With centre piece for optimal use of storage space Space requirement
▬ Can be combined with standard components
▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel
▬ Straight interior and exterior
▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Includes integrated, switchable
BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and
effortless closing, and can be combined with
SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer
side
Box systems
NL Nominal length
* Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right
Version BLUMOTION S
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40 70
450 750.4501S 753.4501S
500 750.5001S 753.5001S
550 750.5501S 753.5501S
600 750.6001S 753.6001S
650 753.6501S
Web code
High fronted pull-out – C – centre piece
DQCYEM
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO Installation dimensions – centre
screw-on front piece
Box systems
min 12** min 12**
KB Cabinet width
LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length
Centre piece SPW Internal cabinet width between the
SPW + 27* 62.5 mm inner drawer sides
* +3 mm with ZF7M70E2
Rebate dimensions
650
Reference pages
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | Assembly, removal and adjustment
529
myLEGRABOX 230 MERIVOBOX
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | CABLOXX 582
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Accessories 238 Short URL
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Cabinet profile fixing positions 242 www.blum.com/a310
584
Overview – assembly devices 591
Assembly recommendation and limitation of More technical details 698
585
liability – EXPANDO T
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for
245
LEGRABOX
Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX 251
Web code
SPACE TOWER
DQGQ7Y
▬ The flexible larder unit with inner pull-outs; with
shelves and inner drawers in the upper area
▬ Easy access from three sides
▬ Individually opening pull-outs allow for a complete
overview and convenient removal from above
▬ Light operating forces even with heavily-laden pull-
outs
▬ High backs and side panels guarantee secure stock-
ing
▬ AMBIA-LINE inner dividing systems for pull-outs
puts everything in order and allows easy access
▬ Flexible cabinet dimensions possible
Box systems
Order information
Application recommendation Page
Planning
Help with planning and ordering
Short URL
www.blum.com/planningtools
Reference pages
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 CLIP top BLUMOTION 155° hinge 82 Assembly, removal and adjustment
myLEGRABOX 230 Overview – BLUMOTION for doors 157
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | Accessories 238
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for More technical details 698 www.blum.com/a310
245
LEGRABOX
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX |
529
MERIVOBOX
Web code
SPACE TOWER
DQGQ7Y
Planning
Recommendation
Positioning in the cabinet Drilling distances – front Drilling distances – front
In high cabinets, it is practical to have a
shelf at the highest level rather than an
inner drawer.
80
80
Box systems
1684
The inner drawer allows access from the
side. If the inner drawer is implemented
256
670
436
space.
280
280
57*
38*
19
Reference pages
* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Number of hinges 706
Web code
SPACE TWIN
DQGTQM
▬ Stable solution thanks to diagonally offset cabinet Space requirement
profiles
▬ Includes integrated, switchable BLUMOTION S
damping effect for soft and effortless closing action
▬ High dynamic carrying capacity of 20 kg per base
cabinet
▬ Cabinet width KB 200 mm
Box systems
NL Nominal length
Order information
Application recommendation Page
Drawer – M 196
Drawer – K 200
Reference pages
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Assembly, removal and adjustment
myLEGRABOX 230
Accessories 238
Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL
More technical details 698 www.blum.com/a310
Web code
SPACE TWIN
DQGTQM
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet
Installation height X (mm)
M 68
K 106
C 155
* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled
Box systems
Installation dimensions – front
Installation height Height of drawer side Y (mm)
M M –
K K –
C C 96
FA Front overlay
* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled
Y
32
51
Y
51* 32
FA FA
14 14
Order information
LEGRABOX pure LEGRABOX free 9a Glass design element (side)
7 Low glass design element (for inner pull-out, front)
Accessories
Colour Clear
– Transportation lock – design element (side)
Cabinet width Cabinet side panel thickness SWD (mm)
Colour Material Part no.
KB (mm) 15/16 18/19
Yellow Nylon 780C0009
600 ZE7W488G ZE7W482G
For transporting pre-assembled design element (side)
1200 ZE7W1088G ZE7W1082G
Consisting of:
7 1 x Glass design element
In the case of other cabinet widths KB, cut the next longest design element to size accordingly
Planning
Cutting – design element
Design X (mm) Y (mm)
element
Low LW – 80 70
High LW – 80 138
Side NL – 112 138
LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length
The given dimensions in combination with
LEGRABOX do not require “impact testing
for vertically installed glass parts” as per the
DIN EN 14749 norm June 2016. For norm
compliance no safety glass is required. The
edge is a polished flat-ended edge with a 1 mm
±0.5 mm bevel.
Reference pages
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Accessories 238
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698 Short URL
www.blum.com/a310
Box systems
myLEGRABOX
Box systems
An elegant basis: LEGRABOX pure and The special collection: incredible drawer side The ultimate in customisation: design to your
LEGRABOX free offer a selection of superior looks based on the new colour, Carbon black heart’s content. Mix colours and materials, use
matt colours and a premium look in anti-finger- matt and stunning material mixes with anti-fin- printing, laser texturing and embossing options
print stainless steel. gerprint stainless steel, a special 3D carbon look to add customised designs and create unique
or a Noble rust textured finish. furniture that delights your customers.
LEGRABOX
Overview – applications 192
Design element 228
Symbolic image
LEGRABOX special edition
LEGRABOX special edition – final assembly on site 232
Symbolic image
LEGRABOX individual
LEGRABOX individual – final assembly on site 234
Box systems
Symbolic image
Branding element
Branding element individual 237
Symbolic image
Design selector
Design selector
Short URL
www.blum.com/lbxselector
Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Short URL
www.blum.com/a310
Symbolic image
Pictograph
Item available on request
Order information
2d 2e
Symbolic image
2c 2f 2b
Colour Colour
CS-M Carbon black matt CSCL Carbon black/carbon look
Box systems
INGL Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint NR Noble rust
Colour Colour
SW-M Silk white matt IN-G In-mould brushed stainless steel
OG-M Orion grey matt KU-G In-mould brushed copper
CS-M Carbon black matt GO-G In-mould brushed gold
Accessories
– Insulating piece
Drawer side height Nominal length NL (mm) Colour Material Part no.
M 1
270–650 ☎ 770M0009
K 1
300–600 ☎ 770K0009
Black Foam
C 270–650 ☎ 770C0009
F 400–650 ☎ 770F0009
Note
As an option, an insulation piece can be used between the drawer side (interior) and the decorative element (exterior) to achieve improved noise reduction
1
For nominal lengths NL 270–300 mm, the insulation piece must be halved at the perforation
Reference pages
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Design selector Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – design options 231
LEGRABOX individual 234
Branding element individual 237 Short URL Short URL
Overview – assembly devices 591 www.blum.com/lbxselector www.blum.com/a310
More technical details 698
Order information
LEGRABOX individual – colour mix
▬ Drawer side (interior): in various colours
▬ Decorative element (exterior): in various colours
With design line and branding element, optionally with your own logo
Without design line with integrated branding, optionally with your own logo
Symbolic image
Symbolic image
Box systems
Consisting of:
2d – Drawer side (interior)
Order left and right separately
Symbolic image
Colour Colour
SW-M Silk white matt CS-M Carbon black matt
OG-M Orion grey matt INGL Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint
Reference pages
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Design selector Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – design options 231
LEGRABOX special edition 232
Branding element individual 237 Short URL Short URL
Overview – assembly devices 591 www.blum.com/lbxselector www.blum.com/a310
More technical details 698
Symbolic image
Consisting of:
2d – Drawer side (interior)
Order left and right separately
Colour Colour
SW-M Silk white matt CS-M Carbon black matt
OG-M Orion grey matt INGL Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint
Accessories
– Insulating piece
Drawer side height Nominal length NL (mm) Colour Material Part no.
M 1
270–650 ☎ 770M0009
K 1
300–600 ☎ 770K0009
Black Foam
C 270–650 ☎ 770C0009
F 400–650 ☎ 770F0009
Note
As an option, an insulation piece can be used between the drawer side (interior) and the decorative element (exterior) to achieve improved noise reduction
1
For nominal lengths NL 270–300 mm, the insulation piece must be halved at the perforation
Reference pages
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Design selector Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – design options 231
LEGRABOX special edition 232
Branding element individual 237 Short URL Short URL
Overview – assembly devices 591 www.blum.com/lbxselector www.blum.com/a310
More technical details 698
Box systems
Order information
2b Branding element individual
Version Symmetrical
Material Nylon
Print | stamp Minimum order quantity (pcs.) Colour
SW-M | OG-M | CS-M IN-G | KU-G | GO-G
Individual printed 1000 2x ZA7.0700xxxABD ZA7.0709xxxAB
Individual recessed embossed 5000 2x ZA7.0700xxxABD ZA7.0709xxxAB
Colour Colour
SW-M Silk white matt IN-G In-mould brushed stainless steel
OG-M Orion grey matt KU-G In-mould brushed copper
CS-M Carbon black matt GO-G In-mould brushed gold
Design examples
Colour In-mould brushed gold In-mould brushed copper In-mould brushed stainless steel Orion grey matt
Stamp Recessed embossed Recessed embossed Recessed embossed Recessed embossed
Colour In-mould brushed gold In-mould brushed stainless steel In-mould brushed stainless steel Carbon black matt
Print Metallic gold Metallic silver Black Metallic gold
Colour Carbon black matt Orion grey matt Carbon black matt Carbon black matt
Print Metallic copper Metallic copper Metallic silver White
Colour Silk white matt Silk white matt Silk white matt Silk white matt
Print Metallic gold Metallic silver Black Grey
Reference pages
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Design selector Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – design options 231
LEGRABOX special edition 232
LEGRABOX individual 234 Short URL Short URL
Overview – assembly devices 591 www.blum.com/lbxselector www.blum.com/a310
More technical details 698
Steel back
▬ For LEGRABOX Order information
▬ Colour: silk white matt | orion grey matt | carbon Back height Part no.
black matt N 1
☎ ZB7NxxxS.6
▬ Material: steel M ☎ ZB7MxxxS.6
K ☎ ZB7KxxxS.6
C ☎ ZB7CxxxS.6
F ☎ ZB7FxxxS.6
1
Not compatible with SERVO-DRIVE
Planning
Calculation of width Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Box systems
xxx = LW – 31 Base
NL – 21 mm
Example
Back wall height M
LW = 567 mm
536 mm = 567–31 mm
Order LW – 35 mm
ZB7M536S.6
Rebate dimensions
Front/base stabiliser
▬ For supporting wide drawer bases Order information
▬ Recommendation: Fixing method Colour Part no.
Cabinet width KB > 900 mm: 1 item RAL 7037 dust
EXPANDO Z96.10E1
grey
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drilling distances – front
X = 14 mm + FA
FA Front overlay
* Min. 72 mm
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drilling distances – front
Box systems
X = 14 mm + FA
FA Front overlay
* Min. 80 mm
** Stone and ceramic +0.2/–0.1 mm
Side stabilisation
▬ Additional stabilisation for extra wide high fronted Order information
pull-outs Nominal length NL (mm) Part no.
▬ Recommendation: cabinet width KB 900–1400 mm 270–400 ZS7M400LU
▬ Aluminium rod suitable for KB up to 1400 mm, for 450–650 ZS7M650LU
cutting to size Cutting
1 Internal cabinet width LW – 295 mm
▬ No additional space requirement at the bottom
2 Nominal length NL + 10 mm
▬ Suitable for use with BLUMOTION | SERVO-DRIVE
| TIP-ON BLUMOTION | TIP-ON
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet
NL Nominal length
Centre bit
▬ To pre-drill for Ø 3.5 mm chipboard screws Order information
▬ Drilling depth up to 8 mm Diameter
Description Part no.
▬ Material: steel, hardened (mm)
Centre bit M01.ZZ03.01
Ø 2.7
Replacement bit M01.ZZB3
8 mm Ø door buffer
▬ For noise reduction Order information
▬ Gap 2 mm Diameter (mm) Part no.
▬ Two-part Ø 8.0 993.706
▬ Colour: RAL 9006 grey
▬ Material: nylon
Pozidrive screwdriver
▬ Orange handle with Blum logo Order information
▬ Colour: black/orange Total length
Box systems
Tool support Part no.
▬ Material: nylon/steel (mm)
Pozidriv PZ 2 210 303.756.1
Slotted screwdriver
▬ Orange handle with Blum logo Order information
▬ Colour: black/orange Total length
Tool support Part no.
▬ Material: nylon/steel (mm)
Slotted, size 1 200 314.928.1
TORX screwdriver
▬ Orange handle with Blum logo Order information
▬ Colour: black/orange Total length
Tool support Part no.
▬ Material: nylon/steel (mm)
100 623.882.2
TORX T20
210 209.093.7
NL 500–600 A **
B ** *
NL 650 A **
B ** * 4
18 32
9 9
224
18
Box systems
256
320 37
416
Box systems
Opens with just a light touch, has a smooth running action and closes silently and effortlessly – experience The motion is assisted 100 %
completely harmonious and convenient motion with TIP-ON BLUMOTION technology. mechanically.
600
500
400
mm
300 2.5
200
100
6
9 00
12 00
00
Small front gap Extensive trigger range Four-dimensional adjustment Simple, tool-free assembly
TIP-ON BLUMOTION can be To optimise the function and The four-dimensional adjustment The TIP-ON BLUMOTION unit can
adjusted to have a small front gap increase the trigger range, we ensures a precise gap layout. be assembled tool-free, as can all
of 2.5 mm. generally recommend using syn- Depth adjustment is integrated and the other components.
chronisation. tool-free – simply turn the adjust-
ment wheel.
Box systems
Overview – box systems 189
LEGRABOX 190
TIP-ON for LEGRABOX 250
SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 358
Symbolic image
Applications kg Web code Page
Applications
TIP-ON BLUMOTION 40
70
Box systems
Accessories
Steel back 238 Centre bit 240
Front/base stabiliser 238 Door buffer 240
Front/base stabiliser for thin fronts 239 Screwdriver 241
Side stabilisation 239
Support angle bracket 240
Symbolic image Screws 240
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg 248
Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg 248
Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Short URL
www.blum.com/a320
Symbolic image
Pictograph
Item available on request
TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ The TIP-ON mechanical opening support system
combined with soft-close BLUMOTION
▬ Gap 2.5 mm
▬ Four-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Extensive trigger range
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Synchronisation for internal cabinet widths LW of
245 mm and wider
Box systems
Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right
TIP-ON BLUMOTION
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet
Drawer | high fronted pull-out Inner drawer | inner pull-out Drawer | high fronted pull-out Inner drawer | inner pull-out
min 68**
Box systems
NL Nominal length NL Nominal length Height M Height M
* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed
before the cabinet is assembled before the cabinet is assembled
** Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment Latch set (ZI7.0M07) cannot be used in combi-
nation with TIP-ON BLUMOTION
Variant 1 Variant 2
Trigger range
Trigger range
With synchronisation
600 Without synchronisation
Minimum front gap (mm) 2.5
500 With front/base stabiliser
400
mm To optimise the function and increase the trigger range, we generally recommend using synchro-
300 2.5 nisation
200 Example for 750 – 40 kg | 753 – 70 kg, C height, nominal length NL 500 mm
100
6
9 00
12 00
00
Reference pages
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for Assembly, removal and adjustment
245
LEGRABOX
Overview – LEGRABOX 191
Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX 251 Short URL
CABLOXX 582 www.blum.com/a320
Accessories 238
Cabinet profile fixing positions 248
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
NL 500–600 A **
B ** *
NL 650 A **
B ** * 4
18 32
9 9
224
18
Box systems
256
320 37
416
Box systems
600
500
400
mm
300 3.5
200
100
6
9 00
12 00
00
The TIP-ON function is integrated into the cabinet profile. For straightfor- The optional synchronisation ensures secure opening and closing even
ward installation and ease of use. for wide fronts.
Box systems
Overview – box systems 189
LEGRABOX 190
TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX 244
SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 358
Symbolic image
Applications kg Web code Page
Applications
TIP-ON 40
70
Box systems
Accessories
Steel back 238 Centre bit 240
Front/base stabiliser 238 Door buffer 240
Front/base stabiliser for thin fronts 239 Screwdriver 241
Side stabilisation 239
Support angle bracket 240
Symbolic image Screws 240
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg 254
Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg 254
Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Short URL
www.blum.com/a330
Symbolic image
Pictograph
Item available on request
TIP-ON
▬ Integrated TIP-ON function for handle-less fronts
▬ A synchronisation can be applied to increase the
trigger range for cabinet widths KB of 400 mm and
above (recommended for cabinet widths KB of
600 mm and above)
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Easy, tool-free depth adjustment without removing
the pull-out
▬ Gap 3.5 mm
Box systems
Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right
Version TIP-ON
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40 70
270 750.2701T
300 750.3001T
350 750.3501T
400 750.4001T
450 750.4501T 753.4501T
500 750.5001T 753.5001T
550 750.5501T 753.5501T
600 750.6001T 753.6001T
650 753.6501T
Accessories
14 TIP-ON synchronisation pinion set
Version Colour Part no.
Round RAL 7037 dust grey T57.7400.01
Consisting of:
14a 1 x Locking device
14b 1 x Overload locking device
14c 2 x Attachment
TIP-ON
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet
Drawer | high fronted pull-out Inner drawer | inner pull-out Drawer | high fronted pull-out Inner drawer | inner pull-out
Box systems
NL Nominal length NL Nominal length Height M Height M
* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed
before the cabinet is assembled before the cabinet is assembled
** Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
Variant 1 Variant 2
Trigger range
The optional synchronisation feature ensures secure opening even for higher & wider fronts
600
We also recommend that you use front stabilisation
500
400 Recommended front gap: 3.5 mm
mm
300 3.5
200
100
6
9 00
12 00
00
Reference pages
Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX 251 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – LEGRABOX 191
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for
245
LEGRABOX Short URL
CABLOXX 582 www.blum.com/a330
Accessories 238
Cabinet profile fixing positions 254
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
NL 500–600 A **
B ** *
NL 650 A **
B ** * 4
18 32
9 9
224
18
Box systems
256
320 37
416
Box systems
MERIVOBOX modular with MERIVOBOX modular with MERIVOBOX modular with Colour concept
gallery BOXCOVER BOXCAP MERIVOBOX is available in the col-
Create a clean cut design with the Create unique pull-outs – with large Simply clip on BOXCAP and you our options silk white matt, indium
use of exposed metal components. design elements. have created a metal pull-out with grey matt and orion grey matt.
closed sides.
Box systems
Overview – box systems 189 METABOX 390
LEGRABOX 190
TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX 296
TANDEMBOX antaro 302
TANDEMBOX plus 348
Symbolic image SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 358
Overview
Overview – applications 258
Design element 290
Symbolic image
Accessories
Steel back 406 Door buffer 293
Box systems
1
2 Front/base stabiliser 291 Screwdriver 294
Front/base stabiliser for thin fronts 292
Side stabilisation 292
Screws 293
Symbolic image Centre bit 293
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Cabinet profile 450 – 40 kg 295
Cabinet profile 453 – 70 kg 295
Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Short URL
www.blum.com/a355
Symbolic image
Pictograph
Item available on request
Applications kg Space re- Web Page Applications kg Space re- Web Page
quirement code quirement code
Height Height
(mm) (mm)
Standard cabinet
Drawer Inner drawer
Drawer – N 40 85.5
DQJ0JY 260
Drawer – M 40 108 Inner drawer – M 40 106
70 70
Box systems
DQJ7LA
High fronted pull-out – 40 209 Inner pull-out – BOXCOVER – 40 207
BOXCOVER – E 70 gallery – E 70
DQJ8ZY
High fronted pull-out – 40 209 Inner pull-out – BOXCAP – 40 207
BOXCAP – E 70 gallery – E 70
DQJAEM 278
Cabinet profile with over 70 209
extension for waste bin
applications
DQJ66M 280
kg Dynamic carrying capacity
Applications kg Space re- Web Page Applications kg Space re- Web Page
quirement code quirement code
Height Height
(mm) (mm)
Sink cabinet
Drawer
Drawer – M – centre piece 40 108
70
DQJB3Y 282
High fronted pull-out
High fronted pull-out – 40 209
gallery – E – centre piece 70
Box systems
DQJBTA
High fronted pull-out – 40 209
BOXCOVER – E – 70
centre piece
DQJCIM
High fronted pull-out – 40 209
BOXCAP – E – centre piece 70
DQJD7Y 284
Larder unit
SPACE TOWER 40
70
290
kg Dynamic carrying capacity
Web code
Drawer – N
DQJ0JY
▬ Distinctive drawer side design Space requirement
▬ Drawer side straight on the inside with flush cover
cap
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
85.5*
▬ Includes an integrated BLUMOTION damping effect
for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ Insert the front in the holding position and simply
clip on (easy attachment even if pull-out is already in
place) +3
▬ Tool-free front assembly NL
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
Box systems
NL Nominal length
* Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right
Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40
400 450.4001B
450 450.4501B 3
500 450.5001B
550 450.5501B
2a
2 Drawer side set
Web code
Drawer – N
DQJ0JY
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – INSERTA | Installation dimensions – back
screw-on EXPANDO T front
11
10
+0.2
Ø 10 –0.1
32
min 33.5* 32
33.5*
Box systems
20
12**
20.5 FA
32 9 Base
32 224 37 Chipboard back
NL – 26 mm KB Cabinet width
Steel back LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length
NL – 22 mm
LW – 51 mm
16
Reference pages
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 Cabinet profile fixing positions 295 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Overview – assembly devices 591
584
More technical details 698
Assembly recommendation and limitation of Short URL
585
liability – EXPANDO T www.blum.com/a355
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for
297
MERIVOBOX
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 291
Web code
Drawer – M
DQJ19A
▬ Distinctive drawer side design Space requirement
▬ Drawer side straight on the inside with flush cover
cap
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Includes an integrated BLUMOTION damping effect
for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
108*
▬ Insert the front in the holding position and simply
clip on (easy attachment even if pull-out is already in
place)
▬ Tool-free front assembly +3
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment NL
Box systems
NL Nominal length
* Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right
Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40 70
270 450.2701B
300 450.3001B 3
350 450.3501B
400 450.4001B
450 450.4501B 453.4501B 2a
500 450.5001B 453.5001B
550 450.5501B 453.5501B
600 450.6001B 453.6001B 2c
2 Drawer side set 4 2b
1
Drawer side height (mm) 91
Nominal length Colour
NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M |
OG-M
270 470M2702S
Accessories
300 470M3002S
– Chipboard screws
350 470M3502S
Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
400 470M4002S
3.5 15 ¹ 609.1500
450 470M4502S
3.5 17 ² 609.1700
500 470M5002S ¹ For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
550 470M5502S ² For front fixing
600 470M6002S
Consisting of:
– Fixing screw (flat head screw)
2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 3.5 15 ¹⁺² 61R.1500
2c 2 x Cover caps In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat head screws for the
chipboard back and drawer side
3 Chipboard back fixings left/right ¹ For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with
Colour Material Part no. drawer bases
SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Steel ZB4M000S ² Maximum screw head height: 2 mm
Colour Colour
SW-M Silk white matt OG-M Orion grey matt
IG-M Indium grey matt
Web code
Drawer – M
DQJ19A
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – INSERTA | Installation dimensions – back
screw-on EXPANDO T front
11
10
min. 54* min. 54**
+0.2
Ø 10 –0.1
32
103
32
min 33.5* 32
33.5*
Box systems
20
12**
28 20.5 FA
LW – 51 mm
Reference pages
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 CABLOXX 582 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Accessories 291
584
Cabinet profile fixing positions 295
Assembly recommendation and limitation of Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL
585
liability – EXPANDO T More technical details 698 www.blum.com/a355
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for
297
MERIVOBOX
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX |
529
MERIVOBOX
Web code
Inner drawer – M
DQJ2NY
▬ Inner drawer with solid front piece Space requirement
▬ Distinctive drawer side design
▬ Drawer side straight on the inside with flush cover
cap
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Includes an integrated BLUMOTION damping effect
for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined
111*
106
with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ SERVO-DRIVE is only triggered by pulling for inner
drawers
▬ Insert the front in the holding position and simply +3
NL
clip on (easy attachment even if pull-out is already in
place)
▬ Tool-free front assembly
Box systems
NL Nominal length
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
* Inner drawer with latch set
Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right
Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40 70
270 450.2701B 3
300 450.3001B
350 450.3501B
400 450.4001B 2a
450 450.4501B 453.4501B 4b
6a
500 450.5001B 453.5001B 6b
550 450.5501B 453.5501B
2c
600 450.6001B 453.6001B
2b
1
2 Drawer side set 4e
4a
Drawer side height (mm) 91 5
Nominal length Colour 4f
NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M |
OG-M
270 470M2702S
Accessories
300 470M3002S
6 Latch set
350 470M3502S
Colour Material Part no.
400 470M4002S
SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Nylon ZI7.0M07
450 470M4502S Consisting of:
500 470M5002S 6a 1 x Latch
550 470M5502S 6b 1 x Latch housing
RAL 7037 dust grey
600 470M6002S Latch must be mounted on the front piece
Consisting of: Latch set (ZI7.0M07) cannot be used in combination with TIP-ON BLUMOTION
2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides
2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed – Chipboard screws
2c 2 x Cover caps
Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
3 Chipboard back fixings left/right 3.5 15 ¹ 609.1500
Colour Material Part no. ¹ For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Steel ZB4M000S – Fixing screw (flat head screw)
4 Front piece set Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
Colour Material Part no. 3.5 15 ¹⁺² 61R.1500
In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat head screws for the
SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Steel ZI4.0MS1 chipboard back and drawer side
Consisting of: ¹ For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with
4a 1 x Front fixing left/right drawer bases
4b 2 x Interior cover cap ² Maximum screw head height: 2 mm
4e 1 x Locking piece
4f 4 x Screws – System screw
5 Front piece without groove Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
Colour Length (mm) Part no. 6 14.5 ¹ 661.1450.HG
¹ For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
SW-M | IG-M | OG-M 1042 ZV4.1042M
Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 126 mm
Colour Colour
SW-M Silk white matt OG-M Orion grey matt
IG-M Indium grey matt
Web code
Inner drawer – M
DQJ2NY
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – back Drilling distances – front – latch
housing
= = 12
11
10
Ø 25
min 17
45
min. 52
57**
32
x + 65
103
min. 54*
Box systems
28
LW – 51 mm
Reference pages
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 More technical details 698 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for Short URL
297
MERIVOBOX www.blum.com/a355
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX |
529
MERIVOBOX
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 291
Cabinet profile fixing positions 295
Overview – assembly devices 591
Web code
Drawer – K
DQJ1YM
▬ Distinctive drawer side design Space requirement
▬ Drawer side straight on the inside with flush cover
cap
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Includes an integrated BLUMOTION damping effect
for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined
146*
with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ Insert the front in the holding position and simply
clip on (easy attachment even if pull-out is already in
place)
▬ Tool-free front assembly +3
NL
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
Box systems
NL Nominal length
* Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right
Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40 70
300 450.3001B
3
350 450.3501B
400 450.4001B
450 450.4501B 453.4501B
500 450.5001B 453.5001B 2a
550 450.5501B 453.5501B
600 450.6001B 453.6001B
Colour Colour
SW-M Silk white matt OG-M Orion grey matt
IG-M Indium grey matt
Web code
Drawer – K
DQJ1YM
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – INSERTA | Installation dimensions – back
screw-on EXPANDO T front
11
10
32
min. 92**
+0.2
Ø 10 –0.1
32
141
32
min 33.5* 32
min. 54*
Box systems
33.5*
20
12**
28 20.5 FA
LW – 51 mm
Reference pages
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 CABLOXX 582 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Accessories 291
584
Cabinet profile fixing positions 295
Assembly recommendation and limitation of Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL
585
liability – EXPANDO T More technical details 698 www.blum.com/a355
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for
297
MERIVOBOX
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX |
529
MERIVOBOX
Web code
Inner drawer – K
DQJ3DA
▬ Inner drawer with mid-height solid front piece Space requirement
▬ Distinctive drawer side design
▬ Drawer side straight on the inside with flush cover
cap
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Includes an integrated BLUMOTION damping effect
for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined
144
with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ SERVO-DRIVE is only triggered by pulling for inner
drawers
▬ Insert the front in the holding position and simply +3
NL
clip on (easy attachment even if pull-out is already in
place)
▬ Tool-free front assembly
Box systems
NL Nominal length
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right
Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
3
NL (mm) 40 70
300 450.3001B
350 450.3501B
400 450.4001B
450 450.4501B 453.4501B 2a
4b
500 450.5001B 453.5001B
6a
550 450.5501B 453.5501B 6b
600 450.6001B 453.6001B
2c
2 Drawer side set 2b
1
4e
Drawer side height (mm) 129
Nominal length Colour 4f
5
NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M | 4a
OG-M
300 470K3002S
350 470K3502S
Accessories
400 470K4002S
6 Latch set
450 470K4502S
Colour Material Part no.
500 470K5002S
SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Nylon ZI7.0M07
550 470K5502S Consisting of:
600 470K6002S 6a 1 x Latch
Consisting of: 6b 1 x Latch housing
2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides RAL 7037 dust grey
2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed Latch must be mounted on the front piece
2c 2 x Cover caps Latch set (ZI7.0M07) cannot be used in combination with TIP-ON BLUMOTION
Colour Colour
SW-M Silk white matt OG-M Orion grey matt
IG-M Indium grey matt
Web code
Inner drawer – K
DQJ3DA
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – back Drilling distances – front – latch
housing
11
10
= = 12
Ø 25
32
min 17
45
min. 90
32
x + 65
141
x
min. 54*
Box systems
28
LW – 51 mm
Reference pages
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 More technical details 698 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for Short URL
297
MERIVOBOX www.blum.com/a355
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX |
529
MERIVOBOX
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 291
Cabinet profile fixing positions 295
Overview – assembly devices 591
Web code
High fronted pull-out – gallery – E
DQJ42M
▬ MERIVOBOX modular with gallery Space requirement
▬ Distinctive drawer side design
▬ Drawer side straight on the inside with flush cover
cap
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Includes an integrated BLUMOTION damping effect
for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined
209*
with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ Insert the front in the holding position and simply
clip on (easy attachment even if pull-out is already in
place) +3
▬ Tool-free front assembly NL
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
Box systems
NL Nominal length
* Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right
Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40 70 3.3
270 450.2701B
300 450.3001B
350 450.3501B
400 450.4001B 3.1
450 450.4501B 453.4501B
500 450.5001B 453.5001B 2a
8
550 450.5501B 453.5501B
600 450.6001B 453.6001B 4.2
2 Drawer side set 2c
2b
Drawer side height (mm) 91
1
Nominal length Colour 4.1
NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M |
OG-M
270 470M2702S
8 Longside gallery rail left/right
300 470M3002S
Colour SW-M | IG-M | OG-M
350 470M3502S
Nominal length Nominal length
400 470M4002S Part no. Part no.
NL (mm) NL (mm)
450 470M4502S
270 ZR4.270RS.E 450 ZR4.450RS.E
500 470M5002S
300 ZR4.300RS.E 500 ZR4.500RS.E
550 470M5502S
350 ZR4.350RS.E 550 ZR4.550RS.E
600 470M6002S
400 ZR4.400RS.E 600 ZR4.600RS.E
Consisting of:
2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides Colour Colour
2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed SW-M Silk white matt OG-M Orion grey matt
2c 2 x Cover caps IG-M Indium grey matt
4.2 Front fixing bracket, top – Fixing screw (flat head screw)
Fixing method Part no. Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
EXPANDO T 2x ZF4.50T2 3.5 15 ¹⁺² 61R.1500
INSERTA 2x ZF4.50I2 In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat head screws for the
Screw-on – pre-mounted chipboard screw, chipboard back and drawer side
2x ZF4.5002 ¹ For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with
Ø 3.8 x 11.4 mm
drawer bases
Screw-on – countersunk screw¹ 2x ZF4.5012 ² Maximum screw head height: 2 mm
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages
¹ Countersunk screw with head diameter max. 7 mm, thread diameter max. 4 mm – screw – System screw
not included in scope of delivery
Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
6 14.5 ¹ 661.1450.HG
¹ For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
Web code
High fronted pull-out – gallery – E
DQJ42M
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – INSERTA | Installation dimensions – back
screw-on EXPANDO T front
11
10
+0.2
Ø 10 –0.1
32
min. 155**
128
128
64
+0.2
Ø 10
204
–0.1
32
min 33.5* 32
Box systems
33.5* 32
min. 54*
20
28 12**
20.5 FA
* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed FA Front overlay * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed
before the cabinet is assembled * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled
** Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment before the cabinet is assembled ** Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T
LW – 51 mm
Reference pages
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 CABLOXX 582 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Accessories 291
584
Cabinet profile fixing positions 295
Assembly recommendation and limitation of Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL
585
liability – EXPANDO T More technical details 698 www.blum.com/a355
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for
297
MERIVOBOX
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX |
529
MERIVOBOX
Web code
High fronted pull-out – BOXCOVER – E
DQJ4RY
▬ MERIVOBOX modular with BOXCOVER Space requirement
▬ Distinctive drawer side design
▬ Drawer side straight on the inside with flush cover
cap
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Includes an integrated BLUMOTION damping effect
for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined
209*
with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ Insert the front in the holding position and simply
clip on (easy attachment even if pull-out is already in
place) +3
▬ Tool-free front assembly NL
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
Box systems
NL Nominal length
* Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right
Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40 70 9
270 450.2701B
300 450.3001B
350 450.3501B
400 450.4001B
3
450 450.4501B 453.4501B
500 450.5001B 453.5001B
550 450.5501B 453.5501B 2a
9a
600 450.6001B 453.6001B
Web code
High fronted pull-out – BOXCOVER – E
DQJ4RY
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – INSERTA | Installation dimensions – back
screw-on EXPANDO T front
11
10
+0.2
Ø 10 –0.1
32
min. 155**
128
128
64
204
+0.2
Ø 10 –0.1
32
min 33.5* 32
Box systems
33.5* 32
min. 54*
20
12**
28 20.5 FA
* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed FA Front overlay * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed
before the cabinet is assembled * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled
** Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment before the cabinet is assembled ** Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T
LW – 51 mm
Reference pages
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 CABLOXX 582 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Accessories 291
584
Cabinet profile fixing positions 295
Assembly recommendation and limitation of Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL
585
liability – EXPANDO T More technical details 698 www.blum.com/a355
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for
297
MERIVOBOX
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX |
529
MERIVOBOX
Web code
High fronted pull-out – BOXCAP – E
DQJ5HA
▬ MERIVOBOX modular with BOXCAP Space requirement
▬ Distinctive drawer side design
▬ Drawer side straight on the inside with flush cover
cap
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Includes an integrated BLUMOTION damping effect
for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined
209*
with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ Insert the front in the holding position and simply
clip on (easy attachment even if pull-out is already in
place) +3
▬ Tool-free front assembly NL
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
Box systems
NL Nominal length
* Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right
Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40 70
270 450.2701B
300 450.3001B 3
350 450.3501B 9
400 450.4001B
450 450.4501B 453.4501B 2a
500 450.5001B 453.5001B
550 450.5501B 453.5501B
600 450.6001B 453.6001B
4.2 2c
2 Drawer side set
2b
1
Drawer side height (mm) 91 4.1
Nominal length Colour
NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M |
OG-M
270 470M2702S
9 BOXCAP left/right
300 470M3002S
Colour SW-M | IG-M | OG-M
350 470M3502S
Nominal length Nominal length
400 470M4002S Part no. Part no.
NL (mm) NL (mm)
450 470M4502S
270 ZL4.270S.E 450 ZL4.450S.E
500 470M5002S
300 ZL4.300S.E 500 ZL4.500S.E
550 470M5502S
350 ZL4.350S.E 550 ZL4.550S.E
600 470M6002S
400 ZL4.400S.E 600 ZL4.600S.E
Consisting of:
2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides Colour Colour
2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed SW-M Silk white matt OG-M Orion grey matt
2c 2 x Cover caps IG-M Indium grey matt
Web code
High fronted pull-out – BOXCAP – E
DQJ5HA
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – INSERTA | Installation dimensions – back
screw-on EXPANDO T front
11
10
+0.2
Ø 10 –0.1
32
min. 155**
128
128
64
204
+0.2
Ø 10 –0.1
32
min 33.5* 32
Box systems
33.5* 32
min. 54*
20
12**
28 20.5 FA
* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed FA Front overlay * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed
before the cabinet is assembled * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled
** Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment before the cabinet is assembled ** Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T
LW – 51 mm
Reference pages
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 CABLOXX 582 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Accessories 291
584
Cabinet profile fixing positions 295
Assembly recommendation and limitation of Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL
585
liability – EXPANDO T More technical details 698 www.blum.com/a355
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for
297
MERIVOBOX
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX |
529
MERIVOBOX
Web code
Inner pull-out – BOXCAP – gallery – E
DQJ9PA
▬ MERIVOBOX modular with BOXCAP Space requirement
▬ Inner pull-out with gallery
▬ Distinctive drawer side design
▬ Drawer side straight on the inside with flush cover
cap
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Includes an integrated BLUMOTION damping effect
207
for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ SERVO-DRIVE is only triggered by pulling for inner
pull-outs +3
▬ Insert the front in the holding position and simply NL
clip on (easy attachment even if pull-out is already in
place)
Box systems
NL Nominal length
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
Order information
Note
All inner pull-out options can be combined with any high fronted pull-out option in height E.
Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40 70
270 450.2701B
9 2a
300 450.3001B
350 450.3501B
400 450.4001B 7
450 450.4501B 453.4501B 2c
500 450.5001B 453.5001B 2b
550 450.5501B 453.5501B 1
600 450.6001B 453.6001B 4e
4b
2 Drawer side set 5
4f
4a
Drawer side height (mm) 91
Nominal length Colour
7 Cross gallery
NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M |
Colour Length (mm) Part no.
OG-M
SW-M | IG-M | OG-M 1059 ZR4.1059U
270 470M2702S Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm
300 470M3002S Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 111 mm
350 470M3502S
9 BOXCAP left/right
400 470M4002S
Colour SW-M | IG-M | OG-M
450 470M4502S
Nominal length Nominal length
500 470M5002S Part no. Part no.
NL (mm) NL (mm)
550 470M5502S
270 ZL4.270S.E 450 ZL4.450S.E
600 470M6002S
Consisting of: 300 ZL4.300S.E 500 ZL4.500S.E
2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 350 ZL4.350S.E 550 ZL4.550S.E
2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 400 ZL4.400S.E 600 ZL4.600S.E
2c 2 x Cover caps
Accessories
3 Chipboard back fixings left/right
– Chipboard screws
Colour Material Part no.
Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Steel ZB4E000S
3.5 15 ¹ 609.1500
4 Front piece set ¹ For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
Colour Material Part no. – Fixing screw (flat head screw)
SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Steel ZI4.2ES1 Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
Consisting of:
4a 1 x Front fixing left/right 3.5 15 ¹⁺² 61R.1500
4b 1 x Interior cover cap left/right In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat head screws for the
4e 1 x Locking piece chipboard back and drawer side
4f 4 x Screws ¹ For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with
drawer bases
5 Front piece without groove ² Maximum screw head height: 2 mm
Colour Length (mm) Part no. – System screw
SW-M | IG-M | OG-M 1042 ZV4.1042M Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 126 mm 6 14.5 ¹ 661.1450.HG
¹ For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
Colour Colour
SW-M Silk white matt OG-M Orion grey matt
IG-M Indium grey matt
Web code
Inner pull-out – BOXCAP – gallery – E
DQJ9PA
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – back
11
10
32
min. 153
64
204
32
Box systems
min. 54*
28
* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed
before the cabinet is assembled
LW – 51 mm
Reference pages
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 CABLOXX 582 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Accessories 291
584
Cabinet profile fixing positions 295
Assembly recommendation and limitation of Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL
585
liability – EXPANDO T More technical details 698 www.blum.com/a355
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for
297
MERIVOBOX
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX |
529
MERIVOBOX
Web code
Inner pull-out – BOXCAP – design element – E
DQJAEM
▬ MERIVOBOX modular with BOXCAP Space requirement
▬ Inner pull-out with a high or low design element
▬ Distinctive drawer side design
▬ Drawer side straight on the inside with flush cover
cap
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Includes an integrated BLUMOTION damping effect
207
for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ SERVO-DRIVE is only triggered by pulling for inner
pull-outs +3
▬ Insert the front in the holding position and simply NL
clip on (easy attachment even if pull-out is already in
place)
Box systems
NL Nominal length
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
Order information
Note
All inner pull-out options can be combined with any high fronted pull-out option in height E.
Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) 4d 3
NL (mm) 40 70
9
270 450.2701B
300 450.3001B 2a
350 450.3501B 7
400 450.4001B
450 450.4501B 453.4501B 2c
500 450.5001B 453.5001B
2b
4b
550 450.5501B 453.5501B
600 450.6001B 453.6001B 4e 1
Colour Colour
SW-M Silk white matt OG-M Orion grey matt
IG-M Indium grey matt
Web code
Inner pull-out – BOXCAP – design element – E
DQJAEM
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – back
11
10
32
min. 153
64
204
32
Box systems
min. 54*
28
* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed
before the cabinet is assembled
LW – 51 mm
Reference pages
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 CABLOXX 582 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Design element 290
584
Accessories 291
Assembly recommendation and limitation of Cabinet profile fixing positions 295 Short URL
585
liability – EXPANDO T Overview – assembly devices 591 www.blum.com/a355
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | More technical details 698
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for
297
MERIVOBOX
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX |
529
MERIVOBOX
Web code
Cabinet profile with over extension for waste bin applications
DQJ66M
▬ Cabinet profile with forward-set hook for waste bin Space requirement
application
▬ Can be combined with all high fronted pull-out in
height E
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Includes an integrated BLUMOTION damping effect
for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined
209*
with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ Insert the front in the holding position and simply
clip on (easy attachment even if pull-out is already in
place) +3
▬ Tool-free front assembly NL
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
Box systems
NL Nominal length
* Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
Symbol image – BOXCAP
Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right
Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 70
450 453.4501BZ
500 453.5001BZ
550 453.5501BZ
Web code
Cabinet profile with over extension for waste bin applications
DQJ66M
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – INSERTA | Installation dimensions – back
screw-on EXPANDO T front
11
10
+0.2
Ø 10 –0.1
32
min. 155**
128
128
64
204
+0.2
Ø 10 –0.1
32
min 33.5* 32
Box systems
33.5* 32
min. 54*
20
12**
28 20.5 FA
* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed FA Front overlay * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed
before the cabinet is assembled * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled
** Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment before the cabinet is assembled ** Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T
32 9 Base
32 224 37 Chipboard back
NL – 26 mm KB Cabinet width
Steel back LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length
NL – 22 mm
LW – 51 mm
16
Reference pages
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 CABLOXX 582 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Accessories 291
584
Cabinet profile fixing positions 295
Assembly recommendation and limitation of Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL
585
liability – EXPANDO T More technical details 698 www.blum.com/a355
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for
297
MERIVOBOX
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX |
529
MERIVOBOX
Web code
Drawer – M – centre piece
DQJB3Y
▬ With centre piece for optimal use of storage space Space requirement
▬ Can be combined with standard components
▬ Distinctive drawer side design
▬ Drawer side straight on the inside with flush cover
cap
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Includes an integrated BLUMOTION damping effect
108*
for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ Insert the front in the holding position and simply
clip on (easy attachment even if pull-out is already in +3
NL
place)
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
Box systems
NL Nominal length
* Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right
Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40 70 3
2.2a
450 450.4501B 453.4501B
500 450.5001B 453.5001B
550 450.5501B 453.5501B
600 450.6001B 453.6001B 2.2b
2.1a
2.1 Drawer side set exterior 2.2c
Colour Colour
SW-M Silk white matt OG-M Orion grey matt
IG-M Indium grey matt
Web code
Drawer – M – centre piece
DQJB3Y
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – INSERTA | Installation dimensions – back
screw-on EXPANDO T front
11
10
min. 54* min. 54**
+0.2
Ø 10 –0.1
32
103
32
min 33.5* 32
33.5*
Box systems
20
12**
28 20.5 FA
NL Nominal length
LW – 51 SPW Internal cabinet width between the
C inner drawer sides
W = NL drawer sides exterior – NL drawer sides interior – 10 mm
Centre piece Y min. (mm)
SPW + 42 67 mm BLUMOTION 40
TIP-ON BLUMOTION 99
Cabinet profile 453 – 70 kg Drilling distances – drawer base Drilling distances – centre piece
Nominal length NL (mm)
450 | 500 | 550 *
600 *
256
32 9 R10
32 224 37
26
32
32 352 9
256
11.5
7.5
16
9
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm
Reference pages
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 CABLOXX 582 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Accessories 291
584
Cabinet profile fixing positions 295
Assembly recommendation and limitation of Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL
585
liability – EXPANDO T More technical details 698 www.blum.com/a355
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for
297
MERIVOBOX
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX |
529
MERIVOBOX
Web code
High fronted pull-out – BOXCAP – E – centre piece
DQJD7Y
▬ With centre piece for optimal use of storage space Space requirement
▬ Can be combined with standard components
▬ Distinctive drawer side design
▬ Drawer side straight on the inside with flush cover
cap
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Includes an integrated BLUMOTION damping effect
209*
for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ Insert the front in the holding position and simply
clip on (easy attachment even if pull-out is already in +3
place) NL
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
Box systems
NL Nominal length
* Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right
Version BLUMOTION
3.3
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40 70 3.1
3.2
450 450.4501B 453.4501B
500 450.5001B 453.5001B 2.2a
9
550 450.5501B 453.5501B
600 450.6001B 453.6001B
2.2b
2.1 Drawer side set exterior 2.1a
2.2c
Drawer side height (mm) 91
Nominal length Colour
NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M | 4.2
OG-M 2.1b
2.1c 1
450 470M4502S
500 470M5002S 4.1
550 470M5502S
600 470M6002S
Consisting of:
2.1a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 4.2 Front fixing bracket, top
2.1b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed
Fixing method Part no.
2.1c 2 x Cover caps
EXPANDO T 2x ZF4.50T2
2.2 Drawer side set interior INSERTA 2x ZF4.50I2
Screw-on – pre-mounted chipboard screw,
Drawer side height (mm) 91 2x ZF4.5002
Ø 3.8 x 11.4 mm
Nominal length Colour Screw-on – countersunk screw¹ 2x ZF4.5012
NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M | EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages
OG-M ¹ Countersunk screw with head diameter max. 7 mm, thread diameter max. 4 mm – screw
not included in scope of delivery
300 470M3002S
350 470M3502S 9 BOXCAP left/right
400 470M4002S Colour SW-M | IG-M | OG-M
450 470M4502S Nominal length Nominal length
Part no. Part no.
Consisting of: NL (mm) NL (mm)
2.2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides
450 ZL4.450S.E 550 ZL4.550S.E
2.2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed
2.2c 2 x Cover caps 500 ZL4.500S.E 600 ZL4.600S.E
For effective use of storage space, we recommend Colour Colour
Nominal length NL drawer sides exterior (no 2.1) – nominal length NL drawer sides interior (no 2.2) = min. 150 mm SW-M Silk white matt OG-M Orion grey matt
3.1 External chipboard back fixing left/right IG-M Indium grey matt
Web code
High fronted pull-out – BOXCAP – E – centre piece
DQJD7Y
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – INSERTA | Installation dimensions – centre
screw-on EXPANDO T front piece
+0.2
Ø 10 –0.1
min. 155**
128
128
11
10
204
+0.2
5
Ø 10 –0.1
32
32
min 33.5* 32
Box systems
33.5* 32
min. 54*
11
20
12**
28 20.5 FA
* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed FA Front overlay * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed
before the cabinet is assembled * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled
** Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment before the cabinet is assembled ** Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T
NL Nominal length
LW – 51 SPW Internal cabinet width between the
C inner drawer sides
W = NL drawer sides exterior – NL drawer sides interior – 10 mm
Centre piece Y min. (mm)
SPW + 42 67 mm BLUMOTION 40
TIP-ON BLUMOTION 99
Cabinet profile 453 – 70 kg Drilling distances – drawer base Drilling distances – centre piece
Nominal length NL (mm)
450 | 500 | 550 *
600 *
256
32 9 R10
32 224 37
26
32
32 352 9
256
11.5
7.5
16
9
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm
Reference pages
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 CABLOXX 582 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | Accessories 291
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Cabinet profile fixing positions 295
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL
584
More technical details 698 www.blum.com/a355
Assembly recommendation and limitation of
585
liability – EXPANDO T
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for
297
MERIVOBOX
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX |
529
MERIVOBOX
Web code
SPACE TOWER
DQJDXA
▬ The flexible larder unit with inner pull-outs; with
shelves and inner drawers in the upper area
▬ Easy access from three sides
▬ Individually opening pull-outs allow for a complete
overview and convenient removal from above
▬ Light operating forces even with heavily-laden pull-
outs
▬ High backs and side panels guarantee secure stock-
ing
▬ AMBIA-LINE inner dividing systems for pull-outs
puts everything in order and allows easy access
▬ Flexible cabinet dimensions possible
Box systems
Order information
Application recommendation Page
Planning
Help with planning and ordering
Short URL
www.blum.com/planningtools
Reference pages
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 Overview – BLUMOTION for doors 157 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | Accessories 291
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – assembly devices 591
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for More technical details 698 Short URL
297
MERIVOBOX www.blum.com/a355
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX |
529
MERIVOBOX
CLIP top BLUMOTION 155° hinge 82
Web code
SPACE TOWER
DQJDXA
Planning
Recommendation
Positioning in the cabinet Drilling distances – front Drilling distances – front
In high cabinets, it is practical to have a
shelf at the highest level rather than an
inner drawer.
80
80
Box systems
1684
The inner drawer allows access from the
1622 side. If the inner drawer is implemented
with a higher back, stored goods are
prevented from falling down the back.
388
1340
847
The CLIP top BLUMOTION 155° hinge
without front protrusion allows the cabi-
net width KB to be put to optimal use.
387
670
460
space.
280
280
74*
54*
19
Reference pages
* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Number of hinges 706
Web code
SPACE TWIN
DQJEMM
▬ Stable solution thanks to diagonally offset cabinet Space requirement
profiles
▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for
soft and effortless closing action
▬ High dynamic carrying capacity of 20 kg per base
cabinet
▬ Cabinet width KB 150 mm
+3
NL
Box systems
NL Nominal length
Order information
Application recommendation Page
Drawer – M 262
Drawer – K 266
Reference pages
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Accessories 291
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698 Short URL
www.blum.com/a355
Web code
SPACE TWIN
DQJEMM
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet
Installation height X (mm)
M 54
K 92
E 155
* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled
Box systems
min 54
x
min 54*
28
min 112
20.5 20.5
FA FA
Order information
7 Low glass design element (for inner pull-out, front) 9a Glass design element (side)
Colour Clear
Cabinet width Cabinet side panel thickness SWD (mm) Nominal length Colour
KB (mm) 15/16 18/19 NL (mm) Clear
600 ZE4L464G ZE4L458G 450 ZE4M360G
1200 ZE4L1064G ZE4L1058G 500 ZE4M410G
Consisting of: 550 ZE4M460G
7 1 x Glass design element
600 ZE4M510G
In the case of other cabinet widths KB, cut the next longest design element to size accordingly
Consisting of:
9a 2 x Glass design element
7 High glass design element (for inner pull-out, front) In the case of other nominal lengths NL, cut the next longest design element to size accordingly
Note
Colour Clear To guarantee a safe connection between the front and BOXCOVER, the side parts of the glass
Cabinet width Cabinet side panel thickness SWD (mm) must be cleaned prior to assembly – required from front height FH > 455 mm !
Planning
Cutting – design element
Design X (mm) Y (mm)
element
Low LW – 104 75
High LW – 104 142.5
Side NL – 90 95
LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length
The given dimensions in combination with
MERIVOBOX do not require “impact testing
for vertically installed glass parts” as per the
DIN EN 14749 norm June 2016. For norm
compliance no safety glass is required. The
edge is a polished flat-ended edge with a 1 mm
±0.5 mm bevel.
Reference pages
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Accessories 291
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698 Short URL
www.blum.com/a355
Steel back
▬ For MERIVOBOX Order information
▬ Colour: silk white matt | indium grey matt | orion grey Back height Part no.
matt N 1
☎ ZB4NxxxS.6
▬ Material: steel M ☎ ZB4MxxxS.6
K ☎ ZB4KxxxS.6
E ☎ ZB4ExxxS.6
1
Not compatible with SERVO-DRIVE
Planning
Calculation of width Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Box systems
xxx = LW – 38 Base
xx
x=
LW NL – 22 mm
–3 Example
8 Back wall height M
LW = 567 mm
529 mm = 567–38 mm
Order LW – 51 mm
ZB4M529S.6
LW
16
Front/base stabiliser
▬ For supporting wide drawer bases Order information
▬ Recommendation: Fixing method Colour Part no.
Cabinet width KB > 600 mm: 1 item RAL 7037 dust
EXPANDO Z96.10E1
grey
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drilling distances – front
X = 20.5 mm + FA
FA Front overlay
* Min. 105 mm
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drilling distances – front
Box systems
20
13
22
min 6
X = 14 mm + FA
FA Front overlay
* Min. 80 mm
** Stone and ceramic +0.2/–0.1 mm
Side stabilisation
▬ Additional stabilisation for extra wide high fronted Order information
1 pull-outs Side stabilisation
2 ▬ Recommendation: cabinet width KB 900–1400 mm Nominal length NL (mm) Part no.
▬ Aluminium rod suitable for KB up to 1400 mm, for 270–400 ZS4.400MU
cutting to size 450–650 ZS4.650MU
▬ No additional space requirement at the bottom Cutting
1 Internal cabinet width LW – 231 mm
▬ Suitable for use with BLUMOTION | SERVO-DRIVE
2 Nominal length NL + 10 mm
| TIP-ON BLUMOTION
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet
NL Nominal length
X
▬ Material: steel
Ø 3.5
Box systems
Length X (mm) Part no.
(mm)
15.0 609.1500
Ø 3.5
17.0 609.1700
Centre bit
▬ To pre-drill for Ø 3.5 mm chipboard screws Order information
▬ Drilling depth up to 8 mm Diameter
Description Part no.
▬ Material: steel, hardened (mm)
Centre bit M01.ZZ03.01
Ø 2.7
Replacement bit M01.ZZB3
8 mm Ø door buffer
▬ For noise reduction Order information
▬ Gap 2 mm Diameter (mm) Part no.
▬ Two-part Ø 8.0 993.706
▬ Colour: RAL 9006 grey
▬ Material: nylon
Pozidrive screwdriver
▬ Orange handle with Blum logo Order information
▬ Colour: black/orange Total length
Tool support Part no.
▬ Material: nylon/steel (mm)
Pozidriv PZ 2 210 303.756.1
Slotted screwdriver
▬ Orange handle with Blum logo Order information
▬ Colour: black/orange Total length
Box systems
TORX screwdriver
▬ Orange handle with Blum logo Order information
▬ Colour: black/orange Total length
Tool support Part no.
▬ Material: nylon/steel (mm)
100 623.882.2
TORX T20
210 209.093.7
* *
4 4
* * *
32 18 32 9
160 37 224 18
192 238 37
Box systems
224 256
256 352
366
384
Opens with just a light touch, has a smooth running action and closes silently and effortlessly – experience The motion is assisted 100 %
completely harmonious and convenient motion with TIP-ON BLUMOTION technology. mechanically.
600
500
400
mm
300 2.5
200
100
6
9 00
12 00
00
Small front gap Extensive trigger range Four-dimensional adjustment Simple, tool-free assembly
TIP-ON BLUMOTION can be To optimise the function and The four-dimensional adjustment The TIP-ON BLUMOTION unit can
adjusted to have a small front gap increase the trigger range, we ensures a precise gap layout. be assembled tool-free, as can all
of 2.5 mm. generally recommend using syn- Depth adjustment is integrated and the other components.
chronisation. tool-free – simply turn the adjust-
ment wheel.
Box systems
Overview – box systems 189
MERIVOBOX 256
SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 358
Symbolic image
Applications kg Web code Page
Applications
TIP-ON BLUMOTION 40
70
Box systems
Accessories
Steel back 406 Door buffer 293
1
2 Front/base stabiliser 291 Screwdriver 294
Front/base stabiliser for thin fronts 292
Side stabilisation 292
Screws 293
Symbolic image Centre bit 293
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Cabinet profile 450 – 40 kg 300
Cabinet profile 453 – 70 kg 300
Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Short URL
www.blum.com/a356
Symbolic image
Pictograph
Item available on request
TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ The TIP-ON mechanical opening support system
combined with soft-close BLUMOTION
▬ Gap 2.5 mm
▬ Four-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Extensive trigger range
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Synchronisation for internal cabinet widths LW of
243 mm and wider
Box systems
Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right
Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40 70
270 450.2701B
300 450.3001B
350 450.3501B
400 450.4001B
450 450.4501B 453.4501B
500 450.5001B 453.5001B
550 450.5501B 453.5501B
600 450.6001B 453.6001B
TIP-ON BLUMOTION
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet
Drawer | high fronted pull-out Inner drawer | inner pull-out Drawer | high fronted pull-out Inner drawer | inner pull-out
min. 54**
min. 52
2
+3 +1
103
103
NL NL
min. 54*
min. 54*
Box systems
28 28
Variant 1 Variant 2
Trigger range
Trigger range
With synchronisation
600 Without synchronisation
Minimum front gap (mm) 2.5
500 To optimise the function and increase the trigger range, we generally recommend using synchro-
400 nisation
mm Example for 450 – 40 kg | 453 – 70 kg, E height, nominal length NL 500 mm
300 2.5
200
100
6
9 00
12 00
00
Reference pages
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for Assembly, removal and adjustment
297
MERIVOBOX
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257
CABLOXX 582 Short URL
Accessories 291 www.blum.com/a356
Cabinet profile fixing positions 300
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
* *
4 4
* * *
32 18 32 9
160 37 224 18
192 238 37
Box systems
224 256
256 352
366
384
Box systems
The minimalist line – rectangular with a clear design all the way down the line
TANDEMBOX antaro stands for a clear-cut,
rectangular design with its rectangular gallery.
All the components have been colour-coordi-
nated, underlining the minimalist design.
You also have the option of combining the
different opening support systems as you wish.
SERVO-DRIVE, the electrical opening support
system in combination with BLUMOTION, or
TIP-ON BLUMOTION, the mechanical opening
support system, combined with BLUMOTION.
Box systems
The square gallery underlines the minimalist product design. All nylon components are matched with the relevant drawer side colour, helping to
create a harmoniously simple overall appearance.
TANDEMBOX has long proven its worth and offered enhanced ease of For simple product selection and ordering of the available range, use our
use and scope for design for many years. Technological improvements Product Configurator.
ensure even smoother opening, noticeably more stability and an opti-
mised feather-light glide.
Short URL
www.blum.com/configurator
Box systems
Overview – box systems 189 METABOX 390
LEGRABOX 190
MERIVOBOX 256
TANDEMBOX plus 348
TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX 350
Symbolic image SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 358
Overview
Overview – applications 304
Symbolic image
Accessories
Steel back 340 Centre bit 344
Box systems
Front/base stabiliser 340 Door buffer 344
Side stabilisation – top mounted 341 Screwdriver 345
Flexible gallery fixing 342
Chipboard back fixing height B 343
Symbolic image Screws 344
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Cabinet profile 578 – 30 kg 346
Cabinet profile 576 – 65 kg 346
Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Short URL
www.blum.com/a350
Symbolic image
Pictograph
Item available on request
Applications kg Space re- Web Page Applications kg Space re- Web Page
quirement code quirement code
Height Height
(mm) (mm)
Standard cabinet
Drawer Inner drawer
Drawer – N 30 82.5
DQC21A 306
Drawer – M 30 98.5 Inner drawer – M 30 106
65 65
Box systems
DQC7NY 328
High fronted pull-out – 30 224
gallery – D – alu frames 65
DQC8DA 330
Corner cabinet
SPACE CORNER with 65
SYNCROMOTION
Applications kg Space re- Web Page Applications kg Space re- Web Page
quirement code quirement code
Height Height
(mm) (mm)
Sink cabinet
High fronted pull-out
High fronted pull-out – 30 192
gallery – C 65
DQC92M 332
High fronted pull-out – 30 224
gallery – D 65
Box systems
DQC9RY 334
Larder unit
SPACE TOWER 30
65
Web code
Drawer – N
DQC21A
▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed Space requirement
running action – for the lifetime of the furniture
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ 2-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for
soft and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
▬ Either with TIP-ON BLUMOTION for handle-less
furniture, or even for furniture with handle elements
as a design feature
Box systems
NL Nominal length
Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right
Version BLUMOTION 3
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 30
400 578.4001M
450 578.4501M
500 578.5001M
2a
550 578.5501M
Colour Colour
SW Silk white R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
Web code
Drawer – N
DQC21A
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – INSERTA Installation dimensions – back
screw-on | knock-in
Box systems
FA Front overlay
400 69 mm
LW – 87 mm
450
Base
LW – 75 mm
Reference pages
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for Short URL
351
TANDEMBOX www.blum.com/a350
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 340
Cabinet profile fixing positions 346
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Web code
Drawer – M
DQC2QM
▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed Space requirement
running action – for the lifetime of the furniture
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ 2-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for
soft and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
▬ Either with TIP-ON BLUMOTION for handle-less
furniture, or even for furniture with handle elements
as a design feature
Box systems
NL Nominal length
Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right
Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 30 65
270 578.2701M
300 578.3001M
350 578.3501M
400 578.4001M
450 578.4501M 576.4501M
500 578.5001M 576.5001M 2a
550 578.5501M 576.5501M
600 578.6001M 576.6001M
650 576.6501M
Colour Colour
SW Silk white R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
Web code
Drawer – M
DQC2QM
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – INSERTA Installation dimensions – back
screw-on | knock-in
Box systems
FA Front overlay
270 84 mm
LW – 87 mm
300
Base
450 LW – 75 mm
500
550
600
650
Reference pages
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for Short URL
351
TANDEMBOX www.blum.com/a350
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 541
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 340
Cabinet profile fixing positions 346
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Web code
Inner drawer – M
DQC45A
▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed Space requirement
running action – for the lifetime of the furniture
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for
soft and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
▬ Either with TIP-ON BLUMOTION for handle-less
furniture, or even for furniture with handle elements
as a design feature
▬ Inner drawers either with handle or handle and latch
Box systems
NL Nominal length
* Min. space requirement for inner drawers with or without handles
** Inner drawers with easy access from above
Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right
Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) 3
NL (mm) 30 65
270 578.2701M
300 578.3001M
350 578.3501M
400 578.4001M 2a
450 578.4501M 576.4501M
500 578.5001M 576.5001M
550 578.5501M 576.5501M
600 578.6001M 576.6001M 5 1
650 576.6501M 4e
2 Drawer side set 2b
6a
4a
Drawer side height (mm) 83.6 6b
Nominal length Colour
NL (mm) SW | R9006
270 378M2702SA Accessories
300 378M3002SA
6a Handle
350 378M3502SA
Colour Material Part no.
400 378M4002SA
SW | WGR Nylon ZIF.80M5
450 378M4502SA
500 378M5002SA Alternative to 6a
550 378M5502SA 6b Handle and latch
600 378M6002SA Colour Material Part no.
650 378M6502SA SW | WGR Nylon ZIF.80M7
Consisting of: Not compatible with TIP-ON BLUMOTION
2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides
2b 2 x Cover caps, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed Colour Colour
SW Silk white WGR White grey
3 Chipboard back fixings left/right R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
Colour Material Part no.
SW | R9006 Steel Z30M000S.04
Web code
Inner drawer – M
DQC45A
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – back Drilling distances – front – latch
Box systems
* Min. space requirement for inner draw- Inner drawer
ers with or without handles
Without a handle, opening is only
possible from the bottom
** Inner drawers with easy access from
above
270 84 mm
LW – 87 mm
300
Base
450 LW – 75 mm
500
550
600
650
Reference pages
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for Short URL
351
TANDEMBOX www.blum.com/a350
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 541
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 340
Cabinet profile fixing positions 346
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Web code
Drawer – K
DQC3FY
▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed Space requirement
running action – for the lifetime of the furniture
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ 2-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for
soft and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
▬ Either with TIP-ON BLUMOTION for handle-less
furniture, or even for furniture with handle elements
as a design feature
Box systems
NL Nominal length
Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right
Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 30 65
270 578.2701M
300 578.3001M
350 578.3501M
400 578.4001M
450 578.4501M 576.4501M 2a
500 578.5001M 576.5001M
550 578.5501M 576.5501M
600 578.6001M 576.6001M
650 576.6501M 2c
2 Drawer side set
Colour Colour
SW Silk white R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
Web code
Drawer – K
DQC3FY
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – INSERTA Installation dimensions – back
screw-on | knock-in
Box systems
FA Front overlay
270 116 mm
LW – 87 mm
300
Base
450 LW – 75 mm
500
550
600
650
Reference pages
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for Short URL
351
TANDEMBOX www.blum.com/a350
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 541
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 340
Cabinet profile fixing positions 346
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Web code
Inner drawer – K
DQC4UM
▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed Space requirement
running action – for the lifetime of the furniture
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for
soft and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
▬ Either with TIP-ON BLUMOTION for handle-less
furniture, or even for furniture with handle elements
as a design feature
▬ Inner drawers either with handle or handle and latch
Box systems
NL Nominal length
Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right
Version BLUMOTION
3
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 30 65
270 578.2701M
300 578.3001M
350 578.3501M
400 578.4001M
450 578.4501M 576.4501M 2a
500 578.5001M 576.5001M
550 578.5501M 576.5501M
600 578.6001M 576.6001M 5
650 576.6501M 1
4e
2 Drawer side set
6a
2b
Drawer side height (mm) 115.6
Nominal length Colour 6b 4a
NL (mm) SW | R9006
270 378K2702SA Accessories
300 378K3002SA
6a Handle
350 378K3502SA
Colour Material Part no.
400 378K4002SA
SW | WGR Nylon ZIF.80M5
450 378K4502SA
500 378K5002SA Alternative to 6a
550 378K5502SA 6b Handle and latch
600 378K6002SA Colour Material Part no.
650 378K6502SA SW | WGR Nylon ZIF.80M7
Consisting of: Not compatible with TIP-ON BLUMOTION
2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides
2b 2 x Cover caps, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed Colour Colour
2c 2 x Positioning dowel SW Silk white WGR White grey
Not required for the inner drawer R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
Web code
Inner drawer – K
DQC4UM
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – back Drilling distances – front – latch
Box systems
Inner drawer
270 116 mm
LW – 87 mm
300
Base
450 LW – 75 mm
500
550
600
650
Reference pages
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for Short URL
351
TANDEMBOX www.blum.com/a350
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 541
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 340
Cabinet profile fixing positions 346
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Web code
High fronted pull-out – gallery – C
DQC5JY
▬ With single gallery Space requirement
▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed
running action – for the lifetime of the furniture
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for
soft and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
▬ Either with TIP-ON BLUMOTION for handle-less
furniture, or even for furniture with handle elements
as a design feature
Box systems
NL Nominal length
Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right
Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 30 65
270 578.2701M
300 578.3001M
350 578.3501M
400 578.4001M
450 578.4501M 576.4501M
500 578.5001M 576.5001M
550 578.5501M 576.5501M 2a
600 578.6001M 576.6001M
650 576.6501M
Web code
High fronted pull-out – gallery – C
DQC5JY
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – INSERTA Installation dimensions – back
screw-on | knock-in
Box systems
FA Front overlay
270 167 mm
LW – 87 mm
300
Base
450 LW – 75 mm
500
550
600
650
Reference pages
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for Short URL
351
TANDEMBOX www.blum.com/a350
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 541
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 340
Cabinet profile fixing positions 346
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Web code
Inner pull-out – gallery – C
DQCAHA
▬ With single gallery Space requirement
▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed
running action – for the lifetime of the furniture
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ 2-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for
soft and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
▬ Or with TIP-ON BLUMOTION
Box systems
NL Nominal length
Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right
3
Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 30 65
270 578.2701M
300 578.3001M
350 578.3501M
400 578.4001M 8
450 578.4501M 576.4501M
2a
500 578.5001M 576.5001M
550 578.5501M 576.5501M 4g
7
600 578.6001M 576.6001M
650 576.6501M
1
2 Drawer side set
5
7 Cross gallery
Colour Length (mm) Part no.
SW | R9006 1046 ZRG.1046Z
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 122 mm
Web code
Inner pull-out – gallery – C
DQCAHA
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – back
Box systems
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Nominal length NL (mm) Chipboard back
270 167 mm
LW – 87 mm
300
Base
450 LW – 75 mm
500
550
600
650
Reference pages
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for Short URL
351
TANDEMBOX www.blum.com/a350
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 541
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 340
Cabinet profile fixing positions 346
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Web code
High fronted pull-out – gallery – D
DQC69A
▬ With single gallery Space requirement
▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed
running action – for the lifetime of the furniture
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for
soft and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
▬ Either with TIP-ON BLUMOTION for handle-less
furniture, or even for furniture with handle elements
as a design feature
Box systems
NL Nominal length
Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right
Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 30 65
270 578.2701M
300 578.3001M
350 578.3501M
400 578.4001M
450 578.4501M 576.4501M 2a
500 578.5001M 576.5001M
550 578.5501M 576.5501M
600 578.6001M 576.6001M
650 576.6501M
Web code
High fronted pull-out – gallery – D
DQC69A
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – INSERTA Installation dimensions – back
screw-on | knock-in
Box systems
FA Front overlay
270 199 mm
LW – 87 mm
300
Base
450 LW – 75 mm
500
550
600
650
Reference pages
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for Short URL
351
TANDEMBOX www.blum.com/a350
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 541
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 340
Cabinet profile fixing positions 346
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Web code
Inner pull-out – gallery – D
DQCB6M
▬ With single gallery Space requirement
▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed
running action – for the lifetime of the furniture
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ 2-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for
soft and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
▬ Or with TIP-ON BLUMOTION
Box systems
NL Nominal length
Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right
3
Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 30 65
270 578.2701M
300 578.3001M
350 578.3501M
400 578.4001M
450 578.4501M 576.4501M 8
500 578.5001M 576.5001M 2a
550 578.5501M 576.5501M
4g
600 578.6001M 576.6001M 7
650 576.6501M
1
2 Drawer side set 5
7 Cross gallery
Colour Length (mm) Part no.
SW | R9006 1046 ZRG.1046Z
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 122 mm
Web code
Inner pull-out – gallery – D
DQCB6M
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – back
Box systems
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Nominal length NL (mm) Chipboard back
270 199 mm
LW – 87 mm
300
Base
450 LW – 75 mm
500
550
600
650
Reference pages
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for Short URL
351
TANDEMBOX www.blum.com/a350
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 541
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 340
Cabinet profile fixing positions 346
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Web code
High fronted pull-out – gallery – D – K drawer side
DQC6YM
▬ With single gallery Space requirement
▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed
running action – for the lifetime of the furniture
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for
soft and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
▬ Either with TIP-ON BLUMOTION for handle-less
furniture, or even for furniture with handle elements
as a design feature
Box systems
NL Nominal length
Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right
Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 30 65
270 578.2701M
300 578.3001M
350 578.3501M
400 578.4001M
450 578.4501M 576.4501M
500 578.5001M 576.5001M
550 578.5501M 576.5501M
2a
600 578.6001M 576.6001M
650 576.6501M
2c
2 Drawer side set
Web code
High fronted pull-out – gallery – D – K drawer side
DQC6YM
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – INSERTA Installation dimensions – back
screw-on | knock-in
Box systems
FA Front overlay
270 199 mm
LW – 87 mm
300
Base
450 LW – 75 mm
500
550
600
650
Reference pages
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for Short URL
351
TANDEMBOX www.blum.com/a350
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 541
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 340
Cabinet profile fixing positions 346
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Web code
Inner pull-out – gallery – D – K drawer side
DQCBVY
▬ With single gallery Space requirement
▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed
running action – for the lifetime of the furniture
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ 2-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for
soft and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
▬ Or with TIP-ON BLUMOTION
Box systems
NL Nominal length
Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right
3
Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 30 65
270 578.2701M
300 578.3001M
350 578.3501M
400 578.4001M
450 578.4501M 576.4501M 8
500 578.5001M 576.5001M 2a
550 578.5501M 576.5501M
600 578.6001M 576.6001M 4g
7
650 576.6501M
7 Cross gallery
Colour Length (mm) Part no.
SW | R9006 1046 ZRG.1046Z
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 122 mm
Web code
Inner pull-out – gallery – D – K drawer side
DQCBVY
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – back
Box systems
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Nominal length NL (mm) Chipboard back
270 199 mm
LW – 87 mm
300
Base
450 LW – 75 mm
500
550
600
650
Reference pages
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for Short URL
351
TANDEMBOX www.blum.com/a350
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 541
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 340
Cabinet profile fixing positions 346
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Web code
High fronted pull-out – gallery – C – alu frames
DQC7NY
▬ With single gallery Space requirement
▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed
running action – for the lifetime of the furniture
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for
soft and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
▬ Either with TIP-ON BLUMOTION for handle-less
furniture, or even for furniture with handle elements
as a design feature
Box systems
NL Nominal length
Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right
3
Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 30 65
270 578.2701M
300 578.3001M
350 578.3501M
400 578.4001M
450 578.4501M 576.4501M 2a
8
500 578.5001M 576.5001M
550 578.5501M 576.5501M
4a 4g
600 578.6001M 576.6001M
650 576.6501M 1
2 Drawer side set
4g Gallery head
Colour Material Part no.
Natural Nylon 2x ZRG.000R5F
Web code
High fronted pull-out – gallery – C – alu frames
DQC7NY
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Installation dimensions – back
screw-on
Box systems
FA Front overlay
270 167 mm
LW – 87 mm
300
Base
450 LW – 75 mm
500
550
600
650
Reference pages
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for Short URL
351
TANDEMBOX www.blum.com/a350
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 541
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 340
Cabinet profile fixing positions 346
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Web code
High fronted pull-out – gallery – D – alu frames
DQC8DA
▬ With single gallery Space requirement
▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed
running action – for the lifetime of the furniture
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for
soft and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
▬ Either with TIP-ON BLUMOTION for handle-less
furniture, or even for furniture with handle elements
as a design feature
Box systems
NL Nominal length
Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right
Version BLUMOTION
3
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 30 65
270 578.2701M
300 578.3001M
350 578.3501M
400 578.4001M
450 578.4501M 576.4501M
500 578.5001M 576.5001M 8
2a
550 578.5501M 576.5501M 4a
600 578.6001M 576.6001M 4g
650 576.6501M
4g Gallery head
Colour Material Part no.
Natural Nylon 2x ZRG.000R5F
Web code
High fronted pull-out – gallery – D – alu frames
DQC8DA
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Installation dimensions – back
screw-on
Box systems
FA Front overlay
270 199 mm
LW – 87 mm
300
Base
450 LW – 75 mm
500
550
600
650
Reference pages
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for Short URL
351
TANDEMBOX www.blum.com/a350
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 541
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 340
Cabinet profile fixing positions 346
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Web code
High fronted pull-out – gallery – C
DQC92M
▬ Can be combined with standard components Space requirement
▬ With single gallery
▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed
running action – for the lifetime of the furniture
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for
soft and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
▬ Either with TIP-ON BLUMOTION for handle-less
furniture, or even for furniture with handle elements
as a design feature
Box systems
NL Nominal length
Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right
Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 30 65
450 578.4501M
500 578.5001M
550 578.5501M
600 578.6001M 576.6001M
650 576.6501M 11b 11a
8
2 Drawer side set exterior
Web code
High fronted pull-out – gallery – C
DQC92M
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – INSERTA Installation dimensions – back
screw-on | knock-in
9
9
32 20
Box systems
FA Front overlay
450 84 mm
Y1 – 12
Y2 – 12
500 Y1 Y2
Base
A
550 Chipboard back
SPW + 63
NL – 24 mm KB Cabinet width
600 LW Internal cabinet width
W
NL Nominal length
LW – 75 SPW Internal cabinet width between the
650 C inner drawer sides
W = NL drawer sides exterior – NL drawer sides interior – 10 mm
Centre piece Y min. (mm) Y max. (mm)
SPW + 75 71 mm BLUMOTION 48 225
TIP-ON 75 225
BLUMOTION
Drilling distances – centre piece
Reference pages
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for Short URL
351
TANDEMBOX www.blum.com/a350
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 541
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 340
Cabinet profile fixing positions 346
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Web code
High fronted pull-out – gallery – D
DQC9RY
▬ Can be combined with standard components Space requirement
▬ With single gallery
▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed
running action – for the lifetime of the furniture
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for
soft and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
▬ Either with TIP-ON BLUMOTION for handle-less
furniture, or even for furniture with handle elements
as a design feature
Box systems
NL Nominal length
Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right
Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 30 65
450 578.4501M
500 578.5001M
550 578.5501M
600 578.6001M 576.6001M
650 576.6501M 11b 11a
8
2 Drawer side set exterior
Web code
High fronted pull-out – gallery – D
DQC9RY
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – INSERTA Installation dimensions – back
screw-on | knock-in
9
9
32 20
Box systems
FA Front overlay
450 84 mm
Y1 – 12
Y2 – 12
500 Y1 Y2
Base
A
550 Chipboard back
SPW + 63
NL – 24 mm KB Cabinet width
600 LW Internal cabinet width
W
NL Nominal length
LW – 75 SPW Internal cabinet width between the
650 C inner drawer sides
W = NL drawer sides exterior – NL drawer sides interior – 10 mm
Centre piece Y min. (mm) Y max. (mm)
SPW + 75 71 mm BLUMOTION 48 225
TIP-ON 75 225
BLUMOTION
Drilling distances – centre piece
Reference pages
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for Short URL
351
TANDEMBOX www.blum.com/a350
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 541
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 340
Cabinet profile fixing positions 346
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Web code
SPACE TOWER
DQGRMM
▬ The flexible larder unit with inner pull-outs; with
shelves and inner drawers in the upper area
▬ Easy access from three sides
▬ Individually opening pull-outs allow for a complete
overview and convenient removal from above
▬ Light operating forces even with heavily-laden pull-
outs
▬ High backs and side panels guarantee secure stock-
ing
▬ ORGA-LINE inner dividing systems for pull-outs puts
everything in order and allows easy access
▬ Flexible cabinet dimensions possible
Box systems
Order information
Application recommendation Page
Planning
Help with planning and ordering
Short URL
www.blum.com/planningtools
Reference pages
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 More technical details 698 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 541 Short URL
CLIP top BLUMOTION 155° hinge 82 www.blum.com/a350
Overview – BLUMOTION for doors 157
Accessories 340
Overview – assembly devices 591
Web code
SPACE TOWER
DQGRMM
Planning
Recommendation
Positioning in the cabinet Drilling distances – front Drilling distances – front
In high cabinets, it is practical to have a
shelf at the highest level rather than an
inner drawer.
80
80
Box systems
1684
The inner drawer allows access from the
side. If the inner drawer is implemented
256
670
436
280
52
19
Reference pages
Number of hinges 706
Web code
SPACE TWIN
DQGV5A
▬ Stable solution thanks to diagonally offset cabinet Space requirement
profiles
▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for
soft and effortless closing action
▬ High dynamic carrying capacity of 20 kg per base
cabinet
▬ Cabinet width KB 200 mm
Box systems
NL Nominal length
Order information
Application recommendation Page
Drawer – M 308
Drawer – K 312
Reference pages
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for
351
TANDEMBOX
Accessories 340 Short URL
Overview – assembly devices 591 www.blum.com/a350
More technical details 698
Web code
SPACE TWIN
DQGV5A
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet
Installation height X (mm)
M 65.5
K 97.5
C 159
D 191
Box systems
min 33
x
min 33
37.5
min 162
FA FA
15.5 15.5
Steel back
▬ For TANDEMBOX Order information
▬ Colour: silk white | RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium) Back height Part no.
▬ Material: steel N ☎ Z30NxxxS.6
M ☎ Z30MxxxS.6
K ☎ Z30KxxxS.6
C ☎ Z30CxxxS.6
D ☎ Z30DxxxS.6
Planning
Calculation of width Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Box systems
xxx = LW – 28 Base
NL – 22 mm
Example
Back wall height M
LW = 567 mm
539 mm = 567 – 28 mm
Order LW – 75 mm
Z30M539S.6
Front/base stabiliser
▬ For stabilising high fronts Order information
▬ For supporting wide drawer bases Fixing method Colour Part no.
▬ Required: RAL 7037 dust
EXPANDO Z96.10E1
Front height FH < 300 mm: grey
Cabinet width KB > 900 mm: 1 piece
Front height FH ≥ 300 mm:
Cabinet width KB < 450 mm: 1 piece
Cabinet width KB ≥ 450 mm: 2 piece
Cabinet width KB > 900 mm: 3 piece
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drilling distances – front
Box systems
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Space requirement in cabinet Space requirement in cabinet Space requirement in cabinet
500
550
600
650
Reference pages
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Short URL
www.blum.com/a350
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Installation dimensions – back
screw-on
Height D – double gallery (chipboard back Height D – double gallery (chipboard back Height D – double gallery (chipboard back
fixing height B) fixing height B) fixing height B)
FA Front overlay
Reference pages
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Box systems
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Installation dimensions – back
screw-on
FA Front overlay
Reference pages
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Centre bit
▬ To pre-drill for Ø 3.5 mm chipboard screws Order information
▬ Drilling depth up to 8 mm Diameter
Description Part no.
▬ Material: steel, hardened (mm)
Centre bit M01.ZZ03.01
Ø 2.7
Replacement bit M01.ZZB3
8 mm Ø door buffer
▬ For noise reduction Order information
▬ Gap 2 mm Diameter (mm) Part no.
▬ Two-part Ø 8.0 993.706
▬ Colour: RAL 9006 grey
▬ Material: nylon
Pozidrive screwdriver
▬ Orange handle with Blum logo Order information
▬ Colour: black/orange Total length
Tool support Part no.
▬ Material: nylon/steel (mm)
Pozidriv PZ 2 210 303.756.1
Slotted screwdriver
▬ Orange handle with Blum logo Order information
▬ Colour: black/orange Total length
Box systems
Tool support Part no.
▬ Material: nylon/steel (mm)
Slotted, size 1 200 314.928.1
Box systems
The round gallery and simple design are characteristic of the TANDEMBOX programme line, which has been tried-and-tested over many years. You
can make the closed drawer box using a double walled BOXSIDE.
TANDEMBOX has long proven its worth and offered enhanced ease of For simple product selection and ordering of the available range, use our
use and scope for design for many years. Technological improvements Product Configurator.
ensure even smoother opening, noticeably more stability and an opti-
mised feather-light glide.
Short URL
www.blum.com/configurator
Applications kg Space re- Web Page Applications kg Space re- Web Page
quirement code quirement code
Height Height
(mm) (mm)
Standard cabinet
Drawer Inner drawer
Drawer – N 30 81.5
DQCCLA
Drawer – M 30 96.5 Inner drawer – M 30 105
65 65
Box systems
DQCDAM DQCFEM
Drawer – K 30 128.5 Inner drawer – K 30 134
65 65
DQCDZY DQCG3Y
High fronted pull-out Inner pull-out
High fronted pull-out – 30 160 Inner pull-out – gallery – B 30 160
gallery – B 65 65
DQCGTA DQCIXA
High fronted pull-out – 30 224 Inner pull-out – gallery – D 30 224
gallery – D 65 65
Opens with just a light touch, has a smooth running action and closes silently and effortlessly – experience The motion is assisted 100 %
completely harmonious and convenient motion with TIP-ON BLUMOTION technology. mechanically.
600
500
400
mm
300 2.5
200
100
60300
12 900 0
00
Small front gap Extensive trigger range Four-dimensional adjustment Simple, tool-free assembly
TIP-ON BLUMOTION can be To optimise the function and The four-dimensional adjustment The TIP-ON BLUMOTION unit can
adjusted to have a small front gap increase the trigger range, we ensures a precise gap layout. be assembled tool-free, as can all
of 2.5 mm. generally recommend using syn- Depth adjustment is integrated and the other components.
chronisation. tool-free – simply turn the adjust-
ment wheel.
Box systems
Overview – box systems 189
TANDEMBOX antaro 302
TANDEMBOX plus 348
SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 358
Symbolic image
Applications kg Web code Page
Applications
TIP-ON BLUMOTION 30
65
Box systems
Accessories
Steel back 340 Centre bit 344
Front/base stabiliser 340 Door buffer 344
Side stabilisation – top mounted 341 Screwdriver 345
Flexible gallery fixing 342
Chipboard back fixing height B 343
Symbolic image Screws 344
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Cabinet profile 578 – 30 kg 356
Cabinet profile 576 – 65 kg 356
Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Short URL
www.blum.com/a370
Symbolic image
Pictograph
Item available on request
TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ The TIP-ON mechanical opening support system
combined with soft-close BLUMOTION
▬ Gap 2.5 mm
▬ Four-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Extensive trigger range
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Synchronisation for internal cabinet widths LW of
238 mm and wider
Box systems
Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right
TIP-ON BLUMOTION
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet
Drawer | high fronted pull-out Inner drawer | inner pull-out Drawer | high fronted pull-out Inner drawer | inner pull-out
Box systems
Back height Y (mm) Back height Y (mm) Height M
N 85.5 M 109 * At 36–39 mm and with a cabinet width KB of ≥ 750 mm, a TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchro-
M 101.5 K 139.5 nisation fixing and a base support bracket are required so as to avoid the synchronisation
K 133.5 B 161 linkage colliding with the cabinet bottom or the cross member
B 161 C 195 In these cases a trial is recommended
C 195 D 227
D 227 NL Nominal length
NL Nominal length
Variant 1 Variant 2
Trigger range
Trigger range
With synchronisation
600 Without synchronisation
Minimum front gap (mm) 2.5
500 With front/base stabiliser
400
mm To optimise the function and increase the trigger range, we generally recommend using synchro-
300 2.5 nisation
200 Example for 578 – 30 kg | 576 – 65 kg, D height, nominal length NL 500 mm
100
60300
12 900 0
00
Reference pages
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for Assembly, removal and adjustment
351
TANDEMBOX
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303
Overview – TANDEMBOX plus 349 Short URL
CABLOXX 582 www.blum.com/a370
Accessories 354
Cabinet profile fixing positions 356
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Planning
Drilling distances – drawer base
Box systems
Nominal length NL TIP-ON BLUMOTION Nominal length NL TIP-ON BLUMOTION Sink cabinet
(mm) unit (mm) unit Nominal length NL TIP-ON BLUMOTION
270–300 S0 | S1 350–650 L1 | L3 | L5 (mm) unit
350–650 L1 | L3 | L5
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drilling distances – front
FA Front overlay
Front/base stabiliser
▬ For stabilising high fronts Order information
▬ For supporting wide drawer bases Fixing method Colour Part no.
▬ Required: RAL 7037 dust
EXPANDO Z96.10E1
Front height FH > 300 mm: grey
Cabinet width KB ≥ 750 mm: 2 piece
▬ Required:
Front height FH > 300 mm:
Cabinet width KB < 750 mm: 1 piece
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drilling distances – front Drilling distances – front
Box systems
32
Box systems
With hand, foot, knee or hip: opening is that easy. BLUMOTION provides soft and effortless closing action.
Box systems
Overview – box systems 189
LEGRABOX 190
MERIVOBOX 256
TANDEMBOX antaro 302
TANDEMBOX plus 348
Symbolic image
Applications
Standard cabinet 360 SERVO-DRIVE uno for top mount waste bin solutions –
386
SPACE TOWER 366 TANDEMBOX
Sink cabinet 372
Cabinet with pull-out element – bracket profile horizontal 376
Cabinet with pull-out element – upper attachment bracket 380
Symbolic image SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions 384
Accessories
Cable holder 388
Box systems
Synchronisation cable 388
COMBOX set 388
Front/base stabiliser 389
Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment Machine directive 701
Detailed information on the Machine Directive
Pictograph
Item available on request
Standard cabinet
No fixed connection to the drive system. Cabling
▬ Electrical opening support system in conjunction
with BLUMOTION – for soft and effortless closing
action
▬ With vertical bracket profile
▬ No fixed connection to the drive system
▬ Pull-outs can be used unchanged
▬ Tool-free assembly
▬ Simple cabling
▬ Shallow installation depth
Box systems
Order information
1 Blum distance bumper
Diameter (mm) Part no.
5 993.0530
8 993.0830.01
Up to front height FH 300 mm use 2 pcs.
Front height FH 300 mm and higher use 4 pcs.
For LEGRABOX 70 kg cabinet profile, use 4 pcs.
For MERIVOBOX 70 kg cabinet profile, use 4 pcs.
For TANDEMBOX 65 kg cabinet profile, use 4 pcs.
2 Bracket profile
Length (mm) Material Cable Part no.
650 Aluminium ● Z10T650AA
700 Aluminium ● Z10T700AA
710 Aluminium ● Z10T710AA
750 Aluminium ● Z10T750AA
800 Aluminium ● Z10T800AA
1170 Aluminium – Z10T1170A
For cutting to size
● With cable
– Without cable
Cutting Internal cabinet height LH – 10 mm
Standard cabinet
Order information
14 Flex Accessories
Market Part no. Market Part no. – Cable holder
AR Z10M200A JP Z10M200J Colour Material Part no.
UK Z10M200B AU Z10M200K W Nylon Z10K0009
CH Z10M200C CL Z10M200L E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
DK Z10M200D CN Z10M200N
– Front/base stabiliser
Europe Z10M200E BR Z10M200S.01
Colour Material Part no.
Europe ¹ Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200T
R7037 Nylon Z96.10E1
IN Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200U
IL Z10M200I ZA Z10M200Z – Synchronisation cable
Length 2 m, incl. plug Length (mm) Part no.
¹ Without plug
80 Z10K008S
15a Power supply unit housing 500 Z10K050S
Box systems
Base fixing 1200 Z10K120S
Colour Material Part no. 1600 Z10K160S
Connects two drive units that need to activate simultaneously
R7037 Nylon Z10NG000
Incl. cover
– COMBOX set
For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
Colour Material Part no.
Alternative to 15a S Nylon Z10ZC00A
15b Power supply unit housing For preventing front collisions when using SERVO-DRIVE in corner situations
Panel fixing Suitable starting with drive unit Z10A3000.02
Includes all assembly and cabling components
Colour Material Part no.
WGR Nylon Z10NG120 Colour Colour
For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit R7037 RAL 7037 dust grey W White
S Black WGR White grey
Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | Planning – vertical cross member 364 Assembly, removal and adjustment
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Accessories 388
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Overview – assembly devices 591
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 Machine directive 701 Short URL
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 More technical details 698 www.blum.com/a380
Overview – TANDEMBOX plus 349
Planning – horizontal cross member 362
Standard cabinet
Planning
Cross bar construction horizontal
Cabinet Position – drive unit
Box systems
PL = LH – 10 mm
Round down to the nearest tenth
A Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit
E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the cabinet profile
LH Internal cabinet height
PL Bracket profile length
Position – drive unit
Box systems Back Back height Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
242–266 267–286 287–316 ≥ 317
A (mm) E min. (mm) A (mm) E min. (mm) A (mm) E min. (mm) A (mm) E min. (mm)
N – – 45 61 45 61 45 61
Chipboard back
M|K|C|F – – 45 69 45 69 45 69
LEGRABOX
N – – – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|C|F – – 45 69 45 69 45 69
N – – 28 32 28 32 28 32
Chipboard back
M|K|E – – 45 54 45 54 45 54
MERIVOBOX
N – – – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|E – – 45 54 45 54 45 54
N 35 56 35 56 35 56 28 49
Chipboard back
M|K|B|C|D 35 64 35 64 35 64 35 64
TANDEMBOX
N – – – – 28 49 28 49
Steel back
M|K|B|C|D – – 35 64 35 64 35 64
A Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit – Not possible
E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the cabinet profile
BT Drilling depth BT Drilling depth The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required
trigger path of 2 mm
When using a 70 kg LEGRABOX, 70 kg MERIVOBOX or 65 kg
TANDEMBOX runner, attach four Blum distance bumpers
For optimal trigger function for front height FH > 300 mm, use
front stabilisation
Alternative drilling pattern for MINIPRESS top and MINIPRESS FA Front overlay
BT Drilling depth FH Front height
Standard cabinet
Planning
Cross bar construction horizontal
Drilling distances – base | cross bar
Back X (mm) Y (mm)
Chipboard back NL + 19 NL + 33
Steel back NL + 2 NL + 16
NL Nominal length
X Drilling position
Y Min. space requirement
Z Dimension of engagement
Box systems
Box systems Back Back height Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
242–266 267–286 287–316
Z (mm) Lever Trigger Z (mm) Lever Trigger Lever cap Z (mm) Lever Trigger
extension guidance extension guidance extension guidance
N – – – 184 ● – – 184 ● –
Chipboard back
M|K|C|F – – – 184 ● – – 184 ● –
LEGRABOX
N – – – – – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|C|F – – – 184 ✖ – ● 184 ● –
N – – – 174 ✖ – – 174 ● –
Chipboard back
M|K|E – – – 174 ✖ – – 174 ● –
MERIVOBOX
N – – – – – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|E – – – 174 ● – – 174 ● –
N 179 ✖ ● 179 ● ● – 179 ● ●
Chipboard back
M|K|B|C|D 179 ✖ ● 179 ● ● – 179 ● ●
TANDEMBOX
N – – – – – – – 190 ✖ –
Steel back
M|K|B|C|D – – – 179 ✖ – – 179 ● –
Box systems Back Back height Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
317–386 ≥ 387
Z (mm) Lever extension Trigger guidance Z (mm) Lever extension Trigger guidance
N 184 ● – LW / 2 ● –
Chipboard back
M|K|C|F 184 ● – LW / 2 ● –
LEGRABOX
N – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|C|F 184 ● – LW / 2 ● –
N 174 ● – LW / 2 ● –
Chipboard back
M|K|E 174 ● – LW / 2 ● –
MERIVOBOX
N – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|E 174 ● – LW / 2 ● –
N 179 ● ○ LW / 2 ● ○
Chipboard back
M|K|B|C|D 179 ● ○ LW / 2 ● ○
TANDEMBOX
N 190 ● – LW / 2 ● –
Steel back
M|K|B|C|D 179 ● – LW / 2 ● –
LW Internal cabinet width ○ Not required
Z Dimension of engagement – Not possible
● Required ✖ Remove
Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat!
Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | Order information 360 Assembly, removal and adjustment
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Planning – vertical cross member 364
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Accessories 388
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 Machine directive 701 www.blum.com/a380
Overview – TANDEMBOX plus 349 More technical details 698
Standard cabinet
Planning
Cross bar construction vertical
Cabinet Position – drive unit
Box systems
PL = LH – 10 mm
Round down to the nearest tenth
A Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit
E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the cabinet profile
LH Internal cabinet height
PL Bracket profile length
Position – drive unit
Box systems Back Back height Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
242–266 267–286 287–316 ≥ 317
A (mm) E min. (mm) A (mm) E min. (mm) A (mm) E min. (mm) A (mm) E min. (mm)
N – – 45 61 45 61 45 61
Chipboard back
M|K|C|F – – 45 69 45 69 45 69
LEGRABOX
N – – – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|C|F – – 45 69 45 69 45 69
N – – 28 32 28 32 28 32
Chipboard back
M|K|E – – 45 54 45 54 45 54
MERIVOBOX
N – – – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|E – – 45 54 45 54 45 54
N 35 56 35 56 35 56 28 49
Chipboard back
M|K|B|C|D 35 64 35 64 35 64 35 64
TANDEMBOX
N – – – – 28 49 28 49
Steel back
M|K|B|C|D – – 35 64 35 64 35 64
A Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit – Not possible
E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the cabinet profile
BT Drilling depth BT Drilling depth The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required
trigger path of 2 mm
When using a 70 kg LEGRABOX, 70 kg MERIVOBOX or 65 kg
TANDEMBOX runner, attach four Blum distance bumpers
For optimal trigger function for front height FH > 300 mm, use
front stabilisation
Alternative drilling pattern for MINIPRESS top and MINIPRESS FA Front overlay
BT Drilling depth FH Front height
Standard cabinet
Planning
Cross bar construction vertical
Drilling distances – base | cross bar
Back X (mm) T (mm)
Chipboard back NL + 19 NL + 34
Steel back NL + 2 NL + 17
NL Nominal length
X Drilling position
T Position front edge/cross member
Z Dimension of engagement
Box systems
Box systems Back Back height Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
242–266 267–286 287–316
Z (mm) Lever Trigger Z (mm) Lever Trigger Lever cap Z (mm) Lever Trigger
extension guidance extension guidance extension guidance
N – – – 184 ● – – 184 ● –
Chipboard back
M|K|C|F – – – 184 ● – – 184 ● –
LEGRABOX
N – – – – – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|C|F – – – 184 ✖ – ● 184 ● –
N – – – 174 ✖ – – 174 ● –
Chipboard back
M|K|E – – – 174 ✖ – – 174 ● –
MERIVOBOX
N – – – – – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|E – – – 174 ● – – 174 ● –
N 179 ✖ ● 179 ● ● – 179 ● ●
Chipboard back
M|K|B|C|D 179 ✖ ● 179 ● ● – 179 ● ●
TANDEMBOX
N – – – – – – – 190 ✖ –
Steel back
M|K|B|C|D – – – 179 ✖ – – 179 ● –
Box systems Back Back height Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
317–386 ≥ 387
Z (mm) Lever extension Trigger guidance Z (mm) Lever extension Trigger guidance
N 184 ● – LW / 2 ● –
Chipboard back
M|K|C|F 184 ● – LW / 2 ● –
LEGRABOX
N – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|C|F 184 ● – LW / 2 ● –
N 174 ● – LW / 2 ● –
Chipboard back
M|K|E 174 ● – LW / 2 ● –
MERIVOBOX
N – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|E 174 ● – LW / 2 ● –
N 179 ● ○ LW / 2 ● ○
Chipboard back
M|K|B|C|D 179 ● ○ LW / 2 ● ○
TANDEMBOX
N 190 ● – LW / 2 ● –
Steel back
M|K|B|C|D 179 ● – LW / 2 ● –
LW Internal cabinet width ○ Not required
Z Dimension of engagement – Not possible
● Required ✖ Remove
Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat!
Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | Order information 360 Assembly, removal and adjustment
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Planning – horizontal cross member 362
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Accessories 388
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 Machine directive 701 www.blum.com/a380
Overview – TANDEMBOX plus 349 More technical details 698
SPACE TOWER
No fixed connection to the drive system. Cabling
▬ Electrical opening support system in conjunction
with BLUMOTION – for soft and effortless closing
action
▬ With vertical bracket profile
▬ No fixed connection to the drive system
▬ Pull-outs can be used unchanged
▬ Tool-free assembly
▬ Simple cabling
▬ Shallow installation depth
▬ SERVO-DRIVE for MERIVOBOX is only triggered
by pulling for inset application pull-outs
Box systems
Order information
2 Bracket profile
Length (mm) Material Cable Part no.
650 Aluminium ● Z10T650AA
700 Aluminium ● Z10T700AA
710 Aluminium ● Z10T710AA
750 Aluminium ● Z10T750AA
800 Aluminium ● Z10T800AA
1170 Aluminium – Z10T1170A
For cutting to size
● With cable
– Without cable
Cutting Internal cabinet height LH – 10 mm
Alternative to 3a
3b Bracket profile attachment lower/back
Cross bar construction vertical
Colour Material Part no.
R7037 Nylon Z10D01EA.01
Incl. bracket profile cover cap
9 Drive unit
Colour Material Part no.
R7037 Nylon Z10A3000.03
Includes pre-assembled lever extension
10 Lever cap
Box systems Back Colour Part no.
LEGRABOX Steel back S Z10A3006
Required for height M and internal cabinet widths LW of 267–286 mm
10 Trigger guidance
Box systems Back Colour Part no.
TANDEMBOX Chipboard back R7037 Z10A3H00
Required for internal cabinet widths LW of 242–316 mm
SPACE TOWER
Order information
13 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit Accessories
Language package Part no. Language package Part no. – Cable holder
A Z10NE030A F Z10NE030F Colour Material Part no.
B Z10NE030B G Z10NE030G W Nylon Z10K0009
C Z10NE030C H Z10NE030H E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
D Z10NE030D J Z10NE030J Colour Colour
E Z10NE030E R7037 RAL 7037 dust grey W White
Incl. operating and installation instructions S Black WGR White grey
Without flex
Language package – operating and installation instructions
A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU
B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR
C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH
D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA
E CS | HU | PL | SK
Box systems
Language descriptions as per ISO-639
14 Flex
Market Part no. Market Part no.
AR Z10M200A JP Z10M200J
UK Z10M200B AU Z10M200K
CH Z10M200C CL Z10M200L
DK Z10M200D CN Z10M200N
Europe Z10M200E BR Z10M200S.01
Europe ¹ Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200T
IN Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200U
IL Z10M200I ZA Z10M200Z
Length 2 m, incl. plug
¹ Without plug
Alternative to 15a
15b Power supply unit housing
Panel fixing
Colour Material Part no.
WGR Nylon Z10NG120
For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | Planning – bracket profile bottom 370 Assembly, removal and adjustment
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Accessories 388
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Overview – assembly devices 591
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 Machine directive 701 Short URL
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 More technical details 698 www.blum.com/a380
Overview – TANDEMBOX plus 349
Planning – bracket profile top 368
SPACE TOWER
Planning
Top bracket profile
Cabinet Position – drive unit
Box systems
PL = LH – 10 mm
Round down to the nearest tenth
A Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit
E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the cabinet profile
LH Internal cabinet height
PL Bracket profile length
Position – drive unit
Box systems Back Back height Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
242–266 267–286 287–316 ≥ 317
A (mm) E min. (mm) A (mm) E min. (mm) A (mm) E min. (mm) A (mm) E min. (mm)
N – – 45 61 45 61 45 61
Chipboard back
M|K|C|F – – 45 69 45 69 45 69
LEGRABOX
N – – – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|C|F – – 45 69 45 69 45 69
N – – 28 32 28 32 28 32
Chipboard back
M|K|E – – 45 54 45 54 45 54
MERIVOBOX
N – – – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|E – – 45 54 45 54 45 54
N 35 56 35 56 35 56 28 49
Chipboard back
M|K|B|C|D 35 64 35 64 35 64 35 64
TANDEMBOX
N – – – – 28 49 28 49
Steel back
M|K|B|C|D – – 35 64 35 64 35 64
A Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit – Not possible
E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the cabinet profile
BT Drilling depth BT Drilling depth The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required
trigger path of 2 mm
When using a 70 kg LEGRABOX, 70 kg MERIVOBOX or 65 kg
TANDEMBOX runner, attach four Blum distance bumpers
For optimal trigger function for front height FH > 300 mm, use
front stabilisation
Alternative drilling pattern for MINIPRESS top and MINIPRESS FA Front overlay
BT Drilling depth FH Front height
SPACE TOWER
Planning
Top bracket profile
Drilling distances – base | cross bar
Back X (mm) T (mm)
Chipboard back NL + 19 NL + 34
Steel back NL + 2 NL + 17
NL Nominal length
X Drilling position
T Position front edge/cross member
Z Dimension of engagement
Box systems
Box systems Back Back height Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
242–266 267–286 287–316
Z (mm) Lever Trigger Z (mm) Lever Trigger Lever cap Z (mm) Lever Trigger
extension guidance extension guidance extension guidance
N – – – 184 ● – – 184 ● –
Chipboard back
M|K|C|F – – – 184 ● – – 184 ● –
LEGRABOX
N – – – – – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|C|F – – – 184 ✖ – ● 184 ● –
N – – – 174 ✖ – – 174 ● –
Chipboard back
M|K|E – – – 174 ✖ – – 174 ● –
MERIVOBOX
N – – – – – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|E – – – 174 ● – – 174 ● –
N 179 ✖ ● 179 ● ● – 179 ● ●
Chipboard back
M|K|B|C|D 179 ✖ ● 179 ● ● – 179 ● ●
TANDEMBOX
N – – – – – – – 190 ✖ –
Steel back
M|K|B|C|D – – – 179 ✖ – – 179 ● –
Box systems Back Back height Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
317–386 ≥ 387
Z (mm) Lever extension Trigger guidance Z (mm) Lever extension Trigger guidance
N 184 ● – LW / 2 ● –
Chipboard back
M|K|C|F 184 ● – LW / 2 ● –
LEGRABOX
N – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|C|F 184 ● – LW / 2 ● –
N 174 ● – LW / 2 ● –
Chipboard back
M|K|E 174 ● – LW / 2 ● –
MERIVOBOX
N – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|E 174 ● – LW / 2 ● –
N 179 ● ○ LW / 2 ● ○
Chipboard back
M|K|B|C|D 179 ● ○ LW / 2 ● ○
TANDEMBOX
N 190 ● – LW / 2 ● –
Steel back
M|K|B|C|D 179 ● – LW / 2 ● –
LW Internal cabinet width ○ Not required
Z Dimension of engagement – Not possible
● Required ✖ Remove
Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat!
Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | Order information 366 Assembly, removal and adjustment
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Planning – bracket profile bottom 370
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Accessories 388
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 Machine directive 701 www.blum.com/a380
Overview – TANDEMBOX plus 349 More technical details 698
SPACE TOWER
Planning
Bottom bracket profile
Cabinet Position – drive unit
Box systems
PL = LH – 10 mm
Round down to the nearest tenth
A Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit
E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the cabinet profile
LH Internal cabinet height
PL Bracket profile length
Position – drive unit
Box systems Back Back height Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
242–266 267–286 287–316 ≥ 317
A (mm) E min. (mm) A (mm) E min. (mm) A (mm) E min. (mm) A (mm) E min. (mm)
N – – 45 61 45 61 45 61
Chipboard back
M|K|C|F – – 45 69 45 69 45 69
LEGRABOX
N – – – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|C|F – – 45 69 45 69 45 69
N – – 28 32 28 32 28 32
Chipboard back
M|K|E – – 45 54 45 54 45 54
MERIVOBOX
N – – – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|E – – 45 54 45 54 45 54
N 35 56 35 56 35 56 28 49
Chipboard back
M|K|B|C|D 35 64 35 64 35 64 35 64
TANDEMBOX
N – – – – 28 49 28 49
Steel back
M|K|B|C|D – – 35 64 35 64 35 64
A Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit – Not possible
E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the cabinet profile
BT Drilling depth BT Drilling depth The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required
trigger path of 2 mm
When using a 70 kg LEGRABOX, 70 kg MERIVOBOX or 65 kg
TANDEMBOX runner, attach four Blum distance bumpers
For optimal trigger function for front height FH > 300 mm, use
front stabilisation
Alternative drilling pattern for MINIPRESS top and MINIPRESS FA Front overlay
BT Drilling depth FH Front height
SPACE TOWER
Planning
Bottom bracket profile
Drilling distances – base | cross bar
Back X (mm) Y (mm)
Chipboard back NL + 19 NL + 33
Steel back NL + 2 NL + 16
NL Nominal length
X Drilling position
Y Min. space requirement
Z Dimension of engagement
Box systems
Box systems Back Back height Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
242–266 267–286 287–316
Z (mm) Lever Trigger Z (mm) Lever Trigger Lever cap Z (mm) Lever Trigger
extension guidance extension guidance extension guidance
N – – – 184 ● – – 184 ● –
Chipboard back
M|K|C|F – – – 184 ● – – 184 ● –
LEGRABOX
N – – – – – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|C|F – – – 184 ✖ – ● 184 ● –
N – – – 174 ✖ – – 174 ● –
Chipboard back
M|K|E – – – 174 ✖ – – 174 ● –
MERIVOBOX
N – – – – – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|E – – – 174 ● – – 174 ● –
N 179 ✖ ● 179 ● ● – 179 ● ●
Chipboard back
M|K|B|C|D 179 ✖ ● 179 ● ● – 179 ● ●
TANDEMBOX
N – – – – – – – 190 ✖ –
Steel back
M|K|B|C|D – – – 179 ✖ – – 179 ● –
Box systems Back Back height Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
317–386 ≥ 387
Z (mm) Lever extension Trigger guidance Z (mm) Lever extension Trigger guidance
N 184 ● – LW / 2 ● –
Chipboard back
M|K|C|F 184 ● – LW / 2 ● –
LEGRABOX
N – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|C|F 184 ● – LW / 2 ● –
N 174 ● – LW / 2 ● –
Chipboard back
M|K|E 174 ● – LW / 2 ● –
MERIVOBOX
N – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|E 174 ● – LW / 2 ● –
N 179 ● ○ LW / 2 ● ○
Chipboard back
M|K|B|C|D 179 ● ○ LW / 2 ● ○
TANDEMBOX
N 190 ● – LW / 2 ● –
Steel back
M|K|B|C|D 179 ● – LW / 2 ● –
LW Internal cabinet width ○ Not required
Z Dimension of engagement – Not possible
● Required ✖ Remove
Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat!
Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | Order information 366 Assembly, removal and adjustment
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Planning – bracket profile top 368
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Accessories 388
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 Machine directive 701 www.blum.com/a380
Overview – TANDEMBOX plus 349 More technical details 698
Sink cabinet
No fixed connection to the drive system. Cabling
▬ Electrical opening support system in conjunction
with BLUMOTION – for soft and effortless closing
action
▬ With attachment bracket
▬ No fixed connection to the drive system
▬ Pull-outs can be used unchanged
▬ Quick assembly of pre-mounted parts
Box systems
Order information
1 Blum distance bumper
Diameter (mm) Part no.
5 993.0530
8 993.0830.01 14
Up to front height FH 300 mm use 2 pcs.
Front height FH 300 mm and higher use 4 pcs.
For LEGRABOX 70 kg cabinet profile, use 4 pcs.
For MERIVOBOX 70 kg cabinet profile, use 4 pcs.
For TANDEMBOX 65 kg cabinet profile, use 4 pcs.
13
5 Attachment bracket 1 tier 9 9a
15b
Colour Material Part no.
R7037 Nylon Z10D0311
5 9
9 Drive unit 9a
Colour Material Part no.
R7037 Nylon Z10A3000.03
Includes pre-assembled lever extension 5
9a Drip protection feature 1
Colour Material Part no.
12a 11b
R7037 Nylon Z10D0316
11a
11 SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector
Colour Length (m) Part no.
S 8 Z10K800AE
Consisting of:
11a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable 14 Flex
11b 5 x Cable end protector Market Part no. Market Part no.
For cutting to size AR Z10M200A JP Z10M200J
Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communications cable
UK Z10M200B AU Z10M200K
12 Connecting node and cable end protector CH Z10M200C CL Z10M200L
Colour Material Part no. DK Z10M200D CN Z10M200N
S Nylon Z10V100E.01 Europe Z10M200E BR Z10M200S.01
Consisting of: Europe ¹ Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200T
12a 1 x Connecting node
IN Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200U
11b 2 x Cable end protector
IL Z10M200I ZA Z10M200Z
13 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit Length 2 m, incl. plug
¹ Without plug
Language package Part no. Language package Part no.
A Z10NE030A F Z10NE030F 15a Power supply unit housing
B Z10NE030B G Z10NE030G Base fixing
C Z10NE030C H Z10NE030H Colour Material Part no.
D Z10NE030D J Z10NE030J R7037 Nylon Z10NG000
E Z10NE030E Incl. cover
Incl. operating and installation instructions For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
Without flex
Language package – operating and installation instructions Alternative to 15a
A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU 15b Power supply unit housing
B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR
C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH
Panel fixing
D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA Colour Material Part no.
E CS | HU | PL | SK WGR Nylon Z10NG120
Language descriptions as per ISO-639 For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
Sink cabinet
Order information
Accessories
– Cable holder
Colour Material Part no.
W Nylon Z10K0009
E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
– Front/base stabiliser
Colour Material Part no.
R7037 Nylon Z96.10E1
Colour Colour
R7037 RAL 7037 dust grey W White
S Black WGR White grey
Box systems
Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | Accessories 388 Assembly, removal and adjustment
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – assembly devices 591
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Machine directive 701
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 More technical details 698 Short URL
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 www.blum.com/a380
Overview – TANDEMBOX plus 349
Planning 374
Sink cabinet
Planning
Cabinet Cross member – attachment bracket 1 tier
Cabinet Cross member – attachment bracket 1 tier
*
X Measured
Drilling from cabinet front edge
position NL Nominal length
TANDEMBOX: min. 100 mm
*
Box Measured from cabinet
systems Back front edge NL height
Back Nominal length A (mm)
LEGRABOX
Box systems Centre
Back piece N | M |height
Back K|C|F 45
A (mm)
LEGRABOX Centre piece
piece N
N|M|K|C|F 28
45
MERIVOBOX Centre
M|K|E
N 45
28
MERIVOBOX Centre piece N 28
TANDEMBOX Centre piece M|K|E 45
M|K|B|C|D
N 35
28
TANDEMBOX
A Centre piece
Distance between the bottom edge of the attachment bracket
M|K|B | C | Dand the bottom edge of35
the drive unit
A Distance between the bottom edge of the attachment bracket and the bottom edge of the drive unit
BT Drilling depth The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required
BT Drilling depth The Blum
trigger distance
path of 2 mmbumper creates and maintains the required
trigger path of
When using 2 mm
a 70 kg LEGRABOX, 70 kg MERIVOBOX or 65 kg
When using
TANDEMBOX a 70 kg LEGRABOX,
runner, 70 kgdistance
attach four Blum MERIVOBOX or 65 kg
bumpers
TANDEMBOX runner, attach four Blum distance bumpers
For optimal trigger function for front height FH > 300 mm, use
For
frontoptimal trigger function for front height FH > 300 mm, use
stabilisation
Alternative drilling pattern for MINIPRESS top and MINIPRESS front stabilisation
FA Front overlay
BT Drilling depth FA
FH Front height
Front overlay
FH Front height
Sink cabinet
Planning
Cabinet Cabinet bottom – attachment bracket 1 tier
Box systems
* Measured from cabinet front edge * Measured from cabinet front edge
Box systems Back Back height Internal cabinet
width LW (mm)
≥ 387
A (mm)
Chipboard back N|M|K|C|F 45
LEGRABOX
Steel back M|K|C|F 45
N 28
Chipboard back
MERIVOBOX M|K|E 45
Steel back M|K|E 45
N 28
Chipboard back
M|K|B|C|D 35
TANDEMBOX
N 28
Steel back
M|K|B|C|D 35
A Distance between the bottom edge of the attachment bracket and the bottom edge of the drive unit
– Not possible
Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat!
Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | Order information 372 Assembly, removal and adjustment
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Accessories 388
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Overview – assembly devices 591
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 Machine directive 701 Short URL
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 More technical details 698 www.blum.com/a380
Overview – TANDEMBOX plus 349
Order information
1 Blum distance bumper
Diameter (mm) Part no.
5 993.0530
8 993.0830.01
Up to front height FH 300 mm use 2 pcs.
Front height FH 300 mm and higher use 4 pcs.
For LEGRABOX 70 kg cabinet profile, use 4 pcs.
For MERIVOBOX 70 kg cabinet profile, use 4 pcs.
For TANDEMBOX 65 kg cabinet profile, use 4 pcs.
9 Drive unit
Colour Material Part no.
R7037 Nylon Z10A3000.03
Includes pre-assembled lever extension
13 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
10 Lever cap Language package Part no. Language package Part no.
Box systems Back Colour Part no. A Z10NE030A F Z10NE030F
LEGRABOX Steel back S Z10A3006 B Z10NE030B G Z10NE030G
Required for height M and internal cabinet widths LW of 267–286 mm C Z10NE030C H Z10NE030H
D Z10NE030D J Z10NE030J
10 Trigger guidance
E Z10NE030E
Box systems Back Colour Part no. Incl. operating and installation instructions
TANDEMBOX Chipboard back R7037 Z10A3H00 Without flex
Required for internal cabinet widths LW of 242–316 mm Language package – operating and installation instructions
A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU
11 SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR
Colour Length (m) Part no. C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH
D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA
S 8 Z10K800AE E CS | HU | PL | SK
Consisting of: Language descriptions as per ISO-639
11a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
11b 5 x Cable end protector 14 Flex
For cutting to size
Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communications cable
Market Part no. Market Part no.
AR Z10M200A JP Z10M200J
12 Connecting node and cable end protector UK Z10M200B AU Z10M200K
Colour Material Part no. CH Z10M200C CL Z10M200L
S Nylon Z10V100E.01 DK Z10M200D CN Z10M200N
Consisting of: Europe Z10M200E BR Z10M200S.01
12a 1 x Connecting node
11b 2 x Cable end protector Europe ¹ Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200T
IN Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200U
IL Z10M200I ZA Z10M200Z
Length 2 m, incl. plug
¹ Without plug
Box systems
Suitable starting with drive unit Z10A3000.02
Includes all assembly and cabling components
Colour Colour
R7037 RAL 7037 dust grey W White
S Black WGR White grey
Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | Accessories 388 Assembly, removal and adjustment
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – assembly devices 591
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Machine directive 701
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 More technical details 698 Short URL
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 www.blum.com/a380
Overview – TANDEMBOX plus 349
Planning 378
Z Dimension of engagement
N 193 ● – LW / 2 ● –
Chipboard back
M|K|C|F 182 ● – LW / 2 ● –
LEGRABOX
N – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|C|F 182 ● – LW / 2 ● –
N 177 ● – LW / 2 ● –
Chipboard back
M|K|E 177 ● – LW / 2 ● –
MERIVOBOX
N – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|E 177 ● – LW / 2 ● –
N 193 ● ○ LW / 2 ● ○
Chipboard back
M|K|B|C|D 182 ● ○ LW / 2 ● ○
TANDEMBOX
N 193 ● ○ LW / 2 ● ○
Steel back
M|K|B|C|D 182 ● ○ LW / 2 ● ○
LW Internal cabinet width ○ Not required
Z Dimension of engagement – Not possible
● Required ✖ Remove
For optimal trigger function for front height FH > 300 mm, use
front stabilisation
FA Front overlay
FH Front height
LEGRABOX
Box systems
min 54*
30**
64
MERIVOBOX
* 32 mm for back height N
** 45 mm for back height N
TANDEMBOX
* 55 mm for back height N
** 24 mm for back height N
Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat!
Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | Order information 376 Assembly, removal and adjustment
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Accessories 388
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Overview – assembly devices 591
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 Machine directive 701 Short URL
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 More technical details 698 www.blum.com/a380
Overview – TANDEMBOX plus 349
Order information
1 Blum distance bumper
Diameter (mm) Part no.
5 993.0530
8 993.0830.01
Up to front height FH 300 mm use 2 pcs.
Front height FH 300 mm and higher use 4 pcs.
For LEGRABOX 70 kg cabinet profile, use 4 pcs.
For MERIVOBOX 70 kg cabinet profile, use 4 pcs.
For TANDEMBOX 65 kg cabinet profile, use 4 pcs.
9 Drive unit
Colour Material Part no.
R7037 Nylon Z10A3000.03
Includes pre-assembled lever extension
10 Lever cap
Box systems Back Colour Part no.
LEGRABOX Steel back S Z10A3006
Required for height M and internal cabinet widths LW of 267–286 mm
10 Trigger guidance
Box systems Back Colour Part no.
TANDEMBOX Chipboard back R7037 Z10A3H00 14 Flex
Required for internal cabinet widths LW of 242–316 mm Market Part no. Market Part no.
AR Z10M200A JP Z10M200J
11 SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector
UK Z10M200B AU Z10M200K
Colour Length (m) Part no.
CH Z10M200C CL Z10M200L
S 8 Z10K800AE
Consisting of:
DK Z10M200D CN Z10M200N
11a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable Europe Z10M200E BR Z10M200S.01
11b 5 x Cable end protector Europe ¹ Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200T
For cutting to size
IN Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200U
Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communications cable
IL Z10M200I ZA Z10M200Z
12 Connecting node and cable end protector Length 2 m, incl. plug
¹ Without plug
Colour Material Part no.
S Nylon Z10V100E.01 15a Power supply unit housing
Consisting of:
Base fixing
12a 1 x Connecting node
11b 2 x Cable end protector Colour Material Part no.
R7037 Nylon Z10NG000
13 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit Incl. cover
Language package Part no. Language package Part no. For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
A Z10NE030A F Z10NE030F
Alternative to 15a
B Z10NE030B G Z10NE030G
15b Power supply unit housing
C Z10NE030C H Z10NE030H
Panel fixing
D Z10NE030D J Z10NE030J
Colour Material Part no.
E Z10NE030E
WGR Nylon Z10NG120
Incl. operating and installation instructions
For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
Without flex
Language package – operating and installation instructions
A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU
B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR
C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH
D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA
E CS | HU | PL | SK
Language descriptions as per ISO-639
– Front/base stabiliser
Colour Material Part no.
R7037 Nylon Z96.10E1
– COMBOX set
Colour Material Part no.
S Nylon Z10ZC00A
For preventing front collisions when using SERVO-DRIVE in corner situations
Box systems
Suitable starting with drive unit Z10A3000.02
Includes all assembly and cabling components
Colour Colour
R7037 RAL 7037 dust grey WGR White grey
S Black ZN Zinc plated
W White
Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | Accessories 388 Assembly, removal and adjustment
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – assembly devices 591
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Machine directive 701
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 More technical details 698 Short URL
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 www.blum.com/a380
Overview – TANDEMBOX plus 349
Planning 382
A Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit
E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the cabinet profile
X Drilling position
The cross bar must be connected to the work plate to make it secure
For optimal trigger function for front height FH > 300 mm, use
front stabilisation
FA Front overlay
FH Front height
Box systems
Box systems Back Back height Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
242–266 267–286 287–316
Z (mm) Lever Trigger Z (mm) Lever Trigger Lever cap Z (mm) Lever Trigger
extension guidance extension guidance extension guidance
N – – – 184 ● – – 184 ● –
Chipboard back
M|K|C|F – – – 184 ● – – 184 ● –
LEGRABOX
N – – – – – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|C|F – – – 184 ✖ – ● 184 ● –
N – – – 174 ✖ – – 174 ● –
Chipboard back
M|K|E – – – 174 ✖ – – 174 ● –
MERIVOBOX
N – – – – – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|E – – – 174 ● – – 174 ● –
N 179 ✖ ● 179 ● ● – 179 ● ●
Chipboard back
M|K|B|C|D 179 ✖ ● 179 ● ● – 179 ● ●
TANDEMBOX
N – – – – – – – 190 ✖ –
Steel back
M|K|B|C|D – – – 179 ✖ – – 179 ● –
Box systems Back Back height Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
317–386 ≥ 387
Z (mm) Lever extension Trigger guidance Z (mm) Lever extension Trigger guidance
N 184 ● – LW / 2 ● –
Chipboard back
M|K|C|F 184 ● – LW / 2 ● –
LEGRABOX
N – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|C|F 184 ● – LW / 2 ● –
N 174 ● – LW / 2 ● –
Chipboard back
M|K|E 174 ● – LW / 2 ● –
MERIVOBOX
N – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|E 174 ● – LW / 2 ● –
N 179 ● ○ LW / 2 ● ○
Chipboard back
M|K|B|C|D 179 ● ○ LW / 2 ● ○
TANDEMBOX
N 190 ● – LW / 2 ● –
Steel back
M|K|B|C|D 179 ● – LW / 2 ● –
LW Internal cabinet width ○ Not required
Z Dimension of engagement – Not possible
● Required ✖ Remove
Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat!
Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | Order information 380 Assembly, removal and adjustment
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Accessories 388
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Overview – assembly devices 591
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 Machine directive 701 Short URL
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 More technical details 698 www.blum.com/a380
Overview – TANDEMBOX plus 349
Web code
SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions
DQE61A
No fixed connection to the drive system. SERVO-DRIVE uno set
▬ Electrical opening support system in conjunction
with BLUMOTION – for soft and effortless closing
action
▬ Suitable for individual applications
▬ For bottom mount waste bin solutions
▬ Also ideal for retrofitting
▬ No fixed connection to the drive system
▬ Pull-outs can be used unchanged
▬ Simple and quick assembly of pre-mounted parts
Box systems
Order information
18 SERVO-DRIVE uno set
Lan- Lan-
Network Network
adapter
guage Part no. adapter guage Part no.
package package
E A Z10NA30EA B A Z10NA30BA
E B Z10NA30EB K D Z10NA30KD
E C Z10NA30EC U G Z10NA30UG
E D Z10NA30ED U J Z10NA30UJ
E E Z10NA30EE H D Z10NA30HD
E F Z10NA30EF
Network adapter ¹
E B K U H
Web code
SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions
DQE61A
Planning
Cabinet Position – drive unit Drilling distances – base
Box systems
Box systems Internal cabinet width LW (mm) Back Box systems Internal cabinet width
≥ 387 LW (mm)
A min. (mm) A max. (mm) ≥ 387
LEGRABOX 45 47 X (mm) Y (mm) Z (mm)
MERIVOBOX 28 45 LEGRABOX |
TANDEMBOX 28 43 MERIVOBOX | NL – 45 NL + 35 LW / 2
A Distance between the bottom edge of the attachment TANDEMBOX
Chipboard back
bracket and the bottom edge of the drive unit MERIVOBOX –
cabinet profile with NL – 95 NL + 3 LW / 2
over extension
LEGRABOX |
MERIVOBOX | NL – 62 NL + 18 LW / 2
TANDEMBOX
Steel back
MERIVOBOX –
NL –
cabinet profile with NL + 3 LW / 2
112
over extension
NL Nominal length
X Drilling position
Y Min. space requirement
Z Dimension of engagement
Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list 718 Assembly, removal and adjustment
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – assembly devices 591
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Machine directive 701
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 More technical details 698 Short URL
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 www.blum.com/a380
Overview – TANDEMBOX plus 349
Web code
SERVO-DRIVE uno for top mount waste bin solutions – TANDEMBOX
DQE6QM
No fixed connection to the drive system. SERVO-DRIVE uno set
▬ Electrical opening support system in conjunction
with BLUMOTION – for soft and effortless closing
action
▬ Suitable for individual applications
▬ For top mount waste bin solutions
▬ Also ideal for retrofitting
▬ No fixed connection to the drive system
▬ Pull-outs can be used unchanged
▬ Simple and quick assembly of pre-mounted parts
Box systems
Order information
18 SERVO-DRIVE uno set
Cabinet width KB Cabinet width KB
Part no. Part no.
(mm) (mm)
450 ☎ Z10T393Wxy1 600 ☎ Z10T543Wxy1
500 ☎ Z10T443Wxy1 800 ☎ Z10T743Wxy1
550 ☎ Z10T493Wxy1 900 ☎ Z10T843Wxy1
Network adapter (x) ¹
E B K U R N
Web code
SERVO-DRIVE uno for top mount waste bin solutions – TANDEMBOX
DQE6QM
Planning
Cabinet Position – bracket profile attachment Position – Blum distance bumper
Box systems
Box systems Cabinet width KB (mm) The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required
450–900 trigger path of 2 mm
X (mm) Y (mm) When using a 65 kg TANDEMBOX runner, attach four Blum
TANDEMBOX NL – 96 NL + 3 distance bumpers
NL Nominal length
X Drilling position
Y Min. space requirement
Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | Overview – assembly devices 591 Assembly, removal and adjustment
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Machine directive 701
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 More technical details 698
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 Short URL
Overview – TANDEMBOX plus 349 www.blum.com/a380
SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list 718
Cable holder
▬ Colour: white Order information
▬ Material: nylon Description Part no.
Cable holder Z10K0009
Synchronisation cable
▬ Connects two drive units that need to activate simul- Order information
taneously Length (mm) Part no.
Box systems
80 Z10K008S
500 Z10K050S
1200 Z10K120S
1600 Z10K160S
COMBOX set
▬ COMBOX set Order information
▬ For preventing front collisions when using Description Part no.
SERVO-DRIVE in corner situations COMBOX set Z10ZC00A
▬ Includes all assembly and cabling components
Front/base stabiliser
▬ For stabilising high fronts Order information
▬ For supporting wide drawer bases Fixing method Colour Part no.
RAL 7037 dust
EXPANDO Z96.10E1
grey
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drilling distances – front
Box systems
LEGRABOX MERIVOBOX TANDEMBOX antaro
Height of drawer side N = 54 mm Height of drawer side M = 86 mm Height of drawer side K = 118 mm Height of drawer side H = 150 mm
METABOX BLUMOTION ensures soft and effortless closing action. For simple product selection and ordering of the available range, use our
Product Configurator.
Short URL
www.blum.com/configurator
Box systems
Overview – box systems 189
LEGRABOX 190
MERIVOBOX 256
TANDEMBOX antaro 302
TANDEMBOX plus 348
Symbolic image
Overview
Overview – applications 392
Symbolic image
Accessories
BLUMOTION for METABOX 320 409 POSISTOP 407
Box systems
Child safety latch 406 METAFILE – file drawer 408
Anti-tilt device 406 Screws 409
Spacers 407 Screwdriver 410
Contoured profile 407 ORGA-LINE – gallery 411
Symbolic image Lock-out stop 407 ORGA-LINE – BOXSIDE 412
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Cabinet profile 320 – 25 kg 413
Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Short URL
www.blum.com/a390
Symbolic image
Pictograph
Item available on request
Applications kg Space re- Web Page Applications kg Space re- Web Page
quirement code quirement code
Height Height
(mm) (mm)
Single extension
Drawer Inner drawer
Drawer – N 25 78 Inner drawer – N 25 81
DQCPYM 402
High fronted pull-out – 25 239
gallery – D
Box systems
NL Nominal length
* Inner drawer
Order information
Drawer Inner drawer
Accessories
6 BLUMOTION for METABOX 320
Colour Material Part no.
WGR/R9001 Nylon Z70.0320
Other colours available for latch upon request (white or grey)
Colour Colour
R9001 RAL 9001 cream WGR White grey
Box systems
* +2 mm with BLUMOTION Drawer Inner drawer Drawer
* +3 mm for inner drawer with FA Front overlay * +2 mm with BLUMOTION
BLUMOTION * +2 mm with BLUMOTION * +3 mm for inner drawer with
* +3 mm for inner drawer with BLUMOTION
BLUMOTION
270 39 mm
LW – 31 mm
350
Base
400 Drawer
NL – 2 mm KB Cabinet width
450 Inner drawer LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length
NL – 18 mm
500 LW – 31 mm
550 Front
Inner drawer
LW – 64 mm 61 mm
Drawer
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm
Inner drawer
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 5 mm
Reference pages
Overview – METABOX 391 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Accessories 406
BLUMOTION for METABOX 320 409
Cabinet profile fixing positions 413 Short URL
Overview – assembly devices 591 www.blum.com/a390
More technical details 698
NL Nominal length
* Inner drawer
Order information
Drawer Inner drawer
Box systems
* +2 mm with BLUMOTION Drawer Inner drawer Drawer
* +3 mm for inner drawer with FA Front overlay * +2 mm with BLUMOTION
BLUMOTION * +2 mm with BLUMOTION * +3 mm for inner drawer with
* +3 mm for inner drawer with BLUMOTION
BLUMOTION
270 71 mm
LW – 31 mm
350
Base
400 Drawer
NL – 2 mm KB Cabinet width
450 Inner drawer LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length
NL – 18 mm
500 LW – 31 mm
550 Front
Inner drawer
LW – 64 mm 61 mm
Drawer
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm
Inner drawer
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 5 mm
Reference pages
Overview – METABOX 391 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Accessories 406
BLUMOTION for METABOX 320 409
Cabinet profile fixing positions 413 Short URL
Overview – assembly devices 591 www.blum.com/a390
More technical details 698
NL Nominal length
* Inner drawer
Order information
Drawer Inner drawer
Knock-in ZSF.1800
Screw-on ZSF.1700
Order left/right
32
32
Box systems
18.5
* +2 mm with BLUMOTION Drawer Inner drawer Drawer
* +3 mm for inner drawer with FA Front overlay * +2 mm with BLUMOTION
BLUMOTION * +2 mm with BLUMOTION * +3 mm for inner drawer with
* +3 mm for inner drawer with BLUMOTION
BLUMOTION
350 103 mm
LW – 31 mm
400
Base
450 Drawer
NL – 2 mm KB Cabinet width
500 Inner drawer LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length
NL – 18 mm
550 LW – 31 mm
Front
Inner drawer
LW – 64 mm 93 mm
Drawer
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm
Inner drawer
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 5 mm
Reference pages
Overview – METABOX 391 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Accessories 406
BLUMOTION for METABOX 320 409
Cabinet profile fixing positions 413 Short URL
Overview – assembly devices 591 www.blum.com/a390
More technical details 698
NL Nominal length
* Inner drawer
Order information
Drawer Inner drawer
Knock-in ZSF.1800
Screw-on ZSF.1700
Order left/right
min 150*
Box systems
15.5
* +2 mm with BLUMOTION Drawer Inner drawer Drawer
* +3 mm for inner drawer with FA Front overlay * +2 mm with BLUMOTION
BLUMOTION * +2 mm with BLUMOTION * +3 mm for inner drawer with
* +3 mm for inner drawer with BLUMOTION
BLUMOTION
350 135 mm
LW – 31 mm
400
Base
450 Drawer
NL – 2 mm KB Cabinet width
500 Inner drawer LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length
NL – 18 mm
550 LW – 31 mm
Front
Inner drawer
LW – 64 mm 125 mm
Drawer
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm
Inner drawer
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 5 mm
Reference pages
Overview – METABOX 391 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Accessories 406
BLUMOTION for METABOX 320 409
Cabinet profile fixing positions 413 Short URL
Overview – assembly devices 591 www.blum.com/a390
More technical details 698
Web code
High fronted pull-out – gallery – B
DQCPYM
▬ With single gallery Space requirement
▬ Single extension
▬ High impact nylon rollers
▬ Dyn. load bearing 25 kg
▬ BLUMATIC self closing feature
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Can be combined with BLUMOTION for
METABOX 320
Box systems
NL Nominal length
Order information
1 Cabinet profiles and drawer sides left/right
Drawer side height (mm) 86
Colour R9001
Nominal length Version
NL (mm) Screw-on version Quick assembly version
350 320M3500C 320M3500C15
400 320M4000C 320M4000C15
450 320M4500C 320M4500C15
500 320M5000C 320M5000C15
550 320M5500C 320M5500C15
Other colours available upon request (white or grey)
Material Aluminium
Nominal length Colour
NL (mm) R9001
350 ZRE.321S.ID
400 ZRE.371S.ID
450 ZRE.421S.ID
500 ZRE.471S.ID
550 ZRE.521S.ID
Web code
High fronted pull-out – gallery – B
DQCPYM
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO Installation dimensions – back
screw-on | knock-in
Box systems
* +2 mm with BLUMOTION FA Front overlay * +2 mm with BLUMOTION
* +2 mm with BLUMOTION
350 127 mm
LW – 31 mm
400
Base
450 NL – 2 mm
KB Cabinet width
500 LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length
550 LW – 31 mm
Reference pages
Overview – METABOX 391 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Accessories 406
BLUMOTION for METABOX 320 409
Accessories – ORGA-LINE – gallery 411 Short URL
Cabinet profile fixing positions 413 www.blum.com/a390
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Web code
High fronted pull-out – gallery – D
DQCQNY
▬ With single gallery Space requirement
▬ Single BOXSIDE system possible
▬ Single extension
▬ High impact nylon rollers
▬ Dyn. load bearing 25 kg
▬ BLUMATIC self closing feature
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Can be combined with BLUMOTION for
METABOX 320
Box systems
NL Nominal length
Order information
1 Cabinet profiles and drawer sides left/right
Drawer side height (mm) 86
Colour R9001
Nominal length Version
NL (mm) Screw-on version Quick assembly version
350 320M3500C 320M3500C15
400 320M4000C 320M4000C15
450 320M4500C 320M4500C15
500 320M5000C 320M5000C15
550 320M5500C 320M5500C15
Other colours available upon request (white or grey)
Web code
High fronted pull-out – gallery – D
DQCQNY
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO Installation dimensions – back
screw-on | knock-in
Box systems
* +2 mm with BLUMOTION FA Front overlay * +2 mm with BLUMOTION ** With double gallery
** With double gallery * +2 mm with BLUMOTION ** With double gallery
** With double gallery
350 191 mm
LW – 31 mm
400
Base
450 NL – 2 mm
KB Cabinet width
500 LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length
550 LW – 31 mm
Reference pages
Overview – METABOX 391 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Accessories 406
BLUMOTION for METABOX 320 409
Accessories – ORGA-LINE – gallery 411 Short URL
Accessories – ORGA-LINE – BOXSIDE 412 www.blum.com/a390
Cabinet profile fixing positions 413
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Planning
Installation dimensions – cabinet – 320 Installation dimensions – front – 320
Box systems
Anti-tilt device
▬ For centre locking mechanisms Order information
▬ In combination with locking systems (locking bar Description Part no.
systems) Anti-tilt device 295.5300
▬ If one drawer is open, the others are locked (pull-out
lock)
▬ Colour: RAL 9001 cream
▬ Material: nylon
Planning Assembly
Assembly, removal
and adjustment
Short URL
www.blum.com/a390
Spacers
▬ For inner drawers with single extensions (320) Order information
▬ To space drawers beyond the front protrusion Front protru-
Fixing method Part no.
▬ Stacking possible (up to 24 mm) sion FE (mm)
▬ Screw fixing with version available for pre-drilled Screw-on 4 320M0048
Ø 5 mm holes Screw-on 8 320M0088
▬ Colour: RAL 9001 cream Dowel Ø 5 mm 8 320M0188
▬ Material: nylon
Planning
Hinge Front protrusion FE (mm) Fixing (mm) Fixing method Spacers
320M0088 320M0188 320M0048
Screw-on 1x
170° hinge 8 Ø 4 x 20
Box systems
Dowel Ø 5 mm 1x
Screw-on 1x 1x
100° | 107° | 110° 12 Ø 4 x 25
Dowel Ø 5 mm 1x 1x
Screw-on 2x
Profile/thick door hinge 16 Ø 4 x 30
Dowel Ø 5 mm 1x 1x
Screw-on 3x
Maximum spacing 24 Ø 4 x 40
Dowel Ø 5 mm 2x 1x
Contoured profile
▬ Screw-on version Order information
▬ For cutting to size, 1200 mm Description Part no.
▬ For 16 mm base Contoured profile ZSD.1200S
▬ Colour: RAL 9001 cream Cutting
Contoured profile
▬ Material: nylon
Drawer | high fronted Nominal length NL – 2 mm –
pull-out cabinet back thickness RD
Inner drawer | inner Nominal length NL – 2 mm – cabinet
pull-out back thickness RD – front thickness FD
Base
Width = internal cabinet width LW – 34 mm
Drawer | high fronted Length = nominal length NL –
pull-out 2 mm
Inner drawer | inner Length = nominal length NL –
pull-out 2 mm – front thickness FD
POSISTOP 320
▬ Stop in runner system Order information
▬ Developed to relieve pressure on the drawer front Front gap FS (mm) Part no.
▬ For single extension 1.5 298.3210.01
▬ Produces either a 1.5 or 3 mm gap 3.0 298.3230.01
▬ Symmetrical
▬ Colour: natural coloured
▬ Material: nylon
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO Installation dimensions – back
screw-on | knock-in
FA Front overlay
Reference pages
Overview – METABOX 391 More technical details 698
High fronted pull-out – gallery – B 402
Overview – assembly devices 591
Box systems
Length X (mm) Part no.
(mm)
15.0 609.1500
Ø 3.5
17.0 609.1700
Centre bit
▬ To pre-drill for Ø 3.5 mm chipboard screws Order information
▬ Drilling depth up to 8 mm Diameter
Description Part no.
▬ Material: steel, hardened (mm)
Centre bit M01.ZZ03.01
Ø 2.7
Replacement bit M01.ZZB3
8 mm Ø door buffer
▬ For noise reduction Order information
▬ Gap 2 mm Diameter (mm) Part no.
▬ Two-part Ø 8.0 993.706
▬ Colour: RAL 9006 grey
▬ Material: nylon
Pozidrive screwdriver
▬ Orange handle with Blum logo Order information
▬ Colour: black/orange Total length
Box systems
Slotted screwdriver
▬ Orange handle with Blum logo Order information
▬ Colour: black/orange Total length
Tool support Part no.
▬ Material: nylon/steel (mm)
Slotted, size 1 200 314.928.1
Box systems
▬ Insertion and screw-on fixing Cross gallery connector ZRU.00Z0
▬ Colour: RAL 9001 cream
▬ Material: nylon
Lateral divider
▬ Gallery division Order information
▬ Clip-on fixing to gallery Description Part no.
▬ Colour: RAL 9001 cream Lateral divider ZRU.00F0
▬ Material: nylon
Gallery connector
▬ Clip-on to gallery Order information
▬ Connects the cross gallery with BOXSIDE Description Part no.
Box systems
Lateral divider
▬ Gallery division Order information
▬ Clip-on fixing to gallery Description Part no.
▬ Colour: RAL 9001 cream Lateral divider ZRU.00F0
▬ Material: nylon
192
NL 300–350 A A C
B B C
224
NL 400 A A C
B B C
320
Box systems
NL 450 A A C
B B C
352
NL 500 A A C
B B C
416
NL 550 A A A C
B B B C
352 128 2
37
NL Nominal length
A Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm
B System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG
C Chipboard screws Ø 3.5 x 15 mm, part no. 609.1500
Our runner systems give you quality steel ▬ BLUMOTION – soft and effortless closing ▬ TIP-ON – mechanical opening support, clos-
for your design in wood. We have a solution action es with just a light push
for every requirement: the sophisticated ▬ SERVO-DRIVE – electric opening support, ▬ Comprehensive programme for many options
MOVENTO and the versatile TANDEM runner combined with BLUMOTION ▬ High stability and excellent sag values
system. They can be combined with various ▬ TIP-ON BLUMOTION – mechanical opening ▬ Quality for the lifetime of the furniture
motion technologies for enhanced conveni- support, combined with BLUMOTION
ence.
MOVENTO TANDEM
MOVENTO
MOVENTO 416
Overview 417
Accessories 424
Attachment of runners 432
Symbolic image
TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MOVENTO
TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MOVENTO 434
Overview 435
Accessories 424
Attachment of runners 438
Symbolic image
TIP-ON for MOVENTO
TIP-ON for MOVENTO 440
Overview 441
Accessories 424
Attachment of runners 444
Symbolic image
TANDEM
TANDEM 446
Overview 447
Runner systems
Accessories 482
Attachment of runners 490
Symbolic image
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 492
Overview 493
Accessories 524
Symbolic image
Runner systems
Overview – runner systems 415
TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MOVENTO 434
TIP-ON for MOVENTO 440
TANDEM 446
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 492
Symbolic image
Applications kg Web code Page
● ○ ○ –
● ○ ○ –
Runner systems
Symbolic image DQGX9A 422
kg Dynamic carrying capacity ● Integrated ○ Optional – Not possible
Accessories
Pull-out shelf lock 424 Gallery rail for pull-out shelf corner connectors 428
Side stabilisation set 426 Lock-open stop 429
Depth adjustment 426 Screws 430
Longside gallery rail with chipboard back fixing 427 Centre bit 430
Back fixing bracket for pull-out shelf 427 Door buffer 430
Symbolic image Corner connectors 428 Screwdriver 431
Attachment of runners
Runner 760H – 40 kg 432
Runner 766H – 60 | 70 kg 432
Runner 760H – 40 kg – cabinet underside fixing 433
Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Short URL
www.blum.com/a410
Symbolic image
Pictograph
Item available on request
Web code
MOVENTO with BLUMOTION – 760H | 766H
DQCZ3Y
▬ Concealed full extension Space requirement
▬ Includes integrated, switchable
BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and
effortless closing, and can be combined with
SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ BLUMATIC self closing feature
▬ Tool-free side, height, and tilt adjustment
▬ Optional tool-free depth adjustment
▬ Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation +3
NL
NL Nominal length
Order information
1 Runners left/right Drawer
Version BLUMOTION S
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40 60 70
Runner systems
250 1 760H2500S
270 760H2700S
300 760H3000S
320 760H3200S
350 760H3500S
380 760H3800S
400 760H4000S
420 760H4200S
450 760H4500S 766H4500S
480 760H4800S
500 760H5000S 766H5000S
520 760H5200S 766H5200S
550 760H5500S 766H5500S Accessories
580 766H5800S 4 Depth adjustment left/right
600 760H6000S 766H6000S Colour Material Part no.
650 766H6500S RAL 7037 dust grey Nylon 298.7600
700 766H7000S Only for inset applications
750 766H7500S Integrated Blum distance bumper
1
Not compatible with TIP-ON BLUMOTION Suitable for T51.7601 locking device
Web code
MOVENTO with BLUMOTION – 760H | 766H
DQCZ3Y
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drawer | inner drawer Drawer Inner drawer
SKW = LW – 42 +0.0
–1.5
min 7
ISKL = SKL + X
SKL = NL – 10 X
max 16*
37 32 X + 18*
10 18 10
min 38*
* +1 mm for assembly of the runners SKW Internal drawer width SKL Drawer length ISKL Inner drawer length
prior to cabinet assembly LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length SKL Drawer length
* Limited side adjustment for a drawer * Additional +12 mm with side stabili- NL Nominal length
Runner systems
side panel thickness of 16 mm, but with sation X Front thickness
full tolerance utilisation of the internal * Additional +3 mm with depth adjustment
width of the drawer SKW
Runner 766H – 60 | 70 kg
Nominal length NL (mm)
450
Reference pages
Overview – MOVENTO 417 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for
435
MOVENTO
Overview – TIP-ON for MOVENTO 441 Short URL
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | www.blum.com/a410
493
TANDEM
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 425
Attachment of runners 432
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Web code
MOVENTO with BLUMOTION – 760H – cabinet underside fixing – drawer
DQGWJY
▬ Concealed full extension Space requirement
▬ Includes integrated, switchable
BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and
effortless closing, and can be combined with
SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ BLUMATIC self closing feature
▬ Tool-free side, height, and tilt adjustment
▬ Optional tool-free depth adjustment
▬ Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation +3
▬ For assembly to cabinet base panel | shelf NL
NL Nominal length
Order information
1 Runners for base fixing left/right Base fixing
Version BLUMOTION S
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) 12
NL (mm) 40
Runner systems
350 760H3500SU
400 760H4000SU
450 760H4500SU
500 760H5000SU 12
3 Locking device left/right
Colour Material Part no.
Orange Nylon/steel T51.7601
Order left/right
Accessories
12 Side stabilisation set
Nominal length NL (mm) Colour Part no.
Up to 400 ZS7M400MU
Up to 600 RAL 7037 dust grey ZS7M600MU
Up to 750 ZS7M750MU
For cutting to size
Suitable for cabinet width KB 1400 mm
Ideal for wide pull-outs with short nominal lengths
Web code
MOVENTO with BLUMOTION – 760H – cabinet underside fixing – drawer
DQGWJY
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drawer | inner drawer Drawer Inner drawer
SKW = LW – 42 +0.0
–1.5
min 7
ISKL = SKL + X
SKL = NL – 10 X
max 16*
37
X + 39
10 10
min 28.5 8.8 12–15 8.8 NL NL
21 min 28.5 NL + 3* NL + X + 3
SKW Internal drawer width SKL Drawer length ISKL Inner drawer length
LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length SKL Drawer length
* Limited side adjustment for a drawer * Additional +12 mm with side stabili- NL Nominal length
Runner systems
side panel thickness of 16 mm, but with sation X Front thickness
full tolerance utilisation of the internal
width of the drawer SKW
500
Reference pages
Overview – MOVENTO 417 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for
435
MOVENTO
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | Short URL
493
TANDEM www.blum.com/a410
Accessories 425
Attachment of runners 432
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Web code
MOVENTO with BLUMOTION – 760H – cabinet underside fixing – pull-out shelf
DQGX9A
▬ Concealed full extension Space requirement
▬ Includes integrated, switchable
BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and
effortless closing, and can be combined with
SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ BLUMATIC self closing feature
▬ Tool-free side, height, and tilt adjustment
▬ Optional tool-free depth adjustment
▬ Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation
▬ For assembly to cabinet base panel | shelf
▬ Cannot be combined with pull-out shelf lock
NL Nominal length
Order information
1 Runners for base fixing left/right Base fixing
Version BLUMOTION S 12
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40
Runner systems
350 760H3500SU
400 760H4000SU
450 760H4500SU 4
500 760H5000SU
Accessories
4 Back fixing bracket for pull-out shelf
Colour Material Part no.
Natural Nylon T51.7000.01
Web code
MOVENTO with BLUMOTION – 760H – cabinet underside fixing – pull-out shelf
DQGX9A
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Pull-out shelf Pull-out shelf POS inset application
TL = NL – 20 TL = NL – 20 + X
12–15
LTW = LW – 42 +0.0 X
min 7
–1.5
37 10 X + 39 10
1 1
44.5
44.5
10 10
16 8.8 max 16* 8.8 NL NL
21 NL + 3* NL + X + 5
Runner systems
panel thickness of 16 mm, but with full * Additional +12 mm with side stabili- 1 Rear fixing bracket
tolerance utilisation of the underside sation
width LTW
500
Reference pages
Overview – MOVENTO 417 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for
435
MOVENTO
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | Short URL
493
TANDEM www.blum.com/a410
Accessories 425
Attachment of runners 432
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
NL Nominal length
Order information
12 Pull-out shelf lock
Runners Colour Part no.
760H | 766H Orion grey matt 295H5700
Consisting of:
12a 2 x Locking mechanism unit
Runner systems
Alternative to 12c
12c Synchronisation linkage
Version Length (mm) Part no.
Round 1160 ZST.1160W
Pull-out shelf lock can be released with one hand thanks to synchronisation shaft
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 87 mm ±1 mm
Accessories
– Chipboard screws
Diameter (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
Ø 3.5 15.0 609.1500
– System screw
Diameter (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
Ø 6.0 14.5 661.1450.HG
Planning
POS processing
LW
–5
min 25
A
10
10
A
NL Nominal length Single pull-out shelf base Double pull-out shelf base
LW Internal cabinet width Runners A (mm) Runners A (mm)
TB Shelf width 760H | 766H 12–15 760H | 766H 12–15
TL Shelf length
TBL Pull-out shelf base length
TSBL Pull-out shelf side panel length
X Pull-out shelf front piece thickness
Y Pull-out shelf base thickness
TB = LW – 22 +0.0
–1.5 TBL = NL – 38 28 TL = NL – 38 + X 28
12–15
min 3
X
37 32 X + 18*
16**
10 10
min 38*
* +1 mm for assembly of the runners TB Shelf width TBL Pull-out shelf base length TL Shelf length
Runner systems
prior to cabinet assembly LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length NL Nominal length
** Min. 25 mm when installed in compartment Limited side adjustment * Additional +12 mm with side stabili- X Pull-out shelf front piece thickness
sation * Additional +3 mm with depth adjust-
ment or additional +4 mm with TIP-ON
Reference pages
Overview – MOVENTO 417 Pull-out shelf lock
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for
435
MOVENTO
Overview – TIP-ON for MOVENTO 441 Short URL
Attachment of runners 432 www.blum.com/i010
Overview – assembly devices 591 Assembly, removal and adjustment
More technical details 698
Short URL
www.blum.com/a410
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drawer Space requirement in cabinet Pull-out shelf
min 7
SKL = NL – 10 TBL = NL – 38 28
min 3
37 32 37 32
Runner systems
16**
10 10
min 38*
min 38*
* +1 mm for assembly of the runners SKL Drawer length Pull-out shelf lock Pull-out shelf lock
prior to cabinet assembly NL Nominal length * +1 mm for assembly of the runners TBL Pull-out shelf base length
* Additional +12 mm with side stabili- prior to cabinet assembly NL Nominal length
sation ** Min. 25 mm when installed in compartment * Additional +12 mm with side stabili-
sation
Depth adjustment
▬ Only for inset applications Order information
▬ Integrated SERVO-DRIVE bumper Colour Material Part no.
▬ Suitable for T51.7601 locking device
RAL 7037 dust grey Nylon 298.7600
▬ Left | right
▬ Colour: RAL 7037 dust grey
▬ Material: nylon
Assembly
Assembly, removal
and adjustment
Short URL
www.blum.com/a410
Planning Assembly
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – back
Assembly, removal
and adjustment
min 7
21 6.5
Short URL
32 16
www.blum.com/a410
Runner systems
min 38*
min 38*
min 28.5
21
Assembly
Assembly, removal
and adjustment
Short URL
www.blum.com/a410
Corner connectors
▬ Colour: RAL 7037 dust grey Order information
▬ Material: nylon Version Part no.
2 tier ZTU.00Z0
3 tier ZTU.00D0
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – corner
With 2 tier gallery With 3 tier gallery connectors
Runner systems
Lock-open stop
▬ Lock-open stop Order information
Colour Material Part no.
White Nylon 295.5600
Planning
Pull-out shelf
Nominal length Y (mm)
NL (mm) 760H 766H
250 77 –
270 72 –
300 72 –
320 72 –
TL = NL – 20 + X 350 72 –
380 72 –
X 400 72 –
10 420 72 –
X + 39 1 450 72 72
Runner systems
480 72 –
500 72 72
520 72 72
550 72 72
10 580 – 72
600 72 72
NL 650 – 72
NL + X + 5 700 – 72
750 – 72
TL Shelf length
NL Nominal length
X Pull-out shelf front piece thickness
1 Rear fixing bracket
Centre bit
▬ To pre-drill for Ø 3.5 mm chipboard screws Order information
▬ Drilling depth up to 8 mm Diameter
Description Part no.
▬ Material: steel, hardened (mm)
Centre bit M01.ZZ03.01
Ø 2.7
Replacement bit M01.ZZB3
8 mm Ø door buffer
▬ For noise reduction Order information
▬ Gap 2 mm Diameter (mm) Part no.
▬ Two-part Ø 8.0 993.706
▬ Colour: RAL 9006 grey
▬ Material: nylon
Pozidrive screwdriver
▬ Orange handle with Blum logo Order information
▬ Colour: black/orange Total length
Tool support Part no.
▬ Material: nylon/steel (mm)
Pozidriv PZ 2 210 303.756.1
Slotted screwdriver
▬ Orange handle with Blum logo Order information
▬ Colour: black/orange Total length
Tool support Part no.
▬ Material: nylon/steel (mm)
Slotted, size 1 200 314.928.1
Runner systems
18
NL 350–450 A
B *
18 224
NL 500 A
B *
18 2
256 37
Runner systems
NL Nominal length
A Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm
B System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG
* Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm
Cabinet assembly
If you install runners before cabinet assembly, the fixing position must be increased by at least 1 mm from 38 to at least 39 mm due to tolerances in the runner and cabinet!
Opens with just a light touch, has a smooth running action and closes silently and effortlessly – experience The motion is assisted 100 %
completely harmonious and convenient motion with TIP-ON BLUMOTION technology. mechanically.
600
500
400
mm
300 2.5
200
100
6
9 00
12 00
00
Small front gap Extensive trigger range Four-dimensional adjustment Simple, tool-free assembly
TIP-ON BLUMOTION can be To optimise the function and The four-dimensional adjustment The TIP-ON BLUMOTION unit can
adjusted to have a small front gap increase the trigger range, we ensures a precise gap layout. be assembled tool-free, as can all
of 2.5 mm. generally recommend using syn- Depth adjustment is integrated and the other components.
chronisation. tool-free – simply turn the adjust-
ment wheel.
Runner systems
Overview – runner systems 415
MOVENTO 416
TIP-ON for MOVENTO 440
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 492
Symbolic image
Applications kg Web code Page
Runner systems
Runner 760H – 40 kg 438
Runner 766H – 60 | 70 kg 438
Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Short URL
www.blum.com/a460
Symbolic image
Pictograph
Item available on request
Web code
MOVENTO with TIP-ON BLUMOTION – 760H | 766H
DQD0IM
▬ Concealed full extension Space requirement
▬ Includes integrated, switchable
BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and
effortless closing, and can be combined with
SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Tool-free side, height, and tilt adjustment
▬ Integrated tool-free depth adjustment
▬ Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation
▬ Compatible with the side stabilisation for MOVENTO +3
▬ Synchronisation for internal cabinet widths LW of NL
265 mm and wider
NL Nominal length
Order information
1 Runners left/right Drawer
Version BLUMOTION S
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40 60 70
Runner systems
270 760H2700S
300 760H3000S
320 760H3200S
350 760H3500S
380 760H3800S
400 760H4000S
420 760H4200S
450 760H4500S 766H4500S
480 760H4800S
500 760H5000S 766H5000S
520 760H5200S 766H5200S
550 760H5500S 766H5500S
580 766H5800S Internal cabinet width LW 265–313 mm
600 760H6000S 766H6000S 6e TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation
650 766H6500S Version Colour Part no.
700 766H7000S Square RAL 7035 light grey T60.300D
750 766H7500S For cutting to size
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 241 mm
3 Locking device left/right
Colour Material Part no. Accessories
Orange Nylon/steel T51.7601 Internal cabinet width LW ≥ 314 mm
Order left/right 6c TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation adapter
Version Colour Part no.
6 TIP-ON BLUMOTION set
Symmetrical RAL 7035 light grey 2x T60.000D
Nominal length Runner Weight
Unit ¹ Part no.
NL (mm) (kg) (kg) – Front gap template for TIP-ON BLUMOTION
270–320 S0 40 ≤ 10 T60L7040 Front gap (mm) Colour Part no.
270–320 S1 40 > 10–20 T60L7140 2.5 Orange 65.5631
350–600 L1 40 ≤ 20 ² T60L7340 Note
We recommend that you use the front gap template
350–600 L3 40 15–40 ² T60L7540
450–750 L5 60 | 70 35–70 ³ T60L7570
Consisting of:
6a 1 x TIP-ON BLUMOTION unit left/right
6b 1 x TIP-ON BLUMOTION latch left/right
6c 2 x TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation adapter
Internal cabinet width LW ≥ 314 mm
¹ Recommended weight ranges (total weight of the pull-out) for an optimum opening and
closing function
² Can only be combined with a 40 kg runner
³ Recommendation: only use in combination with 60 | 70 kg runner
Web code
MOVENTO with TIP-ON BLUMOTION – 760H | 766H
DQD0IM
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drawer | inner drawer Drawer Inner drawer
SKW = LW – 42 +0.0
–1.5
min 7
ISKL = SKL + X
SKL = NL – 10 X
max 16*
37 32 X + 23
10 18 10
min 38*
* +1 mm for assembly of the runners SKW Internal drawer width SKL Drawer length ISKL Inner drawer length
prior to cabinet assembly LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length SKL Drawer length
* Limited side adjustment for a drawer NL Nominal length
Runner systems
side panel thickness of 16 mm, but with X Front thickness
full tolerance utilisation of the internal
width of the drawer SKW
Trigger range
600
Runner 766H – 60 | 70 kg 500
Nominal length NL (mm) 400
mm
450 300 2.5
200
500 | 520 | 550 | 580 | 100
600
650 | 700 | 750
6
9 00
12 00
00
Example for 760H – 40 kg, nominal length NL 500 mm, four-sided drawer, with and without
synchronisation
To optimise the function and increase the trigger range, we generally recommend using synchro-
nisation
Reference pages
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for Assembly, removal and adjustment
435
MOVENTO
Overview – MOVENTO 417
Overview – TIP-ON for MOVENTO 441 Short URL
CABLOXX 582 www.blum.com/a460
Accessories 425
Attachment of runners 438
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
18
Runner systems
600
500
400
mm
300 3.5
200
100
6
9 00
12 00
00
The TIP-ON function is integrated into the runner. For straightforward The optional synchronisation ensures secure opening and closing even
installation and ease of use. for wide fronts.
Runner systems
Overview – runner systems 415
MOVENTO 416
TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MOVENTO 434
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 492
Symbolic image
Applications kg Web code Page
Runner systems
Runner 760H – 40 kg 444
Runner 766H – 60 | 70 kg 444
Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Short URL
www.blum.com/a430
Symbolic image
Pictograph
Item available on request
Web code
MOVENTO with TIP-ON – 760H | 766H
DQCZTA
▬ Concealed full extension with integrated TIP-ON, Space requirement
the mechanical opening support system
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Tool-free side, height, and tilt adjustment
▬ Integrated tool-free depth adjustment
▬ Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation
▬ Compatible with the side stabilisation for MOVENTO
▬ Optional TIP-ON synchronisation for secure trigger-
ing even with wide fronts
+3
NL
NL Nominal length
Order information
1 Runners left/right Drawer
Version TIP-ON
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40 60 70
Runner systems
250 760H2500T
270 760H2700T
300 760H3000T
320 760H3200T
350 760H3500T
380 760H3800T
400 760H4000T
420 760H4200T
450 760H4500T 766H4500T
480 760H4800T
500 760H5000T 766H5000T
520 760H5200T 766H5200T
550 760H5500T 766H5500T
580 766H5800T
600 760H6000T 766H6000T
650 766H6500T
700 766H7000T
750 766H7500T
The output path can vary depending on the load or the adjustment!
Accessories
6b TIP-ON synchronisation pinion set
Version Colour Part no.
Round RAL 7037 dust grey T57.7400.01
Consisting of:
– 1 x Locking device
– 1 x Overload locking device
– 2 x Attachment
Web code
MOVENTO with TIP-ON – 760H | 766H
DQCZTA
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drawer | inner drawer Drawer Inner drawer
SKW = LW – 42 +0.0
–1.5
min 7
ISKL = SKL + X
SKL = NL – 10 X
max 16*
37 32 X + 23
10 18 10
min 38*
* +1 mm for assembly of the runners SKW Internal drawer width SKL Drawer length ISKL Inner drawer length
prior to cabinet assembly LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length SKL Drawer length
* Limited side adjustment for a drawer * Additional +12 mm with side stabili- NL Nominal length
Runner systems
side panel thickness of 16 mm, but with sation X Front thickness
full tolerance utilisation of the internal
width of the drawer SKW
Trigger range
600
Runner 766H – 60 | 70 kg 500
Nominal length NL (mm) 400
mm
450 300 3.5
200
500 | 520 | 550 | 580 | 100
600
650 | 700 | 750
6
9 00
12 00
00
Example for 760H – 40 kg, nominal length NL 500 mm, four-sided drawer, with and without
synchronisation
Reference pages
Overview – TIP-ON for MOVENTO 441 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – MOVENTO 417
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for
435
MOVENTO Short URL
CABLOXX 582 www.blum.com/a430
Accessories 425
Attachment of runners 444
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
18
Runner systems
Runner systems
Overview – runner systems 415
MOVENTO 416
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 492
Symbolic image
Overview
Overview – runners 448
Symbolic image
Accessories
Pull-out shelf lock 482 Centre bit 487
Side stabilisation set 485 Door buffer 487
Longside gallery rail with chipboard back fixing 486 Screwdriver 488
Front adjuster 486
POSISTOP 487
Symbolic image Screws 487
Attachment of runners
Runner 560H | 560F – 30 kg 490
Runner 550H | 550F – 30 kg 491
Runner systems
Runner 561H | 561F – 30 kg 490
Runner 551H | 551F – 30 kg 491
Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Short URL
www.blum.com/a420
Symbolic image
Pictograph
Item available on request
TANDEM 11–16 mm
Applications kg Web code Page
● ○ – –
DQD1XA 450
TANDEM full extension – 560H 30
– – – ○
DQD2MM 452
TANDEM single extension with BLUMOTION – 550H 30
● ○ – –
DQD3BY 454
TANDEM single extension with TIP-ON – 550H 30
Runner systems
– – – ●
DQD41C 456
TANDEM – hook and peg variant
TANDEM full extension with BLUMOTION – 561H 30
● ○ – –
DQD4QM 458
TANDEM full extension – 561H 30
– – – ○
DQD5FY 460
TANDEM single extension with BLUMOTION – 551H 30
● ○ – –
DQD65A 462
TANDEM single extension with TIP-ON – 551H 30
– – – ●
DQD6UP 464
kg Dynamic carrying capacity ● Integrated ○ Optional – Not possible
TANDEM 17–19 mm
Applications kg Web code Page
● ○ – –
DQHL6M 466
TANDEM full extension – 560F 30
– – – ○
DQHLVY 468
TANDEM single extension with BLUMOTION – 550F 30
● ○ – –
DQHMLA 470
TANDEM single extension with TIP-ON – 550F 30
Runner systems
– – – ●
DQHNAP 472
TANDEM 19 mm – hook and peg variant
TANDEM full extension with BLUMOTION – 561F 30
● ○ – –
DQHNZY 474
TANDEM full extension – 561F 30
– – – ○
DQHOPA 476
TANDEM single extension with BLUMOTION – 551F 30
● ○ – –
DQHPEM 478
TANDEM single extension with TIP-ON – 551F 30
– – – ●
DQHQ4Z 480
kg Dynamic carrying capacity ● Integrated ○ Optional – Not possible
Web code
TANDEM full extension with BLUMOTION – 560H
DQD1XA
▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness Space requirement
of 11–16 mm
▬ Concealed TANDEM full extension with integrated
BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless
closing action
▬ Suitable for use with SERVO-DRIVE – the electrical
opening support system
▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light
glide
▬ Tool-free height adjustment via a locking device +3
▬ Tool-free integrated front tilt adjustment NL
▬ Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation
NL Nominal length
Order information
1 Runners left/right Drawer
Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 30
Runner systems
250 560H2500B
270 560H2700B
300 560H3000B
320 560H3200B
350 560H3500B
380 560H3800B
400 560H4000B
420 560H4200B
450 560H4500B
480 560H4800B
500 560H5000B
520 560H5200B
550 560H5500B Inner drawer
600 560H6000B
Accessories
4 Front adjuster
Colour Material Part no.
Natural Nylon 295.1000
5 POSISTOP
Colour Material Part no.
RAL 7037 dust grey Nylon 298.5500
Depth stop
Web code
TANDEM full extension with BLUMOTION – 560H
DQD1XA
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drawer | inner drawer Drawer Inner drawer
SKW = LW – 42 +0.0
–1.5
ISKL = SKL + X
min 7
SKL = NL – 10 X
11–16
37 32 X + 19*
37*
10 18 10
min 27.5* 12–15 min 27.5 NL NL
21 NL + 3* NL + X + 3*
* +3 mm with side stabilisation SKW Internal drawer width SKL Drawer length ISKL Inner drawer length
LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length SKL Drawer length
* Additional +12 mm with side stabili- NL Nominal length
Runner systems
sation X Front thickness
* Additional +2 mm with POSISTOP
128
500 | 520 | 550
600
14 32 9
64 224 37
Reference pages
Overview – TANDEM 447 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO |
493
TANDEM
CABLOXX 582 Short URL
Accessories 482 www.blum.com/a420
Attachment of runners 490
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Web code
TANDEM full extension – 560H
DQD2MM
▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness Space requirement
of 11–16 mm
▬ Concealed TANDEM full extension with integrated
BLUMATIC self-insertion technology
▬ Suitable for use with TIP-ON – the mechanical
opening support system
▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light
glide
▬ Tool-free height adjustment via a locking device
▬ Tool-free integrated front tilt adjustment +3
▬ Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation NL
▬ Recommendation: optional TIP-ON synchronisation
for secure triggering even with wide fronts
NL Nominal length
Order information
1 Runners left/right Drawer
6a
Version BLUMATIC
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 30
Runner systems
250 560H2500C
270 560H2700C
6b
300 560H3000C
6a 6c
320 560H3200C
350 560H3500C
380 560H3800C
400 560H4000C
420 560H4200C
450 560H4500C
480 560H4800C
500 560H5000C
520 560H5200C
550 560H5500C Inner drawer
600 560H6000C 6a
The output path can vary depending on the load or the adjustment!
6a TIP-ON left/right
Dynamic carrying
Colour Part no.
capacity (kg)
30 Black T55.7150S
Only suitable for TANDEM full extension
Alternative to 6b | 6c
6d TIP-ON synchronisation pinion set and shaft
Cabinet width KB (mm) Version Part no.
Up to 1200 Round T55.1089ZR
For cutting to size
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 277 mm
Web code
TANDEM full extension – 560H
DQD2MM
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drawer | inner drawer Drawer Inner drawer
SKW = LW – 42 +0.0
–1.5
min 7
ISKL = SKL + X
SKL = NL – 10 X
11–16
37 32 X + 19*
37*
10 18 10
min 27.5* 12–15 min 27.5 NL NL
21 NL + 3 NL + X + 3*
* +1 mm with TIP-ON SKW Internal drawer width SKL Drawer length ISKL Inner drawer length
LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length SKL Drawer length
NL Nominal length
Runner systems
X Front thickness
* Additional +4 mm with TIP-ON
600
600
500
400
mm
300 3.5
200
100
6
9 0
12 00 0
00
Example for 560H – 30 kg, nominal length NL 500 mm, four sided drawer, with synchronisation
Reference pages
Overview – TANDEM 447 Assembly, removal and adjustment
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 482
Attachment of runners 490 Short URL
Overview – assembly devices 591 www.blum.com/a420
More technical details 698
Web code
TANDEM single extension with BLUMOTION – 550H
DQD3BY
▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness Space requirement
of 11–16 mm
▬ Concealed TANDEM single extension with soft end
stop when opening and integrated BLUMOTION
damping effect for soft and effortless closing
▬ Suitable for use with SERVO-DRIVE – the electrical
opening support system
▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light
glide
▬ Tool-free height adjustment via a locking device +3
▬ Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation NL
NL Nominal length
Order information
1 Runners left/right Drawer
Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 30
Runner systems
270 550H2700B
300 550H3000B
350 550H3500B
400 550H4000B
450 550H4500B
500 550H5000B
550 550H5500B
600 550H6000B
650 550H6500B
Accessories
4 Front adjuster
Colour Material Part no.
Natural Nylon 295.1000
5 POSISTOP
Colour Material Part no.
RAL 7037 dust grey Nylon 298.5500
Depth stop
Web code
TANDEM single extension with BLUMOTION – 550H
DQD3BY
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drawer | inner drawer Drawer Inner drawer
SKW = LW – 42 +0.0
–1.5
min 7
ISKL = SKL + X
SKL = NL – 10 X
11–16
37 X + 19*
34*
10 10
A
A 3 mm distance to interchange with full SKW Internal drawer width SKL Drawer length ISKL Inner drawer length
extension LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length SKL Drawer length
* +3 mm with side stabilisation * Additional +12 mm with side stabili- NL Nominal length
Runner systems
sation X Front thickness
* Additional +2 mm with POSISTOP
650
Reference pages
Overview – TANDEM 447 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO |
493
TANDEM
CABLOXX 582 Short URL
Accessories 482 www.blum.com/a420
Attachment of runners 490
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Web code
TANDEM single extension with TIP-ON – 550H
DQD41C
▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness Space requirement
of 11–16 mm
▬ Concealed TANDEM single extension with soft end
stop when opening and integrated TIP-ON mechani-
cal opening support system
▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light
glide
▬ Tool-free height adjustment via a locking device
▬ Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation
▬ Recommendation: optional TIP-ON synchronisation +3
linkage for secure triggering even with wide fronts NL
NL Nominal length
Order information
1 Runners left/right Drawer
Version TIP-ON
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) 6c
NL (mm) 30
Runner systems
270 550H2700T
300 550H3000T
350 550H3500T
400 550H4000T
450 550H4500T
500 550H5000T
550 550H5500T 4
600 550H6000T
650 550H6500T 1
3
3 Locking device left/right
Colour Material Part no.
Orange Nylon/zinc T51.1700.04 Inner drawer
Order left/right
Accessories
4 Front adjuster 6c
Colour Material Part no.
Natural Nylon 295.1000
Web code
TANDEM single extension with TIP-ON – 550H
DQD41C
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drawer | inner drawer Drawer Inner drawer
SKW = LW – 42 +0.0
–1.5
min 7
ISKL = SKL + X
SKL = NL – 10 X
11–16
37 X + 23
34
10 10
A
A 3 mm distance to interchange with full SKW Internal drawer width SKL Drawer length ISKL Inner drawer length
extension LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length SKL Drawer length
NL Nominal length
Runner systems
X Front thickness
600
500
400
mm
300 3.5
200
100
6
9 0
12 00 0
00
Example for 560H – 30 kg, nominal length NL 500 mm, four sided drawer, with synchronisation
Reference pages
Overview – TANDEM 447 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Accessories 482
Attachment of runners 490
CABLOXX 582 Short URL
Overview – assembly devices 591 www.blum.com/a420
More technical details 698
Web code
TANDEM full extension with BLUMOTION – 561H
DQD4QM
▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness Space requirement
of 11–16 mm
▬ Concealed TANDEM full extension with integrated
BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless
closing action
▬ Suitable for use with SERVO-DRIVE – the electrical
opening support system
▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light
glide
▬ Lift-off stop and height adjustment integrated into +3
runner system NL
▬ Tool-free integrated front tilt adjustment
NL Nominal length
Order information
1 Runners left/right Drawer
Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 30
Runner systems
260 ☎ 561H2601B
285 ☎ 561H2851B
310 ☎ 561H3101B
335 ☎ 561H3351B
360 ☎ 561H3601B
385 ☎ 561H3851B
410 ☎ 561H4101B
435 ☎ 561H4351B
460 ☎ 561H4601B
485 ☎ 561H4851B
510 ☎ 561H5101B
535 ☎ 561H5351B
560 ☎ 561H5601B Inner drawer
Accessories
4 Front adjuster
Colour Material Part no.
Natural Nylon 295.1000
Web code
TANDEM full extension with BLUMOTION – 561H
DQD4QM
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drawer | inner drawer Drawer Inner drawer
+0.0
SKW = LW – 42 –1.5
min 7
ISKL = SKL + X
SKL = NL – 10 X
11–16
37 32 X + 17
37*
10 10
min 27.5* 11–13 min 27.5 NL NL
21 NL + 3* NL + X + 3
* +3 mm with side stabilisation SKW Internal drawer width SKL Drawer length ISKL Inner drawer length
LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length SKL Drawer length
* Additional +12 mm with side stabili- NL Nominal length
Runner systems
sation X Front thickness
285
310 | 335
Reference pages
Overview – TANDEM 447 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO |
493
TANDEM
CABLOXX 582 Short URL
Accessories 482 www.blum.com/a420
Attachment of runners 490
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Web code
TANDEM full extension – 561H
DQD5FY
▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness Space requirement
of 11–16 mm
▬ Concealed TANDEM full extension with integrated
BLUMATIC self-insertion technology
▬ Suitable for use with TIP-ON – the mechanical
opening support system
▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light
glide
▬ Lift-off stop and height adjustment integrated into
runner system +3
▬ Tool-free integrated front tilt adjustment NL
▬ Recommendation: optional TIP-ON synchronisation
for secure triggering even with wide fronts
NL Nominal length
Order information
1 Runners left/right Drawer
Version BLUMATIC
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 30
Runner systems
260 ☎ 561H2601C
285 ☎ 561H2851C
310 ☎ 561H3101C
335 ☎ 561H3351C
360 ☎ 561H3601C
385 ☎ 561H3851C
410 ☎ 561H4101C
435 ☎ 561H4351C
460 ☎ 561H4601C
485 ☎ 561H4851C
510 ☎ 561H5101C
535 ☎ 561H5351C
560 ☎ 561H5601C Inner drawer
The output path can vary depending on the load or the adjustment!
Accessories
4 Front adjuster
Colour Material Part no.
Natural Nylon 295.1000
6a TIP-ON left/right
Dynamic carrying
Colour Part no.
capacity (kg)
30 Black T55.7150S
Only suitable for TANDEM full extension
Alternative to 6b | 6c
6d TIP-ON synchronisation pinion set and shaft
Cabinet width KB (mm) Version Part no.
Up to 1200 Round T55.1089ZR
For cutting to size
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 277 mm
Web code
TANDEM full extension – 561H
DQD5FY
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drawer | inner drawer Drawer Inner drawer
SKW = LW – 42 +0.0
–1.5
min 7
ISKL = SKL + X
SKL = NL – 10 X
11–16
37 32 X + 17*
37*
10 10
min 27.5* 11–13 min 27.5 NL NL
21 NL + 3 NL + X + 3**
* +1 mm with TIP-ON SKW Internal drawer width SKL Drawer length ISKL Inner drawer length
LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length SKL Drawer length
NL Nominal length
Runner systems
X Front thickness
* Additional +6 mm with TIP-ON
** Additional +4 mm with TIP-ON
410
6
9 0
12 00 0
00
Example for 560H – 30 kg, nominal length NL 500 mm, four sided drawer, with synchronisation
Reference pages
Overview – TANDEM 447 Assembly, removal and adjustment
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 482
Attachment of runners 490 Short URL
Overview – assembly devices 591 www.blum.com/a420
More technical details 698
Web code
TANDEM single extension with BLUMOTION – 551H
DQD65A
▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness Space requirement
of 11–16 mm
▬ Concealed TANDEM single extension with soft end
stop when opening and integrated BLUMOTION
damping effect for soft and effortless closing
▬ Suitable for use with SERVO-DRIVE – the electrical
opening support system
▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light
glide
▬ Lift-off stop and height adjustment integrated into +3
runner system NL
NL Nominal length
Order information
1 Runners left/right Drawer
Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 30
Runner systems
260 ☎ 551H2601B
285 ☎ 551H2851B
310 ☎ 551H3101B
335 ☎ 551H3351B
360 ☎ 551H3601B
385 ☎ 551H3851B
410 ☎ 551H4101B
435 ☎ 551H4351B
460 ☎ 551H4601B
485 ☎ 551H4851B
510 ☎ 551H5101B
535 ☎ 551H5351B
560 ☎ 551H5601B Inner drawer
Accessories
4 Front adjuster
Colour Material Part no.
Natural Nylon 295.1000
Web code
TANDEM single extension with BLUMOTION – 551H
DQD65A
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drawer | inner drawer Drawer Inner drawer
SKW = LW – 42 +0.0
–1.5
ISKL = SKL + X
min 7
SKL = NL – 10
X
11–16
37 X + 17
34*
10 10
A
A 3 mm distance to interchange with full SKW Internal drawer width SKL Drawer length ISKL Inner drawer length
extension LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length SKL Drawer length
* +3 mm with side stabilisation * Additional +12 mm with side stabili- NL Nominal length
Runner systems
sation X Front thickness
Reference pages
Overview – TANDEM 447 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO |
493
TANDEM
CABLOXX 582 Short URL
Accessories 482 www.blum.com/a420
Attachment of runners 490
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Web code
TANDEM single extension with TIP-ON – 551H
DQD6UP
▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness Space requirement
of 11–16 mm
▬ Concealed TANDEM single extension with soft end
stop when opening and integrated TIP-ON mechani-
cal opening support system
▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light
glide
▬ Lift-off stop and height adjustment integrated into
runner system
▬ Recommendation: optional TIP-ON synchronisation +3
linkage for secure triggering even with wide fronts NL
NL Nominal length
Order information
1 Runners left/right Drawer
Version TIP-ON
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) 6c
NL (mm) 30
Runner systems
260 ☎ 551H2601T
285 ☎ 551H2851T
310 ☎ 551H3101T
335 ☎ 551H3351T
360 ☎ 551H3601T
385 ☎ 551H3851T 4
410 ☎ 551H4101T
435 ☎ 551H4351T 1
460 ☎ 551H4601T
485 ☎ 551H4851T
510 ☎ 551H5101T
535 ☎ 551H5351T
560 ☎ 551H5601T Inner drawer
Accessories
4 Front adjuster
Colour Material Part no. 6c
Natural Nylon 295.1000
Web code
TANDEM single extension with TIP-ON – 551H
DQD6UP
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drawer | inner drawer Drawer Inner drawer
SKW = LW – 42 +0.0
–1.5
min 7
ISKL = SKL + X
SKL = NL – 10
X
11–16
37 X + 23
34
10 10
A
A 3 mm distance to interchange with full SKW Internal drawer width SKL Drawer length ISKL Inner drawer length
extension LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length SKL Drawer length
NL Nominal length
Runner systems
X Front thickness
6
9 0
12 00 0
00
Example for 560H – 30 kg, nominal length NL 500 mm, four sided drawer, with synchronisation
Reference pages
Overview – TANDEM 447 Assembly, removal and adjustment
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 482
Attachment of runners 490 Short URL
Overview – assembly devices 591 www.blum.com/a420
More technical details 698
Web code
TANDEM full extension with BLUMOTION – 560F
DQHL6M
▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness Space requirement
of 17–19 mm
▬ Concealed TANDEM full extension with integrated
BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless
closing action
▬ Suitable for use with SERVO-DRIVE – the electrical
opening support system
▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light
glide
▬ Tool-free height adjustment via a locking device +3
▬ Tool-free integrated front tilt adjustment NL
▬ Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation
NL Nominal length
Order information
1 Runners left/right Drawer
Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 30
Runner systems
250 ☎ 560F2500B
270 ☎ 560F2700B
300 ☎ 560F3000B
350 ☎ 560F3500B
400 ☎ 560F4000B
450 ☎ 560F4500B
500 ☎ 560F5000B
550 ☎ 560F5500B
600 ☎ 560F6000B
Accessories
4 Front adjuster
Colour Material Part no.
Natural Nylon 295.1000
5 POSISTOP
Colour Material Part no.
RAL 7037 dust grey Nylon 298.5500
Depth stop
Web code
TANDEM full extension with BLUMOTION – 560F
DQHL6M
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drawer | inner drawer Drawer Inner drawer
SKW = LW – 49 +0.0
–1.5
X
min 7
10 18 10
min 27.5 12–15 min 27.5 NL NL
24.5 NL + 3 NL + X + 3*
SKW Internal drawer width SKL Drawer length ISKL Inner drawer length
LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length SKL Drawer length
NL Nominal length
Runner systems
X Front thickness
* Additional +2 mm with POSISTOP
128
500 | 550
600
14 32 9
64 224 37
Reference pages
Overview – TANDEM 447 TANDEM 19 mm
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO |
493
TANDEM
CABLOXX 582 Short URL
Accessories 482 www.blum.com/i011
Attachment of runners 490 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Short URL
www.blum.com/a420
Web code
TANDEM full extension – 560F
DQHLVY
▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness Space requirement
of 17–19 mm
▬ Concealed TANDEM full extension with integrated
BLUMATIC self-insertion technology
▬ Suitable for use with TIP-ON – the mechanical
opening support system
▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light
glide
▬ Tool-free height adjustment via a locking device
▬ Tool-free integrated front tilt adjustment +3
▬ Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation NL
▬ Recommendation: optional TIP-ON synchronisation
for secure triggering even with wide fronts
NL Nominal length
Order information
1 Runners left/right Drawer
6a
Version BLUMATIC
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 30
Runner systems
250 ☎ 560F2500C
270 ☎ 560F2700C
6b
300 ☎ 560F3000C
6a 6c
350 ☎ 560F3500C
400 ☎ 560F4000C
450 ☎ 560F4500C
500 ☎ 560F5000C
550 ☎ 560F5500C
600 ☎ 560F6000C
The output path can vary depending on the load or the adjustment!
Alternative to 6b | 6c
6d TIP-ON synchronisation pinion set and shaft
Cabinet width KB (mm) Version Part no.
Up to 1400 Round T55.1089ZR
For cutting to size
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 284 mm
Web code
TANDEM full extension – 560F
DQHLVY
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drawer | inner drawer Drawer Inner drawer
SKW = LW – 49 +0.0
–1.5
min 7
ISKL = SKL + X
SKL = NL – 10 X
17–19
37 32 X + 19*
37*
10 18 10
min 27.5* 12–15 min 27.5 NL NL
24.5 NL + 3 NL + X + 3*
* +1 mm with TIP-ON SKW Internal drawer width SKL Drawer length ISKL Inner drawer length
LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length SKL Drawer length
NL Nominal length
Runner systems
X Front thickness
* Additional +4 mm with TIP-ON
600
600
500
400
mm
300 3.5
200
100
6
9 0
12 00 0
00
Example for 560F – 30 kg, nominal length NL 500 mm, four sided drawer, with synchronisation
Reference pages
Overview – TANDEM 447 TANDEM 19 mm
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 482
Attachment of runners 490 Short URL
Overview – assembly devices 591 www.blum.com/i011
More technical details 698 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Short URL
www.blum.com/a420
Web code
TANDEM single extension with BLUMOTION – 550F
DQHMLA
▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness Space requirement
of 17–19 mm
▬ Concealed TANDEM single extension with soft end
stop when opening and integrated BLUMOTION
damping effect for soft and effortless closing
▬ Suitable for use with SERVO-DRIVE – the electrical
opening support system
▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light
glide
▬ Tool-free height adjustment via a locking device +3
▬ Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation NL
NL Nominal length
Order information
1 Runners left/right Drawer
Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 30
Runner systems
270 ☎ 550F2700B
300 ☎ 550F3000B
350 ☎ 550F3500B
400 ☎ 550F4000B
450 ☎ 550F4500B
500 ☎ 550F5000B
550 ☎ 550F5500B
600 ☎ 550F6000B
650 ☎ 550F6500B
Accessories
4 Front adjuster
Colour Material Part no.
Natural Nylon 295.1000
5 POSISTOP
Colour Material Part no.
RAL 7037 dust grey Nylon 298.5500
Depth stop
Web code
TANDEM single extension with BLUMOTION – 550F
DQHMLA
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drawer | inner drawer Drawer Inner drawer
SKW = LW – 49 +0.0
–1.5
min 7
ISKL = SKL + X
SKL = NL – 10 X
17–19
37 X + 19*
34
10 10
A
A 3 mm distance to interchange with full SKW Internal drawer width SKL Drawer length ISKL Inner drawer length
extension LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length SKL Drawer length
NL Nominal length
Runner systems
X Front thickness
* Additional +2 mm with POSISTOP
650
Reference pages
Overview – TANDEM 447 TANDEM 19 mm
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO |
493
TANDEM
CABLOXX 582 Short URL
Accessories 482 www.blum.com/i011
Attachment of runners 490 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Short URL
www.blum.com/a420
Web code
TANDEM single extension with TIP-ON – 550F
DQHNAP
▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness Space requirement
of 17–19 mm
▬ Concealed TANDEM single extension with soft end
stop when opening and integrated TIP-ON mechani-
cal opening support system
▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light
glide
▬ Tool-free height adjustment via a locking device
▬ Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation
▬ Recommendation: optional TIP-ON synchronisation +3
linkage for secure triggering even with wide fronts NL
NL Nominal length
Order information
1 Runners left/right Drawer
Version TIP-ON
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) 6c
NL (mm) 30
Runner systems
270 ☎ 550F2700T
300 ☎ 550F3000T
350 ☎ 550F3500T
400 ☎ 550F4000T
450 ☎ 550F4500T
500 ☎ 550F5000T
550 ☎ 550F5500T 4
600 ☎ 550F6000T
650 ☎ 550F6500T 1
3
3 Locking device left/right
Colour Material Part no.
Orange Nylon/zinc T51.1700.04 Inner drawer
Order left/right
Accessories
4 Front adjuster 6c
Colour Material Part no.
Natural Nylon 295.1000
Web code
TANDEM single extension with TIP-ON – 550F
DQHNAP
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drawer | inner drawer Drawer Inner drawer
SKW = LW – 49 +0.0
–1.5
ISKL = SKL + X
min 7
SKL = NL – 10 X
17–19
37 X + 23
34
10 10
A
A 3 mm distance to interchange with full SKW Internal drawer width SKL Drawer length ISKL Inner drawer length
extension LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length SKL Drawer length
NL Nominal length
Runner systems
X Front thickness
600
500
400
mm
300 3.5
200
100
6
9 0
12 00 0
00
Example for 560F – 30 kg, nominal length NL 500 mm, four sided drawer, with synchronisation
Reference pages
Overview – TANDEM 447 TANDEM 19 mm
Accessories 482
Attachment of runners 490
CABLOXX 582 Short URL
Overview – assembly devices 591 www.blum.com/i011
More technical details 698 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Short URL
www.blum.com/a420
Web code
TANDEM full extension with BLUMOTION – 561F
DQHNZY
▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness Space requirement
of 17–19 mm
▬ Concealed TANDEM full extension with integrated
BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless
closing action
▬ Suitable for use with SERVO-DRIVE – the electrical
opening support system
▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light
glide
▬ Lift-off stop and height adjustment integrated into +3
runner system NL
▬ Tool-free integrated front tilt adjustment
NL Nominal length
Order information
1 Runners left/right Drawer
Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 30
Runner systems
260 ☎ 561F2601B
310 ☎ 561F3101B
360 ☎ 561F3601B
410 ☎ 561F4101B
460 ☎ 561F4601B
510 ☎ 561F5101B
4
560 ☎ 561F5601B
Accessories
4 Front adjuster
1
Colour Material Part no.
Natural Nylon 295.1000
Inner drawer
Web code
TANDEM full extension with BLUMOTION – 561F
DQHNZY
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drawer | inner drawer Drawer Inner drawer
SKW = LW – 49 +0.0
–1.5
min 7
ISKL = SKL + X
SKL = NL – 10 X
17–19
37 32 X + 17
37
10 10
min 27.5 11–13 min 27.5 NL NL
24.5 NL + 3 NL + X + 3
SKW Internal drawer width SKL Drawer length ISKL Inner drawer length
LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length SKL Drawer length
NL Nominal length
Runner systems
X Front thickness
310 | 360
410
Reference pages
Overview – TANDEM 447 TANDEM 19 mm
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO |
493
TANDEM
CABLOXX 582 Short URL
Accessories 482 www.blum.com/i011
Attachment of runners 490 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Short URL
www.blum.com/a420
Web code
TANDEM full extension – 561F
DQHOPA
▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness Space requirement
of 17–19 mm
▬ Concealed TANDEM full extension with integrated
BLUMATIC self-insertion technology
▬ Suitable for use with TIP-ON – the mechanical
opening support system
▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light
glide
▬ Lift-off stop and height adjustment integrated into
runner system +3
▬ Tool-free integrated front tilt adjustment NL
▬ Recommendation: optional TIP-ON synchronisation
for secure triggering even with wide fronts
NL Nominal length
Order information
1 Runners left/right Drawer
Version BLUMATIC
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 30
Runner systems
260 ☎ 561F2601C
310 ☎ 561F3101C
360 ☎ 561F3601C
410 ☎ 561F4101C
460 ☎ 561F4601C
510 ☎ 561F5101C
560 ☎ 561F5601C
The output path can vary depending on the load or the adjustment!
Accessories
4 Front adjuster
Colour Material Part no.
Natural Nylon 295.1000
Inner drawer
6a TIP-ON left/right
Dynamic carrying
Colour Part no.
capacity (kg)
30 Black T55.7150S
Only suitable for TANDEM full extension
Alternative to 6b | 6c
6d TIP-ON synchronisation pinion set and shaft
Cabinet width KB (mm) Version Part no.
Up to 1400 Round T55.1089ZR
For cutting to size
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 284 mm
Web code
TANDEM full extension – 561F
DQHOPA
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drawer | inner drawer Drawer Inner drawer
SKW = LW – 49 +0.0
–1.5
min 7
ISKL = SKL + X
SKL = NL – 10 X
17–19
37 32 X + 17*
37*
10 10
min 27.5* 11–13 min 27.5 NL NL
24.5 NL + 3 NL + X + 3**
* +1 mm with TIP-ON SKW Internal drawer width SKL Drawer length ISKL Inner drawer length
LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length SKL Drawer length
NL Nominal length
Runner systems
X Front thickness
* Additional +6 mm with TIP-ON
** Additional +4 mm with TIP-ON
310 | 360
410
6
9 0
12 00 0
00
Example for 560F – 30 kg, nominal length NL 500 mm, four sided drawer, with synchronisation
Reference pages
Overview – TANDEM 447 TANDEM 19 mm
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 482
Attachment of runners 490 Short URL
Overview – assembly devices 591 www.blum.com/i011
More technical details 698 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Short URL
www.blum.com/a420
Web code
TANDEM single extension with BLUMOTION – 551F
DQHPEM
▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness Space requirement
of 17–19 mm
▬ Concealed TANDEM single extension with soft end
stop when opening and integrated BLUMOTION
damping effect for soft and effortless closing
▬ Suitable for use with SERVO-DRIVE – the electrical
opening support system
▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light
glide
▬ Lift-off stop and height adjustment integrated into +3
runner system NL
NL Nominal length
Order information
1 Runners left/right Drawer
Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 30
Runner systems
260 ☎ 551F2601B
310 ☎ 551F3101B
360 ☎ 551F3601B
410 ☎ 551F4101B
460 ☎ 551F4601B
510 ☎ 551F5101B
4
560 ☎ 551F5601B
Accessories
1
4 Front adjuster
Colour Material Part no.
Natural Nylon 295.1000
Inner drawer
Web code
TANDEM single extension with BLUMOTION – 551F
DQHPEM
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drawer | inner drawer Drawer Inner drawer
SKW = LW – 49 +0.0
–1.5
ISKL = SKL + X
min 7
SKL = NL – 10
X
17–19
37 X + 17
34
10 10
A
A 3 mm distance to interchange with full SKW Internal drawer width SKL Drawer length ISKL Inner drawer length
extension LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length SKL Drawer length
NL Nominal length
Runner systems
X Front thickness
128
460
Reference pages
Overview – TANDEM 447 TANDEM 19 mm
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO |
493
TANDEM
CABLOXX 582 Short URL
Accessories 482 www.blum.com/i011
Attachment of runners 490 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Short URL
www.blum.com/a420
Web code
TANDEM single extension with TIP-ON – 551F
DQHQ4Z
▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness Space requirement
of 17–19 mm
▬ Concealed TANDEM single extension with soft end
stop when opening and integrated TIP-ON mechani-
cal opening support system
▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light
glide
▬ Lift-off stop and height adjustment integrated into
runner system
▬ Recommendation: optional TIP-ON synchronisation +3
linkage for secure triggering even with wide fronts NL
NL Nominal length
Order information
1 Runners left/right Drawer
Version TIP-ON
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) 6c
NL (mm) 30
Runner systems
260 ☎ 551F2601T
310 ☎ 551F3101T
360 ☎ 551F3601T
410 ☎ 551F4101T
460 ☎ 551F4601T
510 ☎ 551F5101T
4
560 ☎ 551F5601T
1
Accessories
4 Front adjuster
Colour Material Part no.
Natural Nylon 295.1000
Web code
TANDEM single extension with TIP-ON – 551F
DQHQ4Z
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drawer | inner drawer Drawer Inner drawer
SKW = LW – 49 +0.0
–1.5
ISKL = SKL + X
min 7
SKL = NL – 10
X
17–19
37 X + 23
34
10 10
A
A 3 mm distance to interchange with full SKW Internal drawer width SKL Drawer length ISKL Inner drawer length
extension LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length SKL Drawer length
NL Nominal length
Runner systems
X Front thickness
128
460
6
9 0
12 00 0
00
Example for 560F – 30 kg, nominal length NL 500 mm, four sided drawer, with synchronisation
Reference pages
Overview – TANDEM 447 TANDEM 19 mm
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 482
Attachment of runners 490 Short URL
Overview – assembly devices 591 www.blum.com/i011
More technical details 698 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Short URL
www.blum.com/a420
NL Nominal length
Order information
12 Pull-out shelf lock Locking device feature – 560H | 560F
Runners Colour Part no.
560H | 561H 295H5700
Orion grey matt
560F | 561F 295F5700
Consisting of:
Runner systems
Alternative to 12c
12c Synchronisation linkage
Version Length (mm) Part no.
Round 1160 ZST.1160W
Pull-out shelf lock can be released with one hand thanks to synchronisation shaft
Accessories
– Chipboard screws
Diameter (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
Ø 3.5 15.0 609.1500
– System screw
Diameter (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
Ø 6.0 14.5 661.1450.HG
Planning
POS processing
LW
–5
min 25
A
10
10
A
NL Nominal length Single pull-out shelf base Double pull-out shelf base
LW Internal cabinet width Runners A (mm) Runners A (mm)
TB Shelf width 560H | 560F 12–15 560H | 560F 12–15
TL Shelf length 561H | 561F 11–13 561H | 561F 11–13
TBL Pull-out shelf base length
TSBL Pull-out shelf side panel length
X Pull-out shelf front piece thickness
Y Pull-out shelf base thickness
* 29 mm with TANDEM 19 mm
TB = LW – 22 +0.0
–1.5 TBL = NL – 38 28 TL = NL – 38 + X 28
12–15
min 3
X
37 32 X + 19*
16**
37*
10 10
27.5* 10 min 27.5 NL NL
21 NL + 3* NL + X + 3*
* +3 mm with side stabiliser or +1 mm TB Shelf width TBL Pull-out shelf base length TL Shelf length
Runner systems
with TIP-ON LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length NL Nominal length
** Min. 25 mm when installed in compartment * Additional +12 mm with side stabili- X Pull-out shelf front piece thickness
sation * Additional +2 mm with POSISTOP or
additional +4 mm with TIP-ON
TANDEM – 561H
Space requirement in cabinet Pull-out shelf Pull-out shelf POS inset application
TB = LW – 22 +0.0
–1.5 TBL = NL – 38 28 TL = NL – 38 + X 28
11–13
min 3
X
37 32 X + 17*
16**
37*
10 10
27.5* 10 min 27.5 NL NL
21 NL + 3* NL + X + 3*
* +3 mm with side stabiliser or +1 mm TB Shelf width TBL Pull-out shelf base length TL Shelf length
with TIP-ON LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length NL Nominal length
** Min. 25 mm when installed in compartment * Additional +12 mm with side stabili- X Pull-out shelf front piece thickness
sation * Additional +4 mm with TIP-ON
Reference pages
Overview – TANDEM 447 Pull-out shelf lock
Attachment of runners 490
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698 Short URL
www.blum.com/i010
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Short URL
www.blum.com/a420
TB = LW – 29 +0.0
–1.5 TBL = NL – 38 28 TL = NL – 38 + X 28
12–15
min 3
X
37 32 X + 19*
16**
37*
10 10
27.5* 10 min 27.5 NL NL
24.5 NL + 3 NL + X + 3*
* +1 mm with TIP-ON TB Shelf width TBL Pull-out shelf base length TL Shelf length
Runner systems
** Min. 25 mm when installed in compartment LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length NL Nominal length
X Pull-out shelf front piece thickness
* Additional +2 mm with POSISTOP or
additional +4 mm with TIP-ON
TANDEM – 561F
Space requirement in cabinet Pull-out shelf Pull-out shelf POS inset application
+0.0
TB = LW – 29 –1.5 TBL = NL – 38 28 TL = NL – 38 + X 28
11–13
min 3
X
37 32 X + 17*
16**
37*
10 10
27.5* 10 min 27.5 NL NL
24.5 NL + 3 NL + X + 3*
* +1 mm with TIP-ON TB Shelf width TBL Pull-out shelf base length TL Shelf length
** Min. 25 mm when installed in compartment LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length NL Nominal length
X Pull-out shelf front piece thickness
* Additional +4 mm with TIP-ON
Reference pages
Overview – TANDEM 447 Pull-out shelf lock
Attachment of runners 490
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698 Short URL
www.blum.com/i010
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Short URL
www.blum.com/a420
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drawer Space requirement in cabinet Pull-out shelf
min 7
SKL = NL – 10 TBL = NL – 38 28
min 3
37 32 37 32
Runner systems
16**
37*
37*
10 10
min 27.5* NL 27.5* NL
21 NL + 3* 21 NL + 3*
* +3 mm with side stabilisation SKL Drawer length Pull-out shelf lock Pull-out shelf lock
NL Nominal length * +3 mm with side stabilisation TBL Pull-out shelf base length
* Additional +12 mm with side stabili- ** Min. 25 mm when installed in compartment NL Nominal length
sation * Additional +12 mm with side stabili-
sation
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drawer
min 7
SKL = NL – 10
37
34*
10
A
min 24.5* NL
21 NL + 3*
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – back Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – back
Runner systems
560H | 561H | 550H | 551H 560H | 561H | 550H | 551H 560F | 561F | 550F | 551F 560F | 561F | 550F | 551F
* +1 mm with TIP-ON * +1 mm with TIP-ON * +1 mm with TIP-ON * +1 mm with TIP-ON
Front adjuster
▬ With threaded steel washer insert Order information
▬ For 4-sided drawers Colour Material Part no.
▬ 2-dimensional front adjustment (±2 mm) Natural Nylon 295.1000
Planning Assembly
Assembly, removal
and adjustment
Short URL
www.blum.com/a420
POSISTOP
▬ Suitable for: Order information
TANDEM full extension BLUMOTION – 560H | 560F Colour Material Part no.
TANDEM single extension BLUMOTION – 550H |
RAL 7037 dust grey Nylon 298.5500
550F
▬ Only for inset applications Assembly, removal and adjust-
ment
Short URL
www.blum.com/a420
Runner systems
System screw – Ø 6.0 mm
▬ Drilling diameter Ø 5 mm Order information
▬ Colour: nickel plated Diameter
Length X (mm) Part no.
▬ Material: steel (mm)
10.0 661.1000.HG
11.5 661.1150.HG
13.0 Ø 6.0 661.1300.HG
14.5 661.1450.HG
20.0 661.2000.HG
Centre bit
▬ To pre-drill for Ø 3.5 mm chipboard screws Order information
▬ Drilling depth up to 8 mm Diameter
Description Part no.
▬ Material: steel, hardened (mm)
Centre bit M01.ZZ03.01
Ø 2.7
Replacement bit M01.ZZB3
8 mm Ø door buffer
▬ For noise reduction Order information
▬ Gap 2 mm Diameter (mm) Part no.
▬ Two-part Ø 8.0 993.706
▬ Colour: RAL 9006 grey
▬ Material: nylon
Pozidrive screwdriver
▬ Orange handle with Blum logo Order information
▬ Colour: black/orange Total length
Tool support Part no.
▬ Material: nylon/steel (mm)
Pozidriv PZ 2 210 303.756.1
Slotted screwdriver
▬ Orange handle with Blum logo Order information
▬ Colour: black/orange Total length
Tool support Part no.
▬ Material: nylon/steel (mm)
Slotted, size 1 200 314.928.1
Runner systems
Runner systems
NL 285 A
B
*
* 96
NL 310–335 A
B
NL 360–385 A
B
*
NL 410 A
B
NL 435–485 A
B
Runner systems
NL 510–535 A
B
18 18
NL 560 A
23 32
B
18 32 18
23 128
192
64 224 37
96
NL 310–435 A
B *
18
128
NL 460–485 A
B *
18
NL 510–535 A
B *
NL 560 A
B *
Runner systems
23 18
64 224 37
A light touch on the front is enough and drawers open as if by themselves. BLUMOTION provides soft and effortless closing action.
Runner systems
Overview – runner systems 415
MOVENTO 416
TANDEM 446
Symbolic image
Applications
Standard cabinet 494 Cabinet with inset fronts 518
Sink cabinet 500 SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions 522
Two drawers with a continuous front 504
Cabinet with different drawer depths | inner drawer
508
Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment Machine directive 701
Detailed information on the Machine Directive
Runner systems
Short URL Short URL
www.blum.com/a450 www.blum.com/sd/guideline
Symbolic image
Pictograph
Item available on request
Standard cabinet
No fixed connection to the drive system. Cabling
▬ Electrical opening support system in conjunction
with BLUMOTION – for soft and effortless closing
action
▬ With vertical bracket profile
▬ No fixed connection to the drive system
▬ Pull-outs can be used unchanged
▬ Tool-free assembly
▬ Simple cabling
▬ Shallow installation depth
Order information
1a Blum distance bumper
Diameter (mm) Part no.
5 993.0530
8 993.0830.01
Up to front height FH 300 mm use 2 pcs.
Runner systems
2 Bracket profile
Length (mm) Material Cable Part no.
650 Aluminium ● Z10T650AA
700 Aluminium ● Z10T700AA
710 Aluminium ● Z10T710AA
750 Aluminium ● Z10T750AA
800 Aluminium ● Z10T800AA
1170 Aluminium – Z10T1170A
For cutting to size
● With cable
– Without cable
Cutting Internal cabinet height LH – 10 mm
Alternative to 3a
3b Bracket profile attachment lower/back 13 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
Cross bar construction vertical Language package Part no. Language package Part no.
Colour Material Part no. A Z10NE030A F Z10NE030F
R7037 Nylon Z10D01EA.01 B Z10NE030B G Z10NE030G
Incl. bracket profile cover cap C Z10NE030C H Z10NE030H
D Z10NE030D J Z10NE030J
9 Drive unit
E Z10NE030E
Colour Material Part no.
Incl. operating and installation instructions
R7037 Nylon Z10A3000.03 Without flex
Includes pre-assembled lever extension Language package – operating and installation instructions
A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU
11 SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR
Colour Length (m) Part no. C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH
D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA
S 8 Z10K800AE
E CS | HU | PL | SK
Consisting of:
Language descriptions as per ISO-639
11a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
11b 5 x Cable end protector
14 Flex
For cutting to size
Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communications cable Market Part no. Market Part no.
AR Z10M200A JP Z10M200J
12 Connecting node and cable end protector UK Z10M200B AU Z10M200K
Colour Material Part no. CH Z10M200C CL Z10M200L
S Nylon Z10V100E.01 DK Z10M200D CN Z10M200N
Consisting of:
12a 1 x Connecting node Europe Z10M200E BR Z10M200S.01
11b 2 x Cable end protector Europe ¹ Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200T
IN Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200U
IL Z10M200I ZA Z10M200Z
Length 2 m, incl. plug
¹ Without plug
Standard cabinet
Order information
15a Power supply unit housing Accessories
Base fixing – Cable holder
Colour Material Part no. Colour Material Part no.
R7037 Nylon Z10NG000 W Nylon Z10K0009
Incl. cover E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
– Synchronisation cable
Alternative to 15a Length (mm) Part no.
15b Power supply unit housing 80 Z10K008S
Panel fixing 500 Z10K050S
Colour Material Part no. 1200 Z10K120S
WGR Nylon Z10NG120 1600 Z10K160S
For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit Connects two drive units that need to activate simultaneously
– COMBOX set
Colour Material Part no.
S Nylon Z10ZC00A
For preventing front collisions when using SERVO-DRIVE in corner situations
Suitable starting with drive unit Z10A3000.02
Includes all assembly and cabling components
Colour Colour
R7037 RAL 7037 dust grey W White
S Black WGR White grey
Runner systems
Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | Overview – assembly devices 591 Assembly, removal and adjustment
493
TANDEM Machine directive 701
Overview – MOVENTO 417 More technical details 698
Overview – TANDEM 447 Short URL
Planning – horizontal cross member 496 www.blum.com/a450
Planning – vertical cross member 498
Accessories 524
Standard cabinet
Planning
Cross bar construction horizontal
Cabinet Position – drive unit
Runner systems
PL = LH – 10 mm
Round down to the nearest tenth
A Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit
E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the runner
LH Internal cabinet height
PL Bracket profile length
Position – drive unit
Runner systems Drawer height SKH (mm) Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
224–234 235–428 ≥ 429
A (mm) E min. (mm) A (mm) E min. (mm) A (mm) E min. (mm)
MOVENTO ≥ 79 – – 60 74 35 49
TANDEM ≥ 79 55 71 55 71 35 51
A Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit – Not possible
E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the runner
BT Drilling depth BT Drilling depth The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required
trigger path of 2 mm
FA Front overlay
FH Front height
Standard cabinet
Planning
Cross bar construction horizontal
Drilling distances – base | cross bar
Drawer height SKH (mm) X (mm) Y (mm)
≥ 79 NL + 16 NL + 30
NL Nominal length
X Drilling position
Y Min. space requirement
Z Dimension of engagement
Runner systems Drawer height SKH (mm) Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
224–234 235–388 389–428 ≥ 429
Z (mm) Lever exten- Z (mm) Lever exten- Z (mm) Lever exten- Z (mm) Lever exten-
sion sion sion sion
MOVENTO ≥ 79 – – 164 ● 164 ● LW / 2 ●
TANDEM ≥ 79 164 – 164 ● LW / 2 ● LW / 2 ●
Runner systems
LW Internal cabinet width ● Required
Z Dimension of engagement – Not possible
Lever extension
Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat!
Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | Overview – assembly devices 591 Assembly, removal and adjustment
493
TANDEM Machine directive 701
Overview – MOVENTO 417 More technical details 698
Overview – TANDEM 447 Short URL
Planning – vertical cross member 498 www.blum.com/a450
Accessories 524
Standard cabinet
Planning
Cross bar construction vertical
Cabinet Position – drive unit
Runner systems
PL = LH – 10 mm
Round down to the nearest tenth
A Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit
E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the runner
LH Internal cabinet height
PL Bracket profile length
Position – drive unit
Runner systems Drawer height SKH (mm) Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
224–234 235–428 ≥ 429
A (mm) E min. (mm) A (mm) E min. (mm) A (mm) E min. (mm)
MOVENTO ≥ 79 – – 60 84 35 54
TANDEM ≥ 79 55 81 55 81 35 61
A Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit – Not possible
E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the runner
BT Drilling depth BT Drilling depth The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required
trigger path of 2 mm
FA Front overlay
FH Front height
Standard cabinet
Planning
Cross bar construction vertical
Drilling distances – base | cross bar
Drawer height SKH (mm) X (mm) T (mm)
≥ 79 NL + 16 NL + 31
NL Nominal length
X Drilling position
T Position front edge/cross member
Z Dimension of engagement
Runner systems Drawer height SKH (mm) Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
224–234 235–388 389–428 ≥ 429
Z (mm) Lever exten- Z (mm) Lever exten- Z (mm) Lever exten- Z (mm) Lever exten-
sion sion sion sion
MOVENTO ≥ 79 – – 164 ● 164 ● LW / 2 ●
TANDEM ≥ 79 164 – 164 ● LW / 2 ● LW / 2 ●
Runner systems
LW Internal cabinet width ● Required
Z Dimension of engagement – Not possible
Lever extension
Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat!
Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | Overview – assembly devices 591 Assembly, removal and adjustment
493
TANDEM Machine directive 701
Overview – MOVENTO 417 More technical details 698
Overview – TANDEM 447 Short URL
Planning – horizontal cross member 496 www.blum.com/a450
Accessories 524
Sink cabinet
No fixed connection to the drive system. Cabling
▬ Electrical opening support system in conjunction
with BLUMOTION – for soft and effortless closing
action
▬ With attachment bracket
▬ No fixed connection to the drive system
▬ Pull-outs can be used unchanged
▬ Quick assembly of pre-mounted parts
Order information
1a Blum distance bumper
Diameter (mm) Part no.
5 993.0530
8 993.0830.01
Up to front height FH 300 mm use 2 pcs.
Runner systems
9 Drive unit
Colour Material Part no.
R7037 Nylon Z10A3000.03
Includes pre-assembled lever extension
Sink cabinet
Order information
Accessories
– Cable holder
Colour Material Part no.
W Nylon Z10K0009
E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
Colour Colour
R7037 RAL 7037 dust grey WGR White grey
S Black ZN Zinc plated
W White
Runner systems
Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | Machine directive 701 Assembly, removal and adjustment
493
TANDEM More technical details 698
Overview – MOVENTO 417
Overview – TANDEM 447 Short URL
Planning 502 www.blum.com/a450
Accessories 524
Overview – assembly devices 591
Sink cabinet
Planning
Cabinet Cross member – attachment bracket 1 tier
BT Drilling depth The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required
trigger path of 2 mm
FA Front overlay
FH Front height
Sink cabinet
Planning
Cabinet Cabinet bottom – attachment bracket 1 tier
Runner systems Drawer height SKH (mm) Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
≥ 429
A (mm)
MOVENTO ≥ 79 35
TANDEM ≥ 79 35
A Distance between the bottom edge of the attachment bracket and the bottom edge of the drive unit
LW Internal cabinet width
Runner systems
Cabinet bottom – attachment bracket 1 tier
Drawer height SKH X (mm) Y (mm) Z (mm)
(mm)
≥ 79 NL + 16 NL + 30 LW / 2
LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length
X Drilling position
Y Min. space requirement
Z Dimension of engagement
Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat!
Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | Machine directive 701 Assembly, removal and adjustment
493
TANDEM More technical details 698
Overview – MOVENTO 417
Overview – TANDEM 447 Short URL
Accessories 524 www.blum.com/a450
Overview – assembly devices 591
Order information
1a Blum distance bumper
Diameter (mm) Part no.
5 993.0530
8 993.0830.01
Up to front height FH 300 mm use 2 pcs.
Runner systems
9 Drive unit
Colour Material Part no.
R7037 Nylon Z10A3000.03
Includes pre-assembled lever extension
Colour Colour
R7037 RAL 7037 dust grey W White
S Black WGR White grey
Runner systems
Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | Machine directive 701 Assembly, removal and adjustment
493
TANDEM More technical details 698
Overview – MOVENTO 417
Overview – TANDEM 447 Short URL
Planning 506 www.blum.com/a450
Accessories 524
Overview – assembly devices 591
Runner systems Drawer height SKH (mm) Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
≥ 429
A (mm)
MOVENTO ≥ 79 35
TANDEM ≥ 79 35
A Distance between the bottom edge of the attachment bracket and the bottom edge of the drive unit
Runner systems
BT Drilling depth BT Drilling depth The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required
trigger path of 2 mm
FA Front overlay
FH Front height
Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat!
Runner systems
Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | Machine directive 701 Assembly, removal and adjustment
493
TANDEM More technical details 698
Overview – MOVENTO 417
Overview – TANDEM 447 Short URL
Accessories 524 www.blum.com/a450
Overview – assembly devices 591
Order information
1a Blum distance bumper
Diameter (mm) Part no.
5 993.0530
8 993.0830.01
Up to front height FH 300 mm use 2 pcs.
Runner systems
1b
1b Depth adjustment – inner drawer
Runner systems Colour Part no.
MOVENTO R7037 298.7600
Only for inset applications
Integrated Blum distance bumper
Suitable for T51.7601 locking device
Runner systems
Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | Machine directive 701 Assembly, removal and adjustment
493
TANDEM More technical details 698
Overview – MOVENTO 417
Overview – TANDEM 447 Short URL
Planning 510 www.blum.com/a450
Accessories 524
Overview – assembly devices 591
Z Dimension of engagement
Runner systems
Lever extension
64
X Drilling position
Y Min. space requirement
Runner systems Drawer height SKH Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
D
(mm) 224–428 ≥ 429
X D (mm) D (mm)
MOVENTO ≥ 79 –5 19
Y
TANDEM ≥ 79 –5 19
MOVENTO D Distance from cabinet profile fixing position to bracket profile attachment fixing position
FD
64
D
X
Y
Runner systems
TANDEM
Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | Machine directive 701 Assembly, removal and adjustment
493
TANDEM More technical details 698
Overview – MOVENTO 417
Overview – TANDEM 447 Short URL
Accessories 524 www.blum.com/a450
Overview – assembly devices 591
Runner systems Drawer height SKH (mm) Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
≥ 429
A (mm)
MOVENTO ≥ 79 35
TANDEM ≥ 79 35
A Distance between the bottom edge of the attachment bracket and the bottom edge of the drive unit
Runner systems
Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat!
Runner systems
Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | Machine directive 701 Assembly, removal and adjustment
493
TANDEM More technical details 698
Overview – MOVENTO 417
Overview – TANDEM 447 Short URL
Accessories 524 www.blum.com/a450
Overview – assembly devices 591
Order information
1a Blum distance bumper
Diameter (mm) Part no.
5 993.0530
8 993.0830.01
Up to front height FH 300 mm use 2 pcs.
Runner systems
9 Drive unit
Colour Material Part no.
R7037 Nylon Z10A3000.03
Includes pre-assembled lever extension
Colour Colour
R7037 RAL 7037 dust grey WGR White grey
S Black ZN Zinc plated
W White
Runner systems
Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | Machine directive 701 Assembly, removal and adjustment
493
TANDEM More technical details 698
Overview – MOVENTO 417
Overview – TANDEM 447 Short URL
Planning 516 www.blum.com/a450
Accessories 524
Overview – assembly devices 591
A Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit
E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the runner
X Drilling position
The cross bar must be connected to the work plate to make it secure
Runner systems Drawer height SKH (mm) Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
224–234 235–388 389–428 ≥ 429
Z (mm) Lever exten- Z (mm) Lever exten- Z (mm) Lever exten- Z (mm) Lever exten-
sion sion sion sion
MOVENTO ≥ 79 – – 164 ● 164 ● LW / 2 ●
TANDEM ≥ 79 164 – 164 ● LW / 2 ● LW / 2 ●
LW Internal cabinet width ● Required
Z Dimension of engagement – Not possible
Runner systems
Lever extension
Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat!
Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | Machine directive 701 Assembly, removal and adjustment
493
TANDEM More technical details 698
Overview – MOVENTO 417
Overview – TANDEM 447 Short URL
Accessories 524 www.blum.com/a450
Overview – assembly devices 591
Order information
1b Blum distance bumper – inner drawer
Runner systems Diameter (mm) Part no.
TANDEM 10 993.2000
Adjustable Blum distance bumper for inner drawers and inset fronts with TANDEM
Runner systems
2 Bracket profile
Length (mm) Material Cable Part no.
650 Aluminium ● Z10T650AA
700 Aluminium ● Z10T700AA
710 Aluminium ● Z10T710AA
750 Aluminium ● Z10T750AA
800 Aluminium ● Z10T800AA
1170 Aluminium – Z10T1170A
For cutting to size
● With cable
– Without cable
Cutting Internal cabinet height LH – 10 mm
Runner systems
Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | Machine directive 701 Assembly, removal and adjustment
493
TANDEM More technical details 698
Overview – MOVENTO 417
Overview – TANDEM 447 Short URL
Planning 520 www.blum.com/a450
Accessories 524
Overview – assembly devices 591
PL = LH – 10 mm
Round down to the nearest tenth
LH Internal cabinet height
PL Bracket profile length
Position – drive unit
Runner systems Drawer height SKH (mm) Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
224–234 235–428 ≥ 429
A (mm) E min. (mm) A (mm) E min. (mm) A (mm) E min. (mm)
MOVENTO ≥ 79 – – 60 74 35 49
TANDEM ≥ 79 55 71 55 71 35 51
A Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit – Not possible
E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the runner
Runner systems Drawer height SKH (mm) Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
224–234 235–388 389–428 ≥ 429
Z (mm) Lever exten- Z (mm) Lever exten- Z (mm) Lever exten- Z (mm) Lever exten-
sion sion sion sion
MOVENTO ≥ 79 – – 164 ● 164 ● LW / 2 ●
TANDEM ≥ 79 164 – 164 ● LW / 2 ● LW / 2 ●
LW Internal cabinet width ● Required
Z Dimension of engagement – Not possible
Runner systems
Lever extension
Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat!
Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | Machine directive 701 Assembly, removal and adjustment
493
TANDEM More technical details 698
Overview – MOVENTO 417
Overview – TANDEM 447 Short URL
Accessories 524 www.blum.com/a450
Overview – assembly devices 591
Web code
SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions
DQE7FY
No fixed connection to the drive system. SERVO-DRIVE uno set
▬ Electrical opening support system in conjunction
with BLUMOTION – for soft and effortless closing
action
▬ Suitable for individual applications
▬ For bottom mount waste bin solutions
▬ Also ideal for retrofitting
▬ No fixed connection to the drive system
▬ Pull-outs can be used unchanged
▬ Simple and quick assembly of pre-mounted parts
Order information
18 SERVO-DRIVE uno set
Lan- Lan-
Network Network
adapter
guage Part no. adapter guage Part no.
package package
E A Z10NA30EA B A Z10NA30BA
Runner systems
E B Z10NA30EB K D Z10NA30KD
E C Z10NA30EC U G Z10NA30UG
E D Z10NA30ED U J Z10NA30UJ
E E Z10NA30EE H D Z10NA30HD
E F Z10NA30EF
Network adapter ¹
E B K U H
Web code
SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions
DQE7FY
Planning
Cabinet Position – drive unit Drilling distances – base
Runner systems Internal cabinet width LW (mm) Runner systems Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
≥ 429 ≥ 429
A (mm) X (mm) Y (mm) Z (mm)
Runner systems
MOVENTO 35 MOVENTO NL + 16 NL + 30 LW / 2
TANDEM 35 TANDEM NL + 16 NL + 30 LW / 2
A Distance between the bottom edge of the attachment NL Nominal length
bracket and the bottom edge of the drive unit X Drilling position
Y Min. space requirement
Z Dimension of engagement
Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | Machine directive 701 Assembly, removal and adjustment
493
TANDEM More technical details 698
Overview – MOVENTO 417
Overview – TANDEM 447 Short URL
SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list 718 www.blum.com/a450
Overview – assembly devices 591
Cable holder
▬ Colour: white Order information
▬ Material: nylon Description Part no.
Cable holder Z10K0009
Synchronisation cable
▬ Connects two drive units that need to activate simul- Order information
taneously Length (mm) Part no.
80 Z10K008S
500 Z10K050S
1200 Z10K120S
1600 Z10K160S
Runner systems
COMBOX set
▬ COMBOX set Order information
▬ For preventing front collisions when using Description Part no.
SERVO-DRIVE in corner situations COMBOX set Z10ZC00A
▬ Includes all assembly and cabling components
Runner systems
5 Blum‘s practical inner dividing systems organ- Pots and pans, toiletries and bathroom acces- Storage space can be put to optimal use and
ise every drawer and pull-out. sories, everything is where it should be, clear interiors tailored to individual needs.
visibility and everything within easy reach.
The elegant frames have various The practical accessories combine ORGA-LINE creates impressive With spice holders, foil | film dis-
uses and bring perfect organisation beautiful design with practical order in any drawer or high-fronted pensers and much more, you have
into any living area. function. pull-out. everything that you need close
at hand. The tools can be quickly
cleared away after cooking.
Symbolic image
AMBIA-LINE kitchen accessories
AMBIA-LINE kitchen accessories 538
Order information 539
Symbolic image
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 540
Overview 541
Symbolic image
ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories
ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories 554
Order information 555
Symbolic image
Drawer
Inner dividing systems
Steel design Wood design The Blum plate holder and spice holder fit per-
fectly with AMBIA-LINE in steel and wood.
Drawer
Steel design – frame 530
Wood design – frame 531
Recommendation for drawer | inner drawer 532
Symbolic image
High fronted pull-out
Steel design – frame 533
Steel design – bottles 534
Steel design – cross gallery 535
Wood design – frame 536
Recommendation for high fronted pull-out | inner pull-out 537
Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Short URL
www.blum.com/a510
Symbolic image
Pictograph
Item available on request
Order information
A Cutlery insert D Drawer frame – 200 mm
Nominal length Nominal length
Width (mm) Colour Part no. Width (mm) Colour Part no.
NL (mm) NL (mm)
SW-M/OG-M | SW-M | IG-M |
450 300 ZC7S450BS3 450 200 ZC7S450RS2
IG-M | OG-M | CS-M OG-M | CS-M
SW-M/OG-M | SW-M | IG-M |
500 300 ZC7S500BS3 500 200 ZC7S500RS2
IG-M | OG-M | CS-M OG-M | CS-M
SW-M/OG-M | SW-M | IG-M |
550 300 ZC7S550BS3 550 200 ZC7S550RS2
IG-M | OG-M | CS-M OG-M | CS-M
SW-M/OG-M | SW-M | IG-M |
600 300 ZC7S600BS3 600 200 ZC7S600RS2
IG-M | OG-M | CS-M OG-M | CS-M
SW-M/OG-M | SW-M | OG-M |
650 300 ZC7S650BS3 650 200 ZC7S650RS2
Inner dividing systems
Reference pages
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | AMBIA-LINE kitchen accessories 538 Assembly, removal and adjustment
529
MERIVOBOX More technical details 698
Wood design – frame 531
Recommendation for drawer | inner drawer Short URL
532
www.blum.com/a510
Order information
A Cutlery insert D Drawer frame – 200 mm
Nominal length Nominal length
Width (mm) Colour Part no. Width (mm) Colour Part no.
NL (mm) NL (mm)
E01S | E02G | E01S | E02G |
450 300 ZC7S450BH3 450 200 ZC7S450RH2
N01C N01C
E01S | E02G | E01S | E02G |
500 300 ZC7S500BH3 500 200 ZC7S500RH2
N01C N01C
E01S | E02G | E01S | E02G |
550 300 ZC7S550BH3 550 200 ZC7S550RH2
N01C N01C
E01S | E02G | E01S | E02G |
600 300 ZC7S600BH3 600 200 ZC7S600RH2
N01C N01C
E01S | E02G | E01S | E02G |
650 300 ZC7S650BH3 650 200 ZC7S650RH2
Colour Colour
SW-M Silk white matt E02G Nebraska oak/OG-M
OG-M Orion grey matt EC02 Nebraska oak
CS-M Carbon black matt N01C Tennessee walnut/CS-M
INGL Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint NU01 Tennessee walnut
E01S Bardolino oak/SW-M
EC01 Bardolino oak
Reference pages
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | AMBIA-LINE kitchen accessories 538 Assembly, removal and adjustment
529
MERIVOBOX More technical details 698
Steel design – frame 530
Recommendation for drawer | inner drawer Short URL
532
www.blum.com/a510
Cutlery insert and drawer frame Drawer frame – nominal length NL 270–400 mm Drawer frame – nominal length NL 450–650 mm
Cabinet width Nominal length NL (mm) Cabinet width Nominal length NL (mm) Cabinet width Nominal length NL (mm)
KB (mm) 450 500 550 600 650 KB (mm) 270 300 350 400 KB (mm) 450 500 550 600 650
400 275
– 275 1 x Drawer frame – 100 mm
450 1 x Cutlery insert 300 –
500 350 300
550 1 x Cutlery insert 400 350 1 x Drawer frame – 200 mm
Drawer frame –
600 1 x Drawer frame – 100 mm 450 1x 400
Drawer frame – 242 mm
500 1x 450
800 2 x Cutlery insert 242 mm 1 x Drawer frame – 100 mm
550 500
1 x Drawer frame – 200 mm
2x Cutlery insert 600 550
900 Drawer frame –
1x Drawer frame – 100 mm Drawer frame – 2x 2 x Drawer frame – 100 mm
800 2x 242 mm 600
2x Cutlery insert 242 mm 1 x Drawer frame – 200 mm
1000
2x Drawer frame – 100 mm 900 800
3 x Drawer frame – 242 mm 2 x Drawer frame – 100 mm
1100 2x Cutlery insert 1000 900
2 x Drawer frame – 200 mm
1x Drawer frame – 100 mm 1000
1200 1200 4 x Drawer frame – 242 mm
1x Drawer frame – 200 mm 1100 2 x Drawer frame – 100 mm
1200 3 x Drawer frame – 200 mm
Inner dividing systems
Reference pages
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | Assembly, removal and adjustment
529
MERIVOBOX
Steel design – frame 530
Wood design – frame 531 Short URL
AMBIA-LINE kitchen accessories 538 www.blum.com/a510
More technical details 698
Order information
B1 Frame for high fronted pull-outs Recommendation – colour combination of the components
Nominal length Colour
Width (mm) Colour Part no. No. Description
NL (mm) SW-M IG-M OG-M CS-M INGL
SW-M | IG-M | B1 Frame for high fronted pull-outs SW-M IG-M OG-M CS-M CS-M
270–650 242 ZC7F300RSU
OG-M | CS-M Adapter profile – connection
B2 SW-M IG-M OG-M CS-M CS-M
SW-M | IG-M | to chipboard back
400–650 218 ZC7F400RSP
OG-M | CS-M Z1 Cross divider SW-M IG-M OG-M CS-M CS-M
Incl. magnetic panel for connection to the drawer side or steel back
Colour Colour
B2 Adapter profile – connection to chipboard back SW-M Silk white matt CS-M Carbon black matt
Height Width (mm) Colour Part no. IG-M Indium grey matt INGL Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint
OG-M Orion grey matt
SW-M | IG-M |
C|E 242 ZC7A0U0C
OG-M | CS-M
Accessories
Z1 Cross divider
Width (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.
SW-M | IG-M |
242 110 ZC7Q0U0FS
OG-M | CS-M
SW-M | IG-M |
218 110 ZC7Q0P0FS
OG-M | CS-M
Reference pages
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | Recommendation for high fronted pull-out | inner pull-out 537 Assembly, removal and adjustment
529
MERIVOBOX AMBIA-LINE kitchen accessories 538
Steel design – bottles 534 More technical details 698
Steel design – cross gallery 535 Short URL
Wood design – frame 536 www.blum.com/a510
Order information
C Drawer frame – 100 mm E Bottle set
Nominal length Nominal length
Width (mm) Colour Part no. Width (mm) Colour Part no.
NL (mm) NL (mm)
SW-M | IG-M | SW-M | IG-M |
450 100 ZC7S450RS1 450–650 100 ¹ ZC7B0100S
OG-M | CS-M OG-M | CS-M
SW-M | IG-M | SW-M | IG-M |
500 100 ZC7S500RS1 450–650 200 ¹ ZC7B0200S
OG-M | CS-M OG-M | CS-M
SW-M | IG-M | Consisting of:
550 100 ZC7S550RS1 – 2 x Adapter
OG-M | CS-M
– 3 x Cross divider
SW-M | IG-M | Not suitable for inner pull-out!
600 100 ZC7S600RS1
OG-M | CS-M Order drawer frame separately
¹ Nominal length NL 650 mm not available in IG-M
SW-M | OG-M |
650 100 ZC7S650RS1
Inner dividing systems
Reference pages
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | Recommendation for high fronted pull-out | inner pull-out 537 Assembly, removal and adjustment
529
MERIVOBOX AMBIA-LINE kitchen accessories 538
Steel design – frame 533 More technical details 698
Steel design – cross gallery 535 Short URL
Wood design – frame 536 www.blum.com/a510
Order information
LEGRABOX MERIVOBOX
A1 Cross gallery for cutting to size A1 Cross gallery for cutting to size
Length (mm) Colour Material Part no. Length (mm) Colour Material Part no.
SW-M | OG-M | SW-M | IG-M |
1080 Aluminium ZR7.1080U 1059 Aluminium ZR4.1059U
CS-M OG-M
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 90 mm Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 111 mm
Colour Colour
SW-M Silk white matt CS-M Carbon black matt
IG-M Indium grey matt INGL Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint
OG-M Orion grey matt
Reference pages
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | Steel design – bottles 534 Assembly, removal and adjustment
529
MERIVOBOX Wood design – frame 536
AMBIA-LINE kitchen accessories 538 More technical details 698
Recommendation for high fronted pull-out | inner pull-out 537 Short URL
Steel design – frame 533 www.blum.com/a510
Order information
B Frame for high fronted pull-outs
Nominal length
Width (mm) Colour Part no.
NL (mm)
E01S | E02G |
270–650 242 ZC7F300RHU
N01C
E01S | E02G |
400–650 218 ZC7F400RHP
N01C
Accessories
Z1 Cross divider with spring clamp
Width (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.
EC01 | EC02 |
242 100 ZC7Q0U0FH
NU01
Inner dividing systems
EC01 | EC02 |
218 100 ZC7Q0P0FH
NU01
Colour Colour
SW-M Silk white matt E02G Nebraska oak/OG-M
OG-M Orion grey matt EC02 Nebraska oak
CS-M Carbon black matt N01C Tennessee walnut/CS-M
INGL Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint NU01 Tennessee walnut
E01S Bardolino oak/SW-M
EC01 Bardolino oak
Reference pages
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | Recommendation for high fronted pull-out | inner pull-out 537 Assembly, removal and adjustment
529
MERIVOBOX AMBIA-LINE kitchen accessories 538
Steel design – frame 533 More technical details 698
Steel design – bottles 534 Short URL
Steel design – cross gallery 535 www.blum.com/a510
Frame for high fronted pull-outs – nominal length Frame for high fronted pull-outs – nominal length
NL 270–400 mm NL 450–650 mm
Cabinet width Nominal length NL (mm) Cabinet width Nominal length NL (mm)
KB (mm) 270 300 350 400 KB (mm) 450 500 550 600 650
275
– 275 –
300
350 300
400 350
450 400
Frame for high fronted pull-outs – Frame for high fronted pull-outs –
500 1x 450 1x
242 mm 218 mm
550 500
600 550
800 600
2 x Frame for high fronted pull-outs – 242 mm 800
900 Frame for high fronted pull-outs –
900 2x
218 mm
1000 1000
3 x Frame for high fronted pull-outs – 242 mm Frame for high fronted pull-outs –
1200 1200 3x
218 mm
Reference pages
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | More technical details 698 Assembly, removal and adjustment
529
MERIVOBOX
Steel design – frame 533
Steel design – bottles 534 Short URL
Steel design – cross gallery 535 www.blum.com/a510
Wood design – frame 536
AMBIA-LINE kitchen accessories 538
Foil/film dispenser
▬ Film | foil dispenser for cling film and aluminium foil Order information
▬ Dispenser rod for crease-free removal of cling film Version Part no.
▬ Antislipping device through flexible base fixing With film | foil ZC7C0000
bracket Without film | foil ZC7C0001
▬ Removable Dimensions
Length (mm) 409
▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX drawers and inner pull-out,
Width (mm) 187
height M and K
▬ Suitable for MERIVOBOX drawers and inner pull- Reference pages
out, height M and K Assembly, removal and adjust-
▬ In combination with AMBIA-LINE drawer frame with ment
a width of 200 mm
▬ Colour: orion grey matt Short URL
▬ Material: nylon/stainless steel www.blum.com/a520
Knife holder
▬ Safe accommodation of four large and five small Order information
knives Description Part no.
▬ Incl. handle support for long knives Knife holder ZC7M0200
▬ Antislipping device through base fixing bracket Dimensions
Length (mm) 409
▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX drawers and inner pull-out,
Width (mm) 187
height M and K
▬ Suitable for MERIVOBOX drawers and inner pull- Reference pages
out, height M and K Assembly, removal and adjust-
▬ In combination with AMBIA-LINE drawer frame with ment
a width of 200 mm
▬ Colour: orion grey matt Short URL
▬ Material: nylon/stainless steel www.blum.com/a520
Short URL
www.blum.com/a520
Spice holder
▬ Organised storage of spice packets of various sizes Order information
▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX high fronted pull-out and Description Part no.
inner pull-out, height C and F Spice holder ZC7G0P0I
▬ Suitable for MERIVOBOX high fronted pull-out and Dimensions
Length (mm) 356
inner pull-out, height E
Width (mm) 205
▬ In combination with AMBIA-LINE frame for high
fronted pull-outs with a width of 218 mm Reference pages
▬ Colour: orion grey matt Assembly, removal and adjust-
▬ Material: nylon/stainless steel ment
Short URL
www.blum.com/a520
Drawer
Inner dividing systems
Container sets Utensil divider sets Combo sets The ORGA-LINE sets for drawers
can be supplemented with a foil/film
dispenser and a knife holder.
Drawer
Container sets 542
Utensil divider sets 544
Combo sets 546
Individual sets 548
Symbolic image
High fronted pull-out
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX antaro – cross divider 550
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX antaro – cross gallery 551
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX plus – cross divider ☎
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX plus – cross gallery ☎
Recommendation for high fronted pull-out | inner pull-out 552
Short URL
www.blum.com/a530
Symbolic image
Pictograph
Item available on request
Dishwasher-proof up to 65°C
Container sets
▬ Practical for kitchen applications Space requirement
▬ Well-suited for cutlery
▬ Suitable for TANDEMBOX antaro drawers and inner
pull-out, height M and K
▬ Removable containers (dishwasher-proof)
▬ Film | foil dispenser and knife holder can be used as
an option
▬ Nominal length NL 450–550 mm
▬ Recommendation: cabinet width KB 275–1200 mm
NL Nominal length
KB Cabinet width
LW Internal cabinet width
Order information
KB (mm) 275–299 KB (mm) 300–399 KB (mm) 400–549 KB (mm) 550–599
Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) Part no. NL (mm) Part no. NL (mm) Part no. NL (mm) Part no. Part no.
450 ZSI.450BI1N 450 ZSI.450BI2N 450 ZSI.450BI3N 450 ZSI.450BI1N + ZSI.450BI3N
500 ZSI.500BI1N 500 ZSI.500BI2N 500 ZSI.500BI3 500 ZSI.500BI1N + ZSI.500BI3
550 ZSI.550BI1N 550 ZSI.550BI2N 550 ZSI.550BI3 550 ZSI.550BI1N + ZSI.550BI3
Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) Part no. NL (mm) Part no. Part no. NL (mm) Part no. Part no. NL (mm) Part no.
450 ¹ ZSI.60VEI4 450 ZSI.450BI1N + ZSI.450BI3N 450 ZSI.450BI2N + ZSI.450BI3N 450 2x ZSI.450BI3N
500 ¹ ZSI.60VEI6 500 ZSI.500BI1N + ZSI.500BI3 500 ZSI.500BI2N + ZSI.500BI3 500 2x ZSI.500BI3
550 ¹ ZSI.60VEI7 550 ZSI.550BI1N + ZSI.550BI3 550 ZSI.550BI2N + ZSI.550BI3 550 2x ZSI.550BI3
¹ Set fully fills drawer
Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) Part no. NL (mm) Part no. Part no. NL (mm) Part no. NL (mm) Part no. Part no.
450 ¹ ZSI.90VEI4 450 ZSI.450BI3N + ZSI.450KI4N 450 2x ZSI.450KI4N 450 2 x ZSI.450BI3N + ZSI.450FI2N
500 ¹ ZSI.90VEI6 500 ZSI.500BI3 + ZSI.500KI4 500 2x ZSI.500KI4 500 2 x ZSI.500BI3 + ZSI.500FI2N
550 ¹ ZSI.90VEI7 550 ZSI.550BI3 + ZSI.550KI4 550 2x ZSI.550KI4 550 2 x ZSI.550BI3 + ZSI.550FI2N
¹ Set fully fills drawer
Container sets
Reference pages
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 541 More technical details 698 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Utensil divider sets 544
Combo sets 546
Individual sets 548 Short URL
ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories 554 www.blum.com/a530
Accessories 549
Planning 549
NL Nominal length
KB Cabinet width
LW Internal cabinet width
Order information
KB (mm) 275–349 KB (mm) 350–449 KB (mm) 450–599 KB (mm) 600
Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) Part no. NL (mm) Part no. NL (mm) Part no. NL (mm) Part no.
450 ZSI.450BI1N 450 ZSI.450KI2N 450 ZSI.450FI2N 450 ¹ ZSI.60VUI4
500 ZSI.500BI1N 500 ZSI.500KI2N 500 ZSI.500FI2N 500 ¹ ZSI.60VUI6
550 ZSI.550BI1N 550 ZSI.550KI2N 550 ZSI.550FI2N 550 ¹ ZSI.60VUI7
¹ Set fully fills drawer
Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) Part no. Part no. NL (mm) Part no. Part no. NL (mm) Part no. NL (mm) Part no.
450 ZSI.450BI1N + ZSI.450KI3N 450 ZSI.450KI2N + ZSI.450KI3N 450 2x ZSI.450KI3N 450 ¹ ZSI.90VUI4
500 ZSI.500BI1N + ZSI.500KI3N 500 ZSI.500KI2N + ZSI.500KI3N 500 2x ZSI.500KI3N 500 ¹ ZSI.90VUI6
550 ZSI.550BI1N + ZSI.550KI3N 550 ZSI.550KI2N + ZSI.550KI3N 550 2x ZSI.550KI3N 550 ¹ ZSI.90VUI7
¹ Set fully fills drawer
Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) Part no. NL (mm) Part no. Part no. NL (mm) Part no. Part no. NL (mm) Part no.
450 2x ZSI.450KI3N 450 2 x ZSI.450KI2N + ZSI.450FI3 450 2 x ZSI.450KI3N + ZSI.450FI2N 450 ¹ ZSI.12VUI4
500 2x ZSI.500KI3N 500 2 x ZSI.500KI2N + ZSI.500FI3 500 2 x ZSI.500KI3N + ZSI.500FI2N 500 ¹ ZSI.12VUI6
550 2x ZSI.550KI3N 550 2 x ZSI.550KI2N + ZSI.550FI3 550 2 x ZSI.550KI3N + ZSI.550FI2N 550 ¹ ZSI.12VUI7
¹ Set fully fills drawer
Reference pages
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 541 More technical details 698 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Container sets 542
Combo sets 546
Individual sets 548 Short URL
ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories 554 www.blum.com/a530
Accessories 549
Planning 549
Combo sets
▬ Practical for kitchen applications and in other areas Space requirement
of the home
▬ Suitable for TANDEMBOX antaro drawers and inner
pull-out, height M and K
▬ Removable containers (dishwasher-proof)
▬ Film | foil dispenser and knife holder can be used as
an option
▬ Nominal length NL 450–550 mm
▬ Recommendation: cabinet width KB 275–1200 mm
NL Nominal length
KB Cabinet width
LW Internal cabinet width
Order information
KB (mm) 275–349 KB (mm) 350–449 KB (mm) 450–600 KB (mm) 601–649
Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) Part no. NL (mm) Part no. NL (mm) Part no. NL (mm) Part no. Part no.
450 ZSI.450BI1N 450 ZSI.450KI2N 450 ZSI.450MI3 450 ZSI.450BI1N + ZSI.450MI3
500 ZSI.500BI1N 500 ZSI.500KI2N 500 ZSI.500MI3 500 ZSI.500BI1N + ZSI.500MI3
550 ZSI.550BI1N 550 ZSI.550KI2N 550 ZSI.550MI3 550 ZSI.550BI1N + ZSI.550MI3
Combo sets
Reference pages
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 541 More technical details 698 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Container sets 542
Utensil divider sets 544
Individual sets 548 Short URL
ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories 554 www.blum.com/a530
Accessories 549
Planning 549
Individual sets
▬ Flexible, partially filled drawer sets Space requirement
▬ Practical for kitchen applications and in other areas
of the home
▬ Suitable for TANDEMBOX antaro drawers and inner
pull-out, height M and K
▬ Removable containers (dishwasher-proof)
▬ Film | foil dispenser and knife holder can be used as
an option
▬ Nominal length NL 450–550 mm
▬ Recommendation: cabinet width KB 275–1200 mm
NL Nominal length
KB Cabinet width
LW Internal cabinet width
Order information
BI1 set BI2 set BI3 set KI2 set
Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) Part no. NL (mm) Part no. NL (mm) Part no. NL (mm) Part no.
450 ZSI.450BI1N 450 ZSI.450BI2N 450 ZSI.450BI3N 450 ZSI.450KI2N
500 ZSI.500BI1N 500 ZSI.500BI2N 500 ZSI.500BI3 500 ZSI.500KI2N
550 ZSI.550BI1N 550 ZSI.550BI2N 550 ZSI.550BI3 550 ZSI.550KI2N
6
-2
NL
Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) Part no. NL (mm) Part no. NL (mm) Part no. NL (mm) Part no.
450 ZSI.450KI3N 450 ZSI.450KI4N 450 ZSI.450MI3 450 ZSI.450FI1
500 ZSI.500KI3N 500 ZSI.500KI4 500 ZSI.500MI3 500 ZSI.500FI1
550 ZSI.550KI3N 550 ZSI.550KI4 550 ZSI.550MI3 550 ZSI.550FI1
2 6 6
N L- NL
-2
Individual sets
Order information
Accessories
Containers Adjustable cross dividers
Planning
For additional inserts:
E.g. wooden knife holder
Example:
Cabinet width KB 600 mm
Reference pages
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 541 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Container sets 542
Utensil divider sets 544
Combo sets 546 Short URL
ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories 554 www.blum.com/a530
More technical details 698
NL Nominal length
KB Cabinet width
LW Internal cabinet width
Order information
A1 Cross divider for cutting to size
Cabinet width KB (mm) Colour Part no.
275 SW | R9006 ¹ Z40L152A
300 SW | R9006 ¹ Z40L177A
550 SW | R9006 ¹ Z40L427A
600 SW | R9006 ¹ Z40L477A
900 SW | R9006 ¹ Z40L777A
1200 SW | R9006 ¹ Z40L1077A
¹ Aluminium
Cutting
X Internal cabinet width LW – 91 mm
Y Internal cabinet width LW – 295 mm (KB 275 mm)
Y Internal cabinet width LW – 320 mm (KB 300 mm)
Z 152 mm (KB 275 mm)
Inner dividing systems
Nominal length Cabinet width KB (mm) Recommendation – colour combination of the components
NL (mm) 275 300 Colour
450 Z48.30B0I4 No. Description
SW R9006
500 ☎ Z48.27B0I6 Z48.30B0I6 A1 Cross divider for cutting to size SW R9006
550 ☎ Z48.27B0I7 Z48.30B0I7
Cross divider connector –
600 ☎ Z48.30B0I8 A2 SW WGR
dividing wall
650 ☎ Z48.30B0I9
A3 Cross divider connector – gallery SW WGR
B Lateral divider SW R9006
D Bottle rack INGL INGL
E Dividing wall SW R9006
Colour Colour
SW Silk white WGR White grey
R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
Reference pages
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 541 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Recommendation for high fronted pull-out | inner pull-out 552
Recommendation – colour combination of the
551
components Short URL
ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories 554 www.blum.com/a530
NL Nominal length
KB Cabinet width
LW Internal cabinet width
Order information
A1 Cross gallery for cutting to size
Cabinet width KB (mm) Colour Part no.
275 SW | R9006 ¹ ZRG.179Q
300 SW | R9006 ¹ ZRG.204Q
550 SW | R9006 ¹ ZRG.454Q
600 SW | R9006 ¹ ZRG.504Q
900 SW | R9006 ¹ ZRG.804Q
1200 SW | R9006 ¹ ZRG.1104Q
¹ Aluminium
Cutting
Internal cabinet width LW – 63 mm
B Lateral divider
Colour Material Part no.
SW | WGR Nylon ZRU.11F0
Colour Colour
SW Silk white WGR White grey
R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
Reference pages
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 541 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Recommendation for high fronted pull-out | inner pull-out 552
ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories 554
Short URL
www.blum.com/a530
1200
Application Nominal length NL (mm)
Inner dividing systems
600 650
1 x cross divider,
SPACE CORNER
2 x lateral dividers
Application – waste bin pull-out | cleaning agents Application – spices Application – bottles
Cabinet width Nominal length NL (mm) Cabinet width Nominal length NL (mm) Cabinet width Nominal length NL (mm)
KB (mm) 450 500 550 – – KB (mm) 450 500 550 – – KB (mm) 450 500 550 – –
300
1 x bottle rack, 1 x bottle rack, 1 x bottle rack, 2 x spice holders, 2 x spice holders, 275 –
2 x dividing 2 x dividing 2 x dividing 1 x cross divider 2 x cross divider 1 x bottle rack, 1 x bottle rack,
900–1200 wall, wall, wall, 400 4 x cross 5 x cross
3 x cross 4 x cross 5 x cross 1 x bottle rack, divider divider
divider divider divider 300 3 x cross
2 x spice holders, 2 x spice holders, divider
450 1 x cross divider, 2 x cross divider,
2 x lateral dividers 3 x lateral dividers
Application – bottles | cutting boards Application – pots | lids | pans | cooking utensils Application – baking trays | tins
Cabinet width Nominal length NL (mm) Cabinet width Nominal length NL (mm) Cabinet width Nominal length NL (mm)
KB (mm) 450 500 550 – – KB (mm) 450 500 550 – – KB (mm) 450 500 550 – –
300 1 x dividing wall
400
1 x bottle rack, 1 x bottle rack, 1 x bottle rack, 1 x cross divider, 2 x cross divider, 400
600 2 x dividing wall
1 x dividing 1 x dividing 1 x dividing 2 x lateral dividers 3 x lateral dividers 450
450 wall, wall, wall,
Starting at 500 3 x dividing wall
3 x cross 4 x cross 5 x cross
divider divider divider 800 Not suitable for inner pull-out!
500
900 1 x cross divider, 2 x cross divider,
550 1000 3 x lateral dividers 6 x lateral dividers
1200
Not suitable for inner pull-out!
Reference pages
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 541 Assembly, removal and adjustment
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX antaro – cross
550
divider
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX antaro – cross Short URL
551
gallery www.blum.com/a530
ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories 554
Film dispenser
▬ Film dispenser Order information
▬ Dispenser rod for crease-free removal Version Part no.
▬ Plastic film neatly stored With film | foil ZSZ.01F0
▬ Antislipping device through flexible base fixing Without film | foil ZSZ.01F1
bracket Dimensions
Length (mm) 411
▬ Removable
Width (mm) 88.5
▬ Suitable for TANDEMBOX antaro drawers and inner
pull-out, height M and K Reference pages
▬ Colour: RAL 7037 dust grey Assembly, removal and adjust-
▬ Material: nylon/steel/aluminium ment
Short URL
www.blum.com/a540
Foil dispenser
▬ Foil dispenser Order information
▬ Aluminium foil neatly stored Version Part no.
▬ Antislipping device through flexible base fixing With film | foil ZSZ.02F0
bracket Without film | foil ZSZ.02F1
▬ Removable Dimensions
Length (mm) 411
▬ Suitable for TANDEMBOX antaro drawers and inner
Width (mm) 88.5
pull-out, height M and K
▬ Colour: RAL 7037 dust grey Reference pages
▬ Material: nylon/steel Assembly, removal and adjust-
ment
Short URL
Knife holder
▬ Safe accommodation of four large and five small Order information
knives Description Part no.
▬ Incl. handle support for long knives Knife holder ZSZ.02M0
▬ Antislipping device through base fixing bracket Dimensions
Length (mm) 260
▬ Dishwasher-proof up to +65°C
Width (mm) 177.5
▬ Suitable for TANDEMBOX antaro drawers and inner
pull-out, height M and K Reference pages
▬ Colour: RAL 7037 dust grey Assembly, removal and adjust-
▬ Material: nylon/stainless steel ment
Short URL
www.blum.com/a540
Short URL
www.blum.com/a540
Spice holder
▬ Antislipping device through flexible base fixing Order information
bracket KB (mm) Width (mm) Part no.
▬ Removable 300 212 ZFZ.30G0I
▬ For a variety of spice container sizes 400 312 ZFZ.40G0I
▬ Suitable for TANDEMBOX antaro high fronted pull- 450 362 ZFZ.45G0I
out and inner pull-out, height C and D KB Cabinet width
▬ Colour: RAL 7037 dust grey
Reference pages
▬ Material: nylon/stainless steel
Assembly, removal and adjust-
ment
Short URL
www.blum.com/a540
Fronts close softly and effortlessly and open Four technologies give you almost countless Easy opening and silent closing ensure a
easily with a light touch – at the same time, possibilities for beautiful and practical furniture fascinating quality of motion for Blum products.
you also have greater freedom in selecting a in kitchens and in many other living areas. This The innovative motion technologies from Blum
sophisticated design: the motion technology always ensures customised furniture – with or support users in all living areas by providing
from Blum makes this possible. without handles. high quality of motion – for the lifetime of the
furniture.
Mechanical – soft close Electrical – opening and soft Mechanical – opening and soft Mechanical – opening
Thanks to BLUMOTION, furniture close close Handle-less furniture can be
closes silently and effortlessly Supports opening after the front When pressed on the front, pull- opened with a light touch thanks to
no matter how hard you close lift is touched. This subsequently outs open just far enough so that TIP-ON. Lift systems, doors or pull-
systems, doors or pull-outs or how activates the automatic motion. they can then be fully opened. They outs are closed again by pressing.
heavy they are. BLUMOTION provides soft and close softly and effortlessly with
effortless closing action. a light push thanks to integrated
BLUMOTION.
Overview – applications
Overview – applications 560
Symbolic image
SERVO-DRIVE single applications
SERVO-DRIVE single applications 562
Overview 563
Symbolic image
Motion technologies
Lift systems
〉 AVENTOS HL – lift up ● 37 ○ 37 – –
Hinge systems
〉 MODUL – hinges
MODUL – – – –
Box systems
〉 METABOX ○ 391 – – –
Runner systems
〉 TANDEM
Motion technologies
SERVO-DRIVE flex for refrigerators, freezers and dishwashers. The SERVO-DRIVE flex drive unit is suitable for different device versions.
SERVO-DRIVE uno for waste bin SERVO-DRIVE uno for the waste SERVO-DRIVE uno for AVENTOS. If just one lift system is to be
pull-outs. bin pull-out can easily be retrofitted fitted with an electrical system,
and installed in just a few simple SERVO-DRIVE uno for AVENTOS
steps. is the ideal motion support system.
SERVO-DRIVE flex
SERVO-DRIVE flex for refrigerators and freezers – recess SERVO-DRIVE flex for dishwashers 570
564
height NH < 1700 mm
SERVO-DRIVE flex for refrigerators and freezers – recess
566
height NH ≥ 1700 mm
SERVO-DRIVE flex for fridge/freezer combination – recess
568
Symbolic image height NH ≥ 1700 mm
SERVO-DRIVE uno
SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM
SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions 384 SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions 522
SERVO-DRIVE uno for top mount waste bin solutions –
386
TANDEMBOX
Symbolic image
SERVO-DRIVE uno for AVENTOS
Lift systems
AVENTOS HF 20
AVENTOS HS 32
AVENTOS HL 38
AVENTOS HK top 44
Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment Machine directive 701
Detailed information on the Machine Directive
Motion technologies
Pictograph
Item available on request
Web code
SERVO-DRIVE flex for refrigerators and freezers – recess height NH < 1700 mm
DQBPDC
▬ Can be used for all standard built-in refrigerators SERVO-DRIVE switch
and freezers
▬ Recess height NH < 1700 mm Y ≤ 200 mm
▬ Low recess height NH for drive unit of min. 60 mm
▬ Adaptive system
▬ Automatic self-closing system for unintentional
opening
▬ Lean protection feature
▬ Trigger safety Y > 200 mm
▬ Easy assembly and installation
Y
▬ Not suitable for: refrigerators and freezers without
Y
own cabinet; freezers with base unit (recess height
NH ≥ 1700 mm); refrigerated pull-outs
Order information
17 SERVO-DRIVE flex set
17a 9 12a 16
Colour Part no.
R7035 Z10C500A 17b
Consisting of:
9 1 x Drive unit
17a 2 x Mounting plate
17b 2 x Front fixing
17c 1 x Front cover 17d 17c
17d 1 x Catch plate
1 2 x Blum distance bumper
12a 1 x Connecting node
11b 2 x Cable end protector
– 11 x Chipboard screws
– 1 x Assembly jig
24
16 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit
Only suitable for one drive unit
Lan- Lan-
Network Network
adapter
guage Part no. adapter guage Part no.
package package
E A ☎ Z10NA30EAF E F ☎ Z10NA30EFF
E B ☎ Z10NA30EBF B A ☎ Z10NA30BAF
E C ☎ Z10NA30ECF K D ☎ Z10NA30KDF 1
E D ☎ Z10NA30EDF U G ☎ Z10NA30UGF
E E ☎ Z10NA30EEF
Network adapter ¹
Motion technologies
E B K U
Y ≤ 200 mm
24 SERVO-DRIVE switch
Colour Part no.
SW | HGR | TGR 23P5020
25 Wireless receiver
Colour Part no.
R7035 Z10C5007
Colour Colour
HGR Light grey SW Silk white
R7035 RAL 7035 light grey TGR Dark grey
Web code
SERVO-DRIVE flex for refrigerators and freezers – recess height NH < 1700 mm
DQBPDC
Planning
Mounting plate Front – drive unit Blum distance bumper
min 60
32
+1
37 .5
Ø2
30
Motion technologies
Position in the worktop area
Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat!
Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE single applica- Assembly, removal and adjustment
563
tions
SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list 718
Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL
Machine directive 701 www.blum.com/a610
More technical details 698
Web code
SERVO-DRIVE flex for refrigerators and freezers – recess height NH ≥ 1700 mm
DQBQ2P
▬ Can be used for all standard built-in refrigerators
and freezers
▬ Recess height NH ≥ 1700 mm
▬ Low recess height NH for drive unit of min. 60 mm
▬ Adaptive system
▬ Automatic self-closing system for unintentional
opening
▬ Lean protection feature
▬ Trigger safety
▬ Easy assembly and installation
▬ Not suitable for: refrigerators and freezers without
own cabinet; freezers with base unit (recess height
NH ≥ 1700 mm); refrigerated pull-outs
Order information
17 SERVO-DRIVE flex set 17a 9 12a
Colour Part no.
17b
R7035 2x Z10C500A
Consisting of:
9 1 x Drive unit
17a 2 x Mounting plate
17b 2 x Front fixing 17d 17c 11
17c 1 x Front cover
17d 1 x Catch plate
1 2 x Blum distance bumper 21
12a 1 x Connecting node
11b 2 x Cable end protector
– 11 x Chipboard screws
– 1 x Assembly jig
Web code
SERVO-DRIVE flex for refrigerators and freezers – recess height NH ≥ 1700 mm
DQBQ2P
Planning
Mounting plate Front – drive unit Blum distance bumper
min 60
32
+1
37 .5
Ø2
30
Motion technologies
Position in the worktop area
Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat!
Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE single applica- Assembly, removal and adjustment
563
tions
SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list 718
Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL
Machine directive 701 www.blum.com/a610
More technical details 698
Web code
SERVO-DRIVE flex for fridge/freezer combination – recess height NH ≥ 1700 mm
DQBNYP
▬ Can be used for all standard built-in fridge/freezer
combinations
▬ Recess height NH ≥ 1700 mm
▬ Low recess height NH for drive unit of min. 60 mm
▬ Adaptive system
▬ Automatic self-closing system for unintentional
opening
▬ Lean protection feature
▬ Trigger safety
▬ Easy assembly and installation
▬ Not suitable for: refrigerators and freezers without
own cabinet; freezers with base unit (recess height
NH ≥ 1700 mm); refrigerated pull-outs
Order information
17 SERVO-DRIVE flex set 17a 9 12a
Colour Part no.
17b
R7035 2x Z10C500A
Consisting of:
9 1 x Drive unit
17a 2 x Mounting plate
17b 2 x Front fixing 17d 17c
17c 1 x Front cover
17d 1 x Catch plate
1 2 x Blum distance bumper
12a 1 x Connecting node 24 11
11b 2 x Cable end protector
– 11 x Chipboard screws
– 1 x Assembly jig
Web code
SERVO-DRIVE flex for fridge/freezer combination – recess height NH ≥ 1700 mm
DQBNYP
Planning
Mounting plate Front – drive unit Blum distance bumper
min 60
32
+1
37 .5
Ø2
30
Motion technologies
Position in the worktop area
Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat!
Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE single applica- Assembly, removal and adjustment
563
tions
SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list 718
Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL
Machine directive 701 www.blum.com/a610
More technical details 698
Web code
SERVO-DRIVE flex for dishwashers
DQE8UM
▬ For all standard built-in dishwashers
▬ Low recess height NH for drive unit of min. 60 mm
▬ Adaptive system
▬ Lean protection feature
▬ Trigger safety
▬ Easy assembly and installation
▬ Application option dependent on device type and
worktop and plinth height; see Planning
Order information
17 SERVO-DRIVE flex set
Colour Part no.
R7035 Z10C500A
Consisting of:
9 1 x Drive unit
17a 2 x Mounting plate
17b 2 x Front fixing
17c 1 x Front cover
17d 1 x Catch plate
1 2 x Blum distance bumper
12a 1 x Connecting node
11b 2 x Cable end protector
– 11 x Chipboard screws
– 1 x Assembly jig
17a Mounting plate
Colour Part no.
R7035 Z10C5005
Also requires
E C K D
E D ☎ Z10NA30EDF U G ☎ Z10NA30UGF
E E ☎ Z10NA30EEF
Network adapter ¹
E B K U
Colour
R7035 RAL 7035 light grey
Web code
SERVO-DRIVE flex for dishwashers
DQE8UM
Planning
Mounting plate Front – drive unit Drive unit
20
n3
mi
BD Front thickness SWD Cabinet side panel thickness SWD Cabinet side panel thickness
Max. 19 mm
Access gap
Motion technologies
APÜ (mm) ZS (mm)
0 30
20 10
30 0
APÜ Worktop protrusion
ZS Access gap
* The access gap ZS decreases with thicker fronts
Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE single applica- Assembly, removal and adjustment
563
tions
SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list 718
Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL
Machine directive 701 www.blum.com/a610
More technical details 698
SPACE STEP provides additional CABLOXX adds an extra layer of The EXPANDO T fixing system is Blum hanging brackets withstand
storage space in the plinth area and security to premium furniture, whilst ideal when using thin fronts made high loads and are exceptional-
enables you to reach the highest offering plenty of design freedom. from a range of materials with lift ly safe. This kind of reliability is
storage space level in the wall or tall systems, doors and pull-outs. very important for heavily loaded
cabinet. furniture. The Blum programme
contains cabinet connectors that
can be used in numerous furniture
applications.
Cabinet applications
SPACE STEP 574
Symbolic image
Locking systems
CABLOXX 582
Symbolic image
Fixing systems
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T 584
Symbolic image
Wall hanging bracket
Screw-on wall hanging bracket 586
Knock-in wall hanging bracket 586
Symbolic image
Cabinet connectors
Screw-on cabinet connector 587
Knock-in cabinet connector 587
Connector screw cabinet connector 588
Cabinet connector with dowel and expansion pin 589
Cabinet connector with connecting piece system 32 589
Symbolic image
Further products
Pictograph
Item available on request
Web code
SPACE STEP
DQHKHA
▬ Enables access to the next storage level up in wall
cabinets
▬ Creates additional storage space in the pull-out
underneath the SPACE STEP
▬ Can be combined with all Blum box and runner
systems
▬ Can be combined with all Blum motion technologies
▬ High flexibility: SPACE STEP can be used in all living
spaces
Order information
1 SPACE STEP set
Nominal length NL (mm) Colour Part no. 1e
410 Orion grey matt Z95.4100
1g
460 Orion grey matt Z95.4600
Consisting of: 1c
1a 1 x TANDEM 561Hxxx1B95 left/right
1b 2 x Vertical support
1c 2 x Corner connector
1d 2 x Support feet
1e 2 x Rear panel bracket
1f 1 x Front connector (magnet and catch plate)
1g 4 x Blum distance bumper
Cabinet width KB > 900 mm, use 4 Blum distance bumpers
1h 2 x Sticker (safety information and manufacturer information sticker)
– 14 x Flat headed screws Ø 4 x 15 mm 2
– 1 x Installation instructions 1h 1f
2 Horizontal profile 1a
Material Length (mm) Part no. 1b
3
Aluminium 1040 Z95Q1040A 1h
For cutting to size
Recommendation 1d 14 x
Cabinet width KB 1200 mm, use 2 pcs. to prevent excessive bending
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 130 mm
Accessories
3 Blum spacer strip
Material Colour Part no.
Nylon Orion grey matt 2x Z95D4100
For mounting the pull-out runners, suitable for all Blum box and runner systems
Planning
Note
Max. load bearing capacity 150 kg
As the manufacturer, you are responsible for determining the actual load bearing capacity of the
furniture manufactured by you that uses the SPACE STEP as per EN-14183, this value must also
Further products
Recommended material
A 3-ply panel (3S) at least 21 mm thick is recommended for the plinth step
In order to ensure that the SPACE STEP is held in position as securely as possible, the subsur-
face and the step surface must be clean and dry
Cabinet width KB > 900 mm, use 4 Blum distance bumpers
Attaching the labels
EN-14183 requires both of the labels enclosed to be clearly displayed
Web code
SPACE STEP
DQHKHA
Planning
LEGRABOX
Height N
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – screw-on Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO front
+0.2
Ø 10 –0.1
min 89
KH 142*
min 50.5 16
16
45.5
min 53
5 12
50 14 50 FA
10
Height M
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – screw-on Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO front
min 113
+0.2
Ø 10 –0.1
KH 166
32
32
min 56
51
min 53
14 50 FA 12
10
50
KH Cabinet height FA Front overlay
Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness
21 mm – without anti-slip mat 21 mm – without anti-slip mat
Min. cabinet width KB 400 mm
Height K
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – screw-on Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO front
min 151
+0.2
Ø 10 –0.1
KH 204
min 56 32
32
Further products
51
min 53
12
50 14 50 FA
10
Reference pages
Overview – further products 573 SPACE STEP Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – LEGRABOX 191
Overview – assembly devices 591
Short URL Short URL
www.blum.com/i009 www.blum.com/a730
Web code
SPACE STEP
DQHKHA
Planning
MERIVOBOX
Height N
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – screw-on Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO front
min 76
+0.2
Ø 10 –0.1
KH 145*
32
32
min 69
33.5
38.5
min
20
50 5 20.5 50 FA 12
10
Height M
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – screw-on Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO front
min 98
Ø 10 +0.2
–0.1
KH 167
min 32
33.5 32
min 69
38.5
20
5
20.5 50 FA 12
10
50
KH Cabinet height FA Front overlay
Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness
21 mm – without anti-slip mat 21 mm – without anti-slip mat
Min. cabinet width KB 400 mm
Height K
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – screw-on Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO front
min 136
KH 205
Ø 10 +0.2
–0.1
min 32
33.5 32
min 69
Further products
38.5
20
5
50 20.5 50 FA 12
10
Reference pages
Overview – further products 573 SPACE STEP Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257
Overview – assembly devices 591
Short URL Short URL
www.blum.com/i009 www.blum.com/a730
Web code
SPACE STEP
DQHKHA
Planning
TANDEMBOX
Height N
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – screw-on Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO front
min 95 +0.2
Ø 10 –0.1
KH 146
32
32
min 40.5
min 51
35.5
5
37.5 50 12
15.5 50 FA
10
Height M
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – screw-on Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO front
+0.2
min 110
Ø 10 –0.1
KH 161
32
min 55.5 32
50.5
min 51
37.5 50 15.5 50 FA 12
10
Height K
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – screw-on Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO front
+0.2
Ø 10 –0.1
min 142
min 55.5 32 32
50.5 32 32
KH 193
min 51
Further products
15.5 50 FA 12
10
37.5 50
KH Cabinet height FA Front overlay
Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness
21 mm – without anti-slip mat 21 mm – without anti-slip mat
Min. cabinet width KB 400 mm
Reference pages
Overview – further products 573 SPACE STEP Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303
Overview – TANDEMBOX plus 349
Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL Short URL
www.blum.com/i009 www.blum.com/a730
Web code
SPACE STEP
DQHKHA
Planning
MOVENTO TANDEM
Space requirement in cabinet Space requirement in cabinet
min 83
min 84
KH 136*
KH 136*
min 52
min 53
50 50
10
10
36 > KB 900
max 250
KH
40
30
17
1
TD = min 21
Ø 35
LW
5
LW
L +1
-1
=N
KH
KB 0
KT TL
36 > KB 900
max 250
KH
40
R
LW +S
17
0 Ø 35
KB 13
TD = min 21
5
+1
LW R
-1 L +S
KH
KT 0 =N
SR TL
Further products
Reference pages
Overview – further products 573 SPACE STEP Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – MOVENTO 417
Overview – TANDEM 447
Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL Short URL
www.blum.com/i009 www.blum.com/a730
Web code
SPACE STEP
DQHKHA
Planning
Example – cross member for plinth cabinet Dimension – side panel left/right
R
-S
-160
TL
16
16
LW KH
-1 -T
30 D-
46
37
X
Note
Further products
A A
B 32 B
64 96 75 96 96 32 75
TD + 3
TD + 3
18 18
A A
B 32 B
64 96 75 SR 96 96 32 75 SR
TD + 3
TD + 3
18 18
A C
A C
B D
B D
32
18
Further products
224 37
* 256
A C
B D
Further products
CABLOXX
▬ CABLOXX is a compact package that provides Spacer planning and calculation
an extra layer of security, whilst offering plenty of
design freedom
▬ System-independent solution – can be combined Short URL
with various box and runner systems www.blum.com/configurator
▬ High flexibility – can be used for various cabinet
dimensions
▬ Up to five pull-outs can be used per locking bar
▬ Can be combined with all motion technologies
▬ Unrestricted adjustment
Order information
Locking bar set, can be flexibly cut to size
1 Locking bar set 1d
4
Cabinet height KH (mm) Material Part no. 1b
Up to 600 Steel Z80S0560 2
Up to 800 Steel Z80S0760
3a
Up to 1300 Steel Z80S1260 1b
Consisting of:
3b
1a 1 x Locking bar 3c
1b 1 x Spacer for cutting to size 2
1c 1 x End cap
1d 1 x Attachment for lock
1b
– 1 x Drilling template for end cap
– 1 x Installation instructions
Can be combined with all Blum box and runner systems
Cutting for 1a Internal cabinet height LH – 2 mm 2
1c
2 Locking units
Version Material Part no.
Right Nylon Z80.000V
Left Nylon Z80.000V 1a
1a 1 x Locking bar
1b 2 x Spacer, pre-assembled When a synchronisation is used, two locking bar sets are necessary
1d 1 x Pre-assembled attachment for lock Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 7 mm
2 2 x Pre-assembled locking unit, right
Colour Colour
Suitable for one drawer – M and one high fronted pull-out – C
SW-M Silk white matt TS-M Terra black matt
For use with LEGRABOX and TANDEMBOX in tier system 32, internal cabinet height LH of
WGR White grey S Black
544 mm
OG-M Orion grey matt
3 Front locking bracket set
Colour Material Part no.
SW-M | WGR | OG-M |
Nylon/zinc Z80.000S
TS-M
Consisting of:
3a 1 x Front locking bracket
3b 1 x Front piece for front locking bracket
3c 1 x Cover cap for front locking bracket
CABLOXX
Planning
Space requirement – locking bar and synchroni- Groove dimension – locking bar Drilling distances – locking bar
sation
105
76
53 32 37
45
.5
+0
min 46
4 –0
39
min 71
16
32
Ø2.5
min 37
Specifications – cylinder Drilling distances – cylinder Drilling distances – attachment for synchronisa-
tion
max 15
20 81
FAo
Ø16.5-22
Ø4-6
19
28-48
32
11-13
Ø2.5
19 SFA
Cylinder not part of the scope of delivery FAo Upper front overlay
SFA Front overlay of the side panel
Drilling distances – front piece for front locking bracket Minimum front height FH
LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX MOVENTO | TANDEM
14
14 14 14
9
Ø2.5
10
F
Ø2.5 Ø2.5 Ø2.5
min 7
9
SKH
15.5
X
20.5
min FH
X
X
Reference pages
Overview – further products 573 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – LEGRABOX 191
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 Short URL
Overview – MOVENTO 417 www.blum.com/a710
Overview – TANDEM 447
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Order information
Lift systems MERIVOBOX
AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top – Front fixing bracket
– Front fixing bracket Fixing method Part no.
Version Material Part no. EXPANDO T ZF4.10T2
Symmetrical Steel 20S42T1 Fixing positions as per the instructions in the section on box systems – MERIVOBOX
Fixing positions as per the instructions in the section on lift systems
– Front fixing bracket, top
Hinge systems Fixing method Part no.
CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top EXPANDO T ZF4.50T2
– Hinge for thin doors Fixing positions as per the instructions in the section on box systems – MERIVOBOX
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX
CLIP top
● NI | ONS 71B453T – Front/base stabiliser for thin fronts
BLUMOTION
Colour Material Part no.
CLIP top ● NI 71T453T
R7037 Nylon Z96.00T1
CLIP top ○ NI 70T453T.TL Fixing positions as per the instructions in the section on box systems – LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX
The different overlay applications can be achieved with the appropriate fixing positions Recommendation:
Cabinet width KB > 600 mm: 1 item
● With spring Cabinet width KB > 900 mm: 2 items
○ Unsprung Front height FH > 380 mm: 1 item
1 2
Ø 10 +̶ 0.1*
0.1
Limitation of liability
Blum accepts no liability for the use of EXPANDO T in combination with materials not listed or fittings from other manufacturers
Further products
Reference pages
Overview – AVENTOS HS 31 More on our new EXPANDO T Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – AVENTOS HL 37 fixing system
Overview – AVENTOS HK top 43
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Short URL Short URL
71
– hinges www.blum.com/EXPANDO_T_3 www.blum.com/a720
Overview – LEGRABOX 191
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257
Front/base stabiliser for thin fronts 239
Planning
Space requirement Fixing position
Reference pages
Testing standards 702
Further products
Planning
Space requirement Fixing position
Planning
Base Cabinet side
19.5
13
32
47
Further products
Planning
Cabinet assembly Cabinet side
Accessories
Insertion ram
Assembly ¹ Part no.
Connector housing MZM.0077
¹ MINIPRESS
Planning
Base Cabinet side
E = W – X + 8 mm
X max. = 9.5 mm
Accessories
Insertion ram
Assembly ¹ Part no.
Connector housing MZM.0070
¹ MINIPRESS
Further products
Planning
Cabinet assembly Cabinet side
E = W – X + 5.8 mm
X max. = 8 mm
Accessories
Insertion ram
Assembly ¹ Part no.
Connector housing MZM.0070
¹ MINIPRESS
Planning
Base Cabinet side
E = W – X + 7.4 mm
X max. = 9 mm
Accessories
Insertion ram
Assembly ¹ Part no.
Connector housing MZM.0070
Base connector MZM.0071
Further products
¹ MINIPRESS
Planning
Cabinet assembly Cabinet side
E = W + 1.5 mm
At Blum, we want to make the assembly of Our E-SERVICES and assembly devices pro- We place great value on safety – our assembly
our products as easy and efficient as possi- vide you with optimal support in the planning devices are tested and thus correspond to the
ble because perfect motion requires precise and assembly of our products: due to their highest safety requirements.
assembly. ease of use, high user-friendliness and high
durability. In addition, our E-SERVICES are
available to you at all times and free of charge.
8 With the E-SERVICES from Blum Our wide range of drilling and inser- Our assembly devices help to en- Use our templates to ensure accu-
we can support you online, at any tion machines are well equipped to sure the precise assembly of Blum rate assembly of our products.
time and anywhere. Our services deal with any assembly situation. box systems.
are geared directly towards your
day-to-day work. But every service
helps you to achieve the desired
results more quickly and efficiently.
E-SERVICES
E-SERVICES 592
Overview 593
Symbolic image
Drilling and insertion machines
Drilling and insertion machines 604
Overview 605
Overview – assembly possibilities 606
Symbolic image
Assembly devices
Assembly devices 644
Overview 645
Symbolic image
Templates
Templates 650
Overview 651
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Symbolic image
As varied as your marketing needs. Technical information on Blum products. Configure, order fittings and produce applica-
tions.
Total support from planning to manufacturing. The direct route to current data. The digital tool for your assembly.
Manufacturing
After sales
Marketing
Assembly
Quotation
Planning |
Concept |
Delivery |
Ordering
service
Design
Applications
Marketing Media Library
594 ●
Product Database
595 ● ●
Product Configurator
596 ● ● ● ●
Cabinet Configurator
598 ● ● ● ●
Work steps
What support do you receive for which work steps?
Concept |
Delivery | After sales
Marketing Planning | Design Ordering Manufacturing
Assembly service
Quotation
Marketing We support you in the marketing of your products with Blum fittings, by providing you with all marketing materials free of charge and in more than
40 languages. This saves you time and money for the creation of your own documents.
Practical functions
Media collection
Using our media collection, you can mark various documents for later use and even
set them up in a customised folder structure. In this way, you can easily organise your
documents to meet your needs. You can share this folder or even individual files with
your team via a link and download them in various formats.
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices
Reference pages
Overview – E-SERVICES 593 Marketing Media Library
Short URL
www.blum.com/s017
Product Database
Technical information on Blum products
Technical information on Blum products. You will find all you need to
know about individual Blum products in the Product Database. Down-
load product descriptions, technical details, product drawings, CAD data
and much more detailed information and edit them yourself.
▬ Overview of all the Blum items available in your market
▬ Detailed descriptions of individual products including technical features
▬ Correct data directly from the fittings manufacturer at your disposal
▬ Various product data can be directly downloaded: Images, graphics,
drawings and 3D CAD data for the planning and design of Blum fittings
solutions
Work steps
What support do you receive for which work steps?
Concept |
Delivery | After sales
Marketing Planning | Design Ordering Manufacturing
Assembly service
Quotation
Concept | Planning | The product database gives you an overview of which articles are available in your market. The technical properties of each article are clearly laid
Quotation out. This helps you when designing or planning your furniture.
Design The product database also provides planning graphics and 3D CAD data for each individual article along with the technical characteristics.
Features
Product information
Easy product search via product categories or via a free text search. In this way, you
quickly receive basic information on every item. Information provided includes article
numbers and identcodes, weight EAN codes and details regarding packaging and
article material.
Reference pages
Overview – E-SERVICES 593 Product Database
Short URL
www.blum.com/s001
Product Configurator
Selecting fittings – Simple. Fast. Precise.
The Product Configurator quickly and easily provides you with the right
fittings solutions for your furniture projects. Transfer the complete parts
list for all your projects directly to the web shop of selected distributors.
The comprehensive planning results provide production drawings that
can be printed out as well as CAD data for further processing in your de-
sign software. BXF¹ and CAM data² are ready for transfer to EASYSTICK
and CNC machines.
▬ Complete parts lists for error-free ordering
▬ Comprehensive planning results with information about design, assem-
bly and adjustment and manufacturing
▬ All functions are also available for tablets and smartphones
▬ Intuitive, guided product selection complete with error-free parts lists
with useful information about new products
Work steps
What support do you receive for which work steps?
Concept |
Delivery | After sales
Marketing Planning | Design Ordering Manufacturing
Assembly service
Quotation
Concept | Planning | Determine the right fittings for your furniture projects: the fast and simple creation of complete and manufacturer-checked parts lists makes design
Quotation planning and the organization of quotes significantly easier.
Design Provides exact dimensions for Blum product solutions with all relevant measurements. The download provides CAD data in 2D and 3D as com-
piled geometries – perfectly matched to your furniture products (dimensions, weight calculation, material type, load, etc.). Various export options
for further data processing using your design software.
Ordering Parts lists can be easily stored and organised by customer projects in “My projects”. You can transmit complete, checked parts lists quickly and
easily directly to selected distributors.
Manufacturing The comprehensive planning results with cutting lists, manufacturing drawings and CAD/CAM data² support you in furniture application manufac-
turing. Regardless of whether you make it by hand or use a machine.
Application
My library My projects | My order lists Distributor interface
You can save repeat configurations as a template with Save configurations and organise them into projects – Easy transmission of complete, collision-checked parts
your customised standard settings. that way you can always access your planning results lists to selected distributors.
at a later date.
¹ The BXF file (Blum eXchange-Format) not only contains information about the fitting, but also manufacturing information for wooden parts, such as cutting dimensions and drilling positions.
² The CAM data available for selection is based on the respective individual products. Therefore, please make the correct positioning on the wooden parts manually.
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices
Product Configurator
Features
Product selection – the right fittings in just a few clicks
Guided product selection ensures you get the right fittings for your furniture project.
The useful calculator supports you in calculating the correct front weights for lift
systems and doors or the optimal TIP-ON BLUMOTION unit even for complex
furniture situations. You can quickly and easily create complete parts lists for product
applications such as SPACE STEP or CABLOXX.
Reference pages
Overview – E-SERVICES 593 Product Configurator
Short URL
www.blum.com/s002
Cabinet Configurator
Total support from planning to manufacturing
Total support from planning to manufacturing. Configure cabinets with
Blum fittings in just a few clicks. An integrated collision check allows you
to carry out precise and error-free planning. The comprehensive plan-
ning results provide optimal process support: during planning, designing,
ordering and manufacturing.
▬ Comprehensive online application with an easy-to-understand user
interface – no manual updates
▬ Design cabinets including collision-checked fittings and save valuable
time
Work steps
What support do you receive for which work steps?
Concept |
Delivery | After sales
Marketing Planning | Design Ordering Manufacturing
Assembly service
Quotation
Concept | Planning | Configure and save your projects effortlessly online. You obtain checked and complete parts lists for your customer quotes.
Quotation
Design Our cabinet configurators provide you with support when designing cabinets and selecting the right fittings. They contain CAD data in the most
common formats, which you can upload and use in your own design software. Does your software have a BXF interface¹? Then use our BXF files¹
with additional manufacturing information.
Ordering You can transmit your complete parts lists directly to the web shop or the customer service centre of selected distributors. You can manage your
projects and order lists with ease under “My projects” and “My order lists”.
Manufacturing You can use our cutting lists, assembly overview or manufacturing drawings – digitally or you can print them out. Using a BXF file¹, you can trans-
fer planning results to MINIPRESS with EASYSTICK.
¹ The BXF file (Blum eXchange-Format) not only contains information about the fitting, but also manufacturing information for wooden parts, such as cutting dimensions and drilling positions.
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices
Cabinet Configurator
Features
Cabinet design
You can define the height, width, depth, as well as the cabinet top panel, cabinet
base and back for your cabinet in the cabinet design. Speed up your planning by sav-
ing frequently used cabinet dimensions as standard values. Changes to the cabinet
design can now also be made after fittings planning.
Fittings selection
Drag and drop the fittings available in your country to your cabinet. Save valuable
time for fittings planning by duplicating fittings at the click of a mouse or creating your
own custom fittings templates.
Planning results
Comprehensive planning results make the process quick and simple.
▬ Concept, planning, quotation: Use checked and complete parts lists for your cus-
tomer quotes
▬ Design: continue to use the CAD and BXF data¹ in your CAD software
▬ Ordering: You can transmit your parts lists directly to the web shop or the customer
service centre of selected distributors
▬ Manufacturing: print out the required manufacturing information or transmit the BXF
data¹ to MINIPRESS using EASYSTICK
¹ The BXF file (Blum eXchange-Format) not only contains information about the fitting, but also manufacturing information for wooden parts, such as cutting dimensions and drilling positions.
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices
Reference pages
Overview – E-SERVICES 593 Cabinet Configurator
Short URL
www.blum.com/s003
Work steps
What support do you receive for which work steps?
Concept |
Delivery | After sales
Marketing Planning | Design Ordering Manufacturing
Assembly service
Quotation
Design You will receive CAD data in 2D and 3D in commercial formats as well as our BXF file¹. Both can then be used by you in your design software with
a BXF interface¹. CAD data are available to you as individual geometries, a combination or a package.
Manufacturing Download manufacturing data, e.g. manufacturing drawings or use our CAM data² in commercial formats for your CAM software. Our BXF data¹
also contain relevant manufacturing information for your wooden parts.
Combination (3D)
BXF¹ data
E-SERVICES and assembly
¹ The BXF file (Blum eXchange-Format) not only contains information about the fitting, but also manufacturing information for wooden parts, such as cutting dimensions and drilling positions.
devices
² The CAM data available for selection is based on the respective individual products. Therefore, please make the correct positioning on the wooden parts manually.
Software partners
For more information about our current software partners, please see our website
www.blum.com/interfaces.
¹ The BXF file (Blum eXchange-Format) not only contains information about the fitting, but also manufacturing information for wooden parts, such as cutting dimensions and drilling positions.
Reference pages
Overview – E-SERVICES 593 CAD/CAM data service Software partners
EA
Work steps
What support do you receive for which work steps?
Concept |
Delivery | After sales
Marketing Planning | Design Ordering Manufacturing
Assembly service
Quotation
Delivery | Assembly The EASY ASSEMBLY app supports you with information and instructions regarding the assembly and adjustment of Blum products.
Features
Overview of all installation instructions
EASY ASSEMBLY includes an overview of all installation instructions, arranged by
product group. The assembly app has been designed to be intuitive, so it is easy to
use.
Interactive applications
Interactive applications clearly indicate the right drilling positions and show you how
to adjust Blum fittings.
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices
Reference pages
Overview – E-SERVICES 593 EASY ASSEMBLY app
Short URL
www.blum.com/s015
Work steps
What support do you receive for which work steps?
Concept |
Delivery | After sales
Marketing Planning | Design Ordering Manufacturing
Assembly service
Quotation
Features
Directly available to answer all questions
Our experts would be happy to answer any questions that you might have – from
technical details to the planning and assembly of Blum fittings. Get comprehensive
advice about our products and services.
Reference pages
Overview – E-SERVICES 593 Technical consultation
Short URL
www.blum.com/s020
EASYSTICK – automatically mova- Tool-free assembly of drilling Insertion of Blum fittings (optional). Horizontal drilling (only possible
ble ruler (X axis). heads. with MINIPRESS top).
Symbolic image
Basic machine
MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK 610
MINIPRESS top 614
MINIPRESS P 626
MINIPRESS M 630
Symbolic image
Assembly possibilities
A1 MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK | MINIPRESS top 618
MINIPRESS P | MINIPRESS M 634
Symbolic image
Accessories
EASYSTICK 640
Insertion rams 642
Drill 642
Symbolic image
Pictograph
Item available on request Drilling and insertion machines – vertical
drillings
Drilling and insertion machines – horizontal Drilling and insertion machines – inserting
drillings fittings
Assembly possibilities
Assembly – lift systems (AVENTOS HF | HK-XS)
Front assembly
A1 Hinge
A2 Horizontal mounting plate
A3 Horizontal mounting plate | telescopic arm | front fixing bracket
A4 Blum distance bumper
Cabinet assembly
A5 Cruciform mounting plate
A6 Horizontal mounting plate
A7 Lift mechanism – cabinet fixing bracket
A8 SERVO-DRIVE switch
Cabinet assembly
B3 Lift mechanism
B4 SERVO-DRIVE switch
B5 TIP-ON – cruciform adapter plate
B6 TIP-ON – straight adapter plate
B7 TIP-ON – for drilling
Cabinet assembly
C2 Cruciform mounting plate
C3 Horizontal mounting plate
C4 BLUMOTION | TIP-ON – cruciform adapter plate
C5 BLUMOTION | TIP-ON – horizontal adapter plate
C6 BLUMOTION | TIP-ON – for drilling
Drawer assembly
D4 Base | back
Cabinet assembly
D5 Cabinet profiles
D6 BLUMOTION for METABOX
D7 SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment
● ● ● ●
AVENTOS HK top | HK-S 620 620 635 635
TIP-ON – straight adapter plate
● ● ● ●
AVENTOS HK top | HK-S 620 620 635 635
TIP-ON – for drilling
devices
● – – –
AVENTOS HK top | HK-S 620
● Recommended ○ Possible – Not possible
● ● ○ ○
622 622 638 638
BLUMOTION for METABOX
● ● ○ ○
622 622 638 638
devices
Symbolic image
Case studies
Drilling head clamping Digitised work process: planning directly on the machine
The drilling head (colour-coded) fitted with drill bits and insertion rams EASYSTICK digitises planning and assembly. You can either plan directly
(optional) can be fixed quickly and tool-free using a clamping lever. on the machine or copy your data from the Cabinet Configurator.
E-SERVICES and assembly
You can call up your work assignments with the barcode scanner and Fitted with EASYSTICK, the drilling unit (Y axis) moves automatically up
continue working with them. to 350 mm. This increases the range of assembly options and permits the
positioning of centred line drilling for deep cabinets.
Symbolic image
Order information
F1 MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK – vertical | horizontal F2 MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK – vertical
Voltage (V) Frequency (Hz) Part no. Voltage (V) Frequency (Hz) Part no.
3 x 400 50 | 60 M75E2000 3 x 400 50 | 60 M70E2000
Consisting of: Consisting of:
F1 1 x MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK – vertical | horizontal F2 1 x MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK – vertical
– 1 x Tool set – 1 x Tool set
– 1 x Work table – 1 x Work table
– 1 x Hold down clamp (pneumatic) left/right – 1 x Hold down clamp (pneumatic) left/right
– 1 x Horizontal drilling head, 3 spindles EASYSTICK computer and EASYSTICK ruler are not included in the scope of delivery
EASYSTICK computer and EASYSTICK ruler are not included in the scope of delivery
Accessories
Drilling heads without swing arm
Number of spin- Spindle distance Quick connect ¹ ² Insertion
Swing arm Part no. Application Drilling
(optional)
dles (pcs) (mm) chuck
G1 Hinge ✖ ✖
3 9.5 | 45 □ I23 MZK.2000.01
G6 Wooden dowel ✖
Cabinet connectors ✖
3 32 □ – MZK.2400.01
G7 Line drilling ✖
9 32 □ – MZK.2810.03
● Left ● Right
■ With quick connect chuck □ Without quick connect chuck ✖ Possible
¹ For drilling heads with quick connect chucks, drill bits larger than Ø 10 mm must not be used
² Order swing arm for inserting fittings separately
devices
Reference pages
Overview – drilling and insertion machines Accessories – insertion rams 642 MINIPRESS top
605
overview Accessories – drill bit 642
Overview – assembly possibilities 606
Assembly possibilities 618 Short URL
Accessories – EASYSTICK 640 www.blum.com/i012
General
Description Part no. Application
I4 For drilling diameters up to 10 mm
Quick connect chuck and sleeve, left hand MZK.2023
I20
MINIPRESS top drilling head and ruler storage rack MZA.2600
Reference pages
Overview – drilling and insertion machines Accessories – insertion rams 642
605
overview Accessories – drill bit 642
Overview – assembly possibilities 606
Assembly possibilities 618
Accessories – EASYSTICK 640
A1 Hinge ● ●
A2 Horizontal mounting plate ● ●
A3 Horizontal mounting plate | telescopic arm | front fixing bracket ● ●
A4 Blum distance bumper ● ●
Cabinet assembly
A5 Cruciform mounting plate ● ●
A6 Horizontal mounting plate ● ●
A7 Lift mechanism – cabinet fixing bracket ● ●
A8 SERVO-DRIVE switch ● ●
MINIPRESS top
MINIPRESS top vertical | horizontal and vertical
MINIPRESS top makes operation and adjustments on the machine even
easier and more precise. With the MINIPRESS top, all vertical and, as an
option, horizontal drilling can be performed with ease. You also have the
option of using Blum fittings vertically. An extensive modular system (set-
up plans | drilling heads | rulers) ensures that the MINIPRESS top will suit
individual assembly needs.
▬ Vertical drilling and optional insertion of Blum fittings
▬ Optional horizontal drilling
▬ Quick change of drilling heads already equipped with drill bits
▬ Easy to use positioning system through fast tool-free changeover of
pre-set rulers
▬ Manual adjustment of the drilling unit (Y axis) up to 350 mm
▬ Simple adjustment of dimensions with easily accessible operating
elements and precision display
Symbolic image
Case studies
Drilling head clamping Precision work guaranteed: measurements display on the machine
The drilling head (colour-coded) fitted with drill bits and insertion rams The operating elements have a precision display and are easily acces-
(optional) can be fixed quickly and tool-free using a clamping lever. sible, adjusting all dimensions and enhancing precision is made easy.
Making your work processes quicker and error-free.
E-SERVICES and assembly
Precise stops: adjustment of the Y axis on the drilling unit Ruler change
devices
Convenient adjustment of the drilling unit (Y axis) enables precise ad- The ruler with pre-set colour-coded stops can be fitted in a matter of
justment of all stop positions using the hand wheel. Work table and ruler seconds with no need for tools.
remain in the same position. Easy and precise operation.
MINIPRESS top
MINIPRESS top vertical | horizontal and vertical Note
▬ Supplied with ruler system, work table and toolkit Machines can be assembled with the Product
▬ Rulers, drilling heads and other accessories are not Configurator
included as part of the basic machine
▬ Optional with horizontal drilling head (3-spindle) Short URL
www.blum.com/configurator
Symbolic image
Order information
F1 MINIPRESS top – vertical | horizontal F2 MINIPRESS top – vertical
Voltage (V) Frequency (Hz) Part no. Voltage (V) Frequency (Hz) Part no.
3 x 400 50 | 60 M75.2000 3 x 400 50 | 60 M70.2000
Consisting of: Consisting of:
F1 1 x MINIPRESS top – vertical | horizontal F2 1 x MINIPRESS top – vertical
– 1 x Tool set – 1 x Tool set
– 1 x Work table – 1 x Work table
– 1 x Hold down clamp (pneumatic) left/right – 1 x Hold down clamp (pneumatic) left/right
– 1 x Horizontal drilling head, 3 spindles – 1 x Set-up plan rack
– 1 x Set-up plan rack
Accessories
Drilling heads without swing arm
Number of spin- Spindle distance Quick connect ¹ ² Insertion
Swing arm Part no. Application Drilling
(optional)
dles (pcs) (mm) chuck
G1 Hinge ✖ ✖
3 9.5 | 45 □ I23 MZK.2000.01
G6 Wooden dowel ✖
Cabinet connectors ✖
3 32 □ – MZK.2400.01
G7 Line drilling ✖
9 32 □ – MZK.2810.03
● Left ● Right
■ With quick connect chuck □ Without quick connect chuck ✖ Possible
¹ For drilling heads with quick connect chucks, drill bits larger than Ø 10 mm must not be used
² Order swing arm for inserting fittings separately
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices
Reference pages
Overview – drilling and insertion machines Accessories – drill bit 642 MINIPRESS top
605
overview
Overview – assembly possibilities 606
Assembly possibilities 618 Short URL
Accessories – insertion rams 642 www.blum.com/i012
MINIPRESS top
Order information
Accessories
Rulers
Description Length (mm) Calibration (mm) Part no. Application
H5 For all vertical assembly options
Standard ruler 1700 850–0–850 MZL.2000
H14 Symmetrical
Swivel stop MZS.1000
H15
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand MZS.2000
H16
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right MZS.2000
H17
Centre marking stop MZR.1200
General
Description Part no. Application
I4 For drilling diameters up to 10 mm
Quick connect chuck and sleeve, left hand MZK.2023
I20
MINIPRESS top drilling head and ruler storage rack MZA.2600
Reference pages
Overview – drilling and insertion machines Accessories – drill bit 642
605
overview
Overview – assembly possibilities 606
Assembly possibilities 618
Accessories – insertion rams 642
MINIPRESS top
Assembly possibilities
Assembly – lift systems (AVENTOS HF | HK-XS)
Front assembly v|h v
A1 Hinge ● ●
A2 Horizontal mounting plate ● ●
A3 Horizontal mounting plate | telescopic arm | front fixing bracket ● ●
A4 Blum distance bumper ● ●
Cabinet assembly
A5 Cruciform mounting plate ● ●
A6 Horizontal mounting plate ● ●
A7 Lift mechanism – cabinet fixing bracket ● ●
A8 SERVO-DRIVE switch ● ●
Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and optional insertion of fittings (order swing arm) 1x MZK.210S
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB10.02
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB10.03
Vertical | horizontal Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB05.02
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB05.03
devices
Vertical Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB02.D3
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB02.D2
Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, calibration from 0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2010
Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2000
Swivel stop 4x ¹ MZS.1000
Swing arm for inserting mounting plates 1x MZK.2008.02
Insertion ram, horizontal zinc mounting plates 177H51x0 1x MZM.0050
Insertion ram, horizontal steel mounting plates 177H31x0 1x MZM.0053
¹ MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK requires no rulers or swivel stops
Vertical
Cabinet fixing Quantity
AVENTOS HK-XS required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling 1x MZK.211S
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 2x M01.ZB02.D3
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand 2x M01.ZB05.03
Vertical | horizontal Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2000
Swivel stop 2x ¹ MZS.1000
Vertical
SERVO-DRIVE switch Quantity
AVENTOS HF required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling 1x MZK.210S
Fittings drill bit, 35 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB35.02
Fittings drill bit without tip, 35 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB35.OS
Vertical | horizontal Chuck for drilling diameter larger than 10 mm, right 1x MZK.2124
Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2000
Vertical Swivel stop 2x ¹ MZS.1000
Vertical
SERVO-DRIVE switch Quantity
devices
Vertical
Wall hanging bracket Quantity
48N0610.02 | 48N0610.03 required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and optional insertion of fittings (order swing arm) 1x MZK.210S
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB10.02
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB10.03
Vertical | horizontal Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2000
Swivel stop 2x ¹ MZS.1000
Vertical Swing arm small 1x MZK.2008.02
Insertion ram, wall hanging bracket 48N0610.02 | 48N0610.03 1x MZM.0078
Cabinet assembly
Wooden dowel drilling Quantity
9-spindle drilling head required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 9, drilling 1x MZK.2810.03
Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, right hand 5x M01.ZB08.02
Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, left hand 4x M01.ZB08.03
Vertical | horizontal Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand 5x M01.ZB10.02
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand 4x M01.ZB10.03
Drill bit, 8 x 114.5 mm, right hand 1x M75.ZB08.02
Drill bit, 8 x 114.5 mm, left hand 2x M75.ZB08.03
Drill bit, 10 x 114.5 mm, right hand 1x M75.ZB10.02
Drill bit, 10 x 114.5 mm, left hand 2x M75.ZB10.03
Horizontal ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2060
MZS.1000
E-SERVICES and assembly
Swivel stop 8x ¹
Wooden dowel drilling Quantity
3 spindle drilling head required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 3, drilling 1x MZK.2400.01
Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB08.02
Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, left hand 2x M01.ZB08.03
devices
MINIPRESS P
Specialised
MINIPRESS P is the specialist for front assemblies. Group drillings and
cabinet profile drillings can also be performed just as efficiently. Once it’s
set, it carries out routine work with precision and efficiency. A pneumatic
feed for vertical drilling and insertion of Blum fittings as well as a spindle
for setting the drilling distance setting makes working with MINIPRESS P
safe and precise.
▬ Vertical drilling and insertion of Blum fittings
▬ Drilling distance settings using spindle
▬ Pneumatic feed
▬ Can be retrofitted with EASYSTICK as an option
▬ Optional automatically movable stops in the X axis with EASYSTICK
Symbolic image
Case studies
Drilling of various patterns Insertion of Blum components Practical and precise ruler system
With the multi-swivel gearbox, various drilling MINIPRESS P is equally efficient when it comes The drilling distance is set easily from the front
patterns for furniture fittings can be set quickly, to inserting Blum fittings, the operation is both using a calibrated spindle.
tool-free and precisely. simple and precise.
E-SERVICES and assembly
For quick and comfortable drill bit changeovers. For efficient line drilling within the 32 mm tier For the assembly of AVENTOS lift mechanisms,
The quick connect chucks can be retrofitted system. Drilling head is fitted with quick connect box front fixings and cabinet profiles. Drilling
individually. chucks as standard. head is fitted with quick connect chucks as
standard.
MINIPRESS P
▬ Including multi-swivel gearbox (5-spindle) Reference pages
▬ Supplied with stop system, incl. standard ruler Application video
(600 mm) and toolkit
▬ Different voltage can be supplied upon request
▬ Rulers, drilling heads and other accessories are not Short URL
included as part of the basic machine www.blum.com/gmSum
▬ Can be retrofitted with EASYSTICK as an option
Symbolic image
Order information
F1 MINIPRESS P F2 MINIPRESS P
Voltage (V) Frequency (Hz) Part no. Voltage (V) Frequency (Hz) Part no.
1 x 230 50 M53.1050* 1 x 230 50 M53.1050.01
3 x 400 50 | 60 ☎ M53.1000* 3 x 400 50 | 60 ¹ M53.1000.01
Consisting of: Consisting of:
F 1 x MINIPRESS P F 1 x MINIPRESS P
I14 1 x Drilling depth stop for MINIPRESS P | M 2010 and later – 1 x Distance template
– 1 x Distance template – 4 x Chuck cover
– 4 x Chuck cover – 1 x Replacement coupling
– 1 x Replacement coupling – 1 x Tool set
– 1 x Tool set – 1 x Standard ruler
– 1 x Standard ruler H11 1 x Extension ruler symmetrical
H13 1 x Support for extension ruler
H18 1 x Centre marking stop laser
I14 1 x Drilling depth stop for MINIPRESS P | M 2010 and later
I16 1 x Position indicator for MINIPRESS P
I17 1 x Hold down clamp (pneumatic) left/right
I18 1 x Work table for MINIPRESS P
K9 2 x Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, left hand
K20 1 x Fittings drill bit, 35 x 57 mm, right hand
¹ H18 is not part of standard components
Accessories
Drilling heads without swing arm
Number of spin- Spindle distance Quick connect ¹ ² Insertion
Swing arm Part no. Application Drilling
(optional)
dles (pcs) (mm) chuck
G9 Line drilling ✖
9 32 ■ – MZK.190S
● Left ● Right
■ With quick connect chuck □ Without quick connect chuck ✖ Possible
¹ For drilling heads with quick connect chucks, drill bits larger than Ø 10 mm must not be used
² Order swing arm for inserting fittings separately
General
Description Part no. Application
I2 MINIPRESS P | MINIPRESS PRO
EASYSTICK computer MZD.5000
Rulers
Description Length (mm) Calibration (mm) Part no. Application
H2 MINIPRESS P | MINIPRESS PRO
EASYSTICK ruler 1700 6–953 MZD.2000
Reference pages
Overview – drilling and insertion machines Accessories – insertion rams 642
605
overview Accessories – drill bit 642
Overview – assembly possibilities 606
Assembly possibilities 634
Accessories – EASYSTICK 640
MINIPRESS P
Order information
Accessories
Rulers
Description Length (mm) Calibration (mm) Part no. Application
H11 Extension for standard ruler
Extension ruler symmetrical 1250 300–1550 ¹ MZL.1250
H15
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand ¹ MZS.2000
H16
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right ¹ MZS.2000
H17
Centre marking stop MZR.1000
H18
Centre marking stop laser MZR.5300.02
H19
MINIPRESS dual application MZR.2000
H20
Locking device (16 mm ruler adjustment) MZE.1300
¹ MINIPRESS P with EASYSTICK requires no rulers or swivel stops
General
Description Part no.
I3
Quick connect chuck set (5 pcs. chuck, sleeve, cover), right and left MZF.1000.01
I8
Quick connect chuck and sleeve, left hand MZF.1010
I9
Quick connect chuck and sleeve, right hand MZF.1020
I10
Quick connect sleeve MZF.1030
I11
Quick connect chuck cover MZF.1050
I12
Locking device for MZK.1900 | MZK.8800 | MZK.190S | MZK.880S MZK.1120
I13 Drilling head connector for quick connect chuck MZK.1900 | MZK.8800 |
MZK.1130
MZK.190S | MZK.880S
I14
Drilling depth stop for MINIPRESS P | M 2010 and later M30.1304.02
I15
Retro fit kit for drilling head MINIPRESS P | M earlier than 2010 M30.1313.UM
I16
Position indicator for MINIPRESS P (digital drilling offset stop) MZE.2110
I17
Hold down clamp (pneumatic) left/right M53.0720
I18
Work table for MINIPRESS P MZA.5300
I21
Tool holder M51.0802
I22
Set-up plan rack M54.2117
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices
Reference pages
Overview – drilling and insertion machines Accessories – insertion rams 642
605
overview Accessories – drill bit 642
Overview – assembly possibilities 606
Assembly possibilities 634
Accessories – EASYSTICK 640
MINIPRESS P
Assembly possibilities
Assembly – lift systems (AVENTOS HF | HK-XS)
Front assembly
A1 Hinge ●
A2 Horizontal mounting plate ●
A3 Horizontal mounting plate | telescopic arm | front fixing bracket ○
A4 Blum distance bumper ●
Cabinet assembly
A5 Cruciform mounting plate ●
A6 Horizontal mounting plate ●
A7 Lift mechanism – cabinet fixing bracket ○
A8 SERVO-DRIVE switch ●
MINIPRESS M
Mobile
The MINIPRESS M from Blum is a compact tool that is flexible enough
to be used on-site or in the workshop. MINIPRESS M does not require
pressurised air or a strong power supply and instead can be operated
using lighting current.
▬ Vertical drilling and insertion of Blum fittings
▬ Manual feed by activating the lever
Symbolic image
Case studies
For quick and comfortable drill bit changeovers. For efficient line drilling within the 32 mm tier For the assembly of AVENTOS lift mechanisms,
The quick connect chucks can be retrofitted system. Drilling head is fitted with quick connect box front fixings and cabinet profiles. Drilling
individually. chucks as standard. head is fitted with quick connect chucks as
standard.
MINIPRESS M
▬ Including multi-swivel gearbox (5-spindle) Reference pages
▬ Supplied with stop system, incl. standard ruler Application video
(600 mm) and toolkit
▬ Different voltage can be supplied upon request
▬ Rulers, drilling heads and other accessories are not Short URL
included as part of the basic machine www.blum.com/1nenDA
Symbolic image
Order information
F1 MINIPRESS M F2 MINIPRESS M
Voltage (V) Frequency (Hz) Part no. Voltage (V) Frequency (Hz) Part no.
1 x 230 50 M52.1050* 1 x 230 50 ☎ M52.1050*
Consisting of: Consisting of:
F 1 x MINIPRESS M F 1 x MINIPRESS M
I14 1 x Drilling depth stop for MINIPRESS P | M 2010 and later I14 1 x Drilling depth stop for MINIPRESS P | M 2010 and later
– 1 x Distance template I19 1 x Work table for MINIPRESS M
– 4 x Chuck cover – 1 x Distance template
– 1 x Replacement coupling – 4 x Chuck cover
– 1 x Tool set – 1 x Replacement coupling
– 1 x Standard ruler – 1 x Tool set
– 1 x Standard ruler
Accessories
Drilling heads without swing arm
Number of spin- Spindle distance Quick connect ¹ ² Insertion
Swing arm Part no. Application Drilling
(optional)
dles (pcs) (mm) chuck
G9 Line drilling ✖
9 32 ■ – MZK.190S
● Left ● Right
■ With quick connect chuck □ Without quick connect chuck ✖ Possible
¹ For drilling heads with quick connect chucks, drill bits larger than Ø 10 mm must not be used
² Order swing arm for inserting fittings separately
Reference pages
Overview – drilling and insertion machines Accessories – drill bit 642
605
overview
Overview – assembly possibilities 606
Assembly possibilities 634
Accessories – insertion rams 642
MINIPRESS M
Order information
Accessories
Rulers
Description Length (mm) Calibration (mm) Part no. Application
H11 Extension for standard ruler
Extension ruler symmetrical 1250 300–1550 ¹ MZL.1250
H14 Symmetrical
Swivel stop MZS.1000
H15
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand MZS.2000
H16
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right MZS.2000
H17
Centre marking stop MZR.1000
H19
MINIPRESS dual application MZR.2000
H21
Stop (drilling offset stop) MZS.1020
General
Description Part no.
I3
Quick connect chuck set (5 pcs. chuck, sleeve, cover), right and left MZF.1000.01
I8
Quick connect chuck and sleeve, left hand MZF.1010
I9
Quick connect chuck and sleeve, right hand MZF.1020
I10
Quick connect sleeve MZF.1030
I11
Quick connect chuck cover MZF.1050
I12
Locking device for MZK.1900 | MZK.8800 | MZK.190S | MZK.880S MZK.1120
I13 Drilling head connector for quick connect chuck MZK.1900 | MZK.8800 |
MZK.1130
MZK.190S | MZK.880S
I14
Drilling depth stop for MINIPRESS P | M 2010 and later M30.1304.02
I15
Retro fit kit for drilling head MINIPRESS P | M earlier than 2010 M30.1313.UM
I19
Work table for MINIPRESS M MZA.5200
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices
Reference pages
Overview – drilling and insertion machines Accessories – drill bit 642
605
overview
Overview – assembly possibilities 606
Assembly possibilities 634
Accessories – insertion rams 642
MINIPRESS M
Assembly possibilities
Assembly – lift systems (AVENTOS HF | HK-XS)
Front assembly
A1 Hinge ●
A2 Horizontal mounting plate ●
A3 Horizontal mounting plate | telescopic arm | front fixing bracket ○
A4 Blum distance bumper ●
Cabinet assembly
A5 Cruciform mounting plate ●
A6 Horizontal mounting plate ●
A7 Lift mechanism – cabinet fixing bracket ○
A8 SERVO-DRIVE switch ●
MINIPRESS P | MINIPRESS M
Assembly – lift systems (AVENTOS HF | HK-XS)
Front assembly
A1 Hinge Quantity
AVENTOS HF | HK-XS required Part no.
Fittings drill bit, 35 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB35.02
Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, left hand 2x M01.ZB08.03
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 2x M01.ZB02.D3
MINIPRESS P Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 2x ¹ MZS.2000
MINIPRESS M Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 2x ¹ MZS.2000
Horizontal mounting plate Quantity
AVENTOS HF required Part no.
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB10.02
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB10.03
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB05.02
MINIPRESS P Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB05.03
MINIPRESS M Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB02.D2
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB02.D3
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 2x ¹ MZS.2000
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 2x ¹ MZS.2000
Insertion ram, horizontal zinc mounting plates 177H51x0 1x MZM.0050
Insertion ram, horizontal steel mounting plates 177H31x0 1x MZM.0053
Horizontal mounting plate | telescopic arm | front fixing bracket Quantity
AVENTOS HF | HK-XS required Part no.
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB05.02
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB05.03
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB02.D2
MINIPRESS P Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB02.D3
MINIPRESS M Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 1x ¹ MZS.2000
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 1x ¹ MZS.2000
Blum distance bumper Quantity
AVENTOS HF required Part no.
Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB08.02
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB05.02
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 1x MZS.2000
MINIPRESS P Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 1x ¹ MZS.2000
MINIPRESS M
Cabinet assembly
Cruciform mounting plate Quantity
AVENTOS HF | HK-XS required Part no.
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB05.02
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB05.03
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB02.D2
MINIPRESS P Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB02.D3
MINIPRESS M Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB10.02
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB10.03
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 2x ¹ MZS.2000
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 2x ¹ MZS.2000
Insertion ram, mounting plates 174H71xx 1x MZM.0061.01
Horizontal mounting plate Quantity
AVENTOS HF | HK-XS required Part no.
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB10.02
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB10.03
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB05.02
MINIPRESS P Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB05.03
MINIPRESS M Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB02.D2
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB02.D3
E-SERVICES and assembly
MINIPRESS P | MINIPRESS M
Cabinet fixing Quantity
AVENTOS HK-XS required Part no.
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB05.02
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB05.03
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB02.D2
MINIPRESS P Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB02.D3
MINIPRESS M Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 1x ¹ MZS.2000
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 1x ¹ MZS.2000
SERVO-DRIVE switch Quantity
AVENTOS HF required Part no.
Fittings drill bit, 35 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB35.02
Fittings drill bit without tip, 35 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB35.OS
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 1x ¹ MZS.2000
MINIPRESS P Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 1x ¹ MZS.2000
MINIPRESS M
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 1x ¹ MZS.2000
TIP-ON – straight adapter plate Quantity
AVENTOS HK top | HK-S required Part no.
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB02.D2
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB02.D3
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 1x ¹ MZS.2000
MINIPRESS P Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 1x ¹ MZS.2000
MINIPRESS M
¹ MINIPRESS P with EASYSTICK requires no rulers or swivel stops
MINIPRESS P | MINIPRESS M
Assembly – hinge systems
Front assembly
Hinge Quantity
C1
required Part no.
Fittings drill bit, 35 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB35.02
Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, left hand 2x M01.ZB08.03
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 2x M01.ZB02.D3
MINIPRESS P Fittings drill bit, 26 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB26.02
MINIPRESS M Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 4x ¹ MZS.2000
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 4x ¹ MZS.2000
Insertion ram, furniture hinges, all opening angles – except mini-hinge 1x MZM.0040
Cabinet assembly
Cruciform mounting plate Quantity
required Part no.
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB05.02
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB05.03
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB02.D2
MINIPRESS P Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB02.D3
MINIPRESS M Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB10.02
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB10.03
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 4x ¹ MZS.2000
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 4x ¹ MZS.2000
Insertion ram, mounting plates 174H71xx 1x MZM.0061.01
Horizontal mounting plate Quantity
required Part no.
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB10.02
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB10.03
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB05.02
MINIPRESS P Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB05.03
MINIPRESS M Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB02.D2
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB02.D3
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 4x ¹ MZS.2000
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 4x ¹ MZS.2000
Insertion ram, horizontal zinc mounting plates 177H51x0 1x MZM.0050
Insertion ram, horizontal steel mounting plates 177H31x0 1x MZM.0053
BLUMOTION | TIP-ON Quantity
Cruciform adapter plate required Part no.
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB05.02
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB05.03
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB02.D2
MINIPRESS P Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB02.D3
MINIPRESS M Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 1x ¹ MZS.2000
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 1x ¹ MZS.2000
BLUMOTION | TIP-ON Quantity
Straight adapter plate required Part no.
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB02.D2
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB02.D3
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 1x ¹ MZS.2000
MINIPRESS P Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 1x ¹ MZS.2000
MINIPRESS M
MINIPRESS P | MINIPRESS M
MINIPRESS P | MINIPRESS M
Cabinet assembly
Cabinet profiles Quantity
8-spindle drilling head required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling 1x MZK.880S
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand 2x M01.ZB05.02
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand 2x M01.ZB05.03
MINIPRESS P Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand 2x M01.ZB02.D2
MINIPRESS M Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 2x M01.ZB02.D3
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 5x ¹ MZS.2000
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 5x ¹ MZS.2000
BLUMOTION for METABOX Quantity
required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling 1x MZK.880S
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB05.02
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB05.03
MINIPRESS P Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB02.D2
MINIPRESS M Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB02.D3
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 1x ¹ MZS.2000
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 1x ¹ MZS.2000
SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment Quantity
required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 9, drilling 1x MZK.190S
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB10.02
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB10.03
MINIPRESS P Fittings drill bit, 25 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB25.02
MINIPRESS M Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 1x ¹ MZS.2000
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 1x ¹ MZS.2000
MINIPRESS P | MINIPRESS M
Line drilling Quantity
3 spindle drilling head required Part no.
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB05.02
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand 2x M01.ZB05.03
Drill bit, 3 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB03.02
MINIPRESS P Drill bit, 3 x 57 mm, left hand 2x M01.ZB03.03
MINIPRESS M Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 10 x ¹ MZS.2000
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 10 x ¹ MZS.2000
¹ MINIPRESS P with EASYSTICK requires no rulers or swivel stops
EASYSTICK
Your perfect support
Blum drilling and insertion machines with EASYSTICK make light work
of precision front and cabinet drilling – regardless of whether you are
working with MINIPRESS top | MINIPRESS PRO | MINIPRESS P – retro-
fitted or fitted with EASYSTICK, your MINIPRESS becomes your perfect
assistant. The EASYSTICK computer calculates the drilling positions for
the fittings once you have entered the workpiece dimensions. The ruler
(X axis) then moves automatically and shows the right drilling position
step-by-step.
▬ Precise assembly results with automatically movable ruler (X axis)
▬ Planning results can be copied easily from the Cabinet Configurator
▬ Updates make it easy to keep your EASYSTICK software (functions
and new products) equipped to perform to the optimum
▬ Can be retrofitted to existing machines (MINIPRESS PRO |
MINIPRESS P)
Case studies
EASYSTICK replaces the conventional ruler A special bracket is used to mount the computer EASYSTICK’s illuminated markers indicate
and revolutionises front and cabinet assem- directly on the machine, so it’s simply a case of drilling positions. The ruler moves automatically.
bly – it can even be retrofitted on your existing ready, steady, drill. With EASYSTICK, you can move with precision,
MINIPRESS PRO | MINIPRESS P dependant without any readjustment necessary.
on age.
EASYSTICK
▬ EASYSTICK computer (incl. bracket) for automatic Reference pages
calculation of fixing positions – must be ordered Application video
separately
▬ Automatically movable EASYSTICK ruler with stop
pins and illuminated markings (length 1700 mm, Short URL
stop positions from 6–953 mm) – must be ordered www.blum.com/a860
separately
▬ EASYSTICK extension ruler for stop positions from
953–2681 mm – must be ordered separately
Symbolic image
Order information
Description Part no. Application
I2 MINIPRESS P | MINIPRESS PRO
EASYSTICK computer MZD.5000
Accessories
Description Length (mm) Calibration (mm) Part no. Application
H3 MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK | MINIPRESS P |
EASYSTICK extension ruler left/right 1700 953–2681 MZD.2V00 MINIPRESS PRO
– Flex
Market Part no. Market Part no. Market Part no.
AR Z10M200A JP Z10M200J UK Z10M200B
AU Z10M200K CH Z10M200C CL Z10M200L
DK Z10M200D CN Z10M200N Europe Z10M200E
TW Z10M200T IN Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200U
IL Z10M200I ZA Z10M200Z
Reference pages
Overview – drilling and insertion machines EASYSTICK
605
overview
Overview – assembly possibilities 606
MINIPRESS top 614 Short URL
MINIPRESS P 626 www.blum.com/i013
Insertion rams
Description Part no. MINIPRESS top for
EASYSTICK
MINIPRESS top MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M
Vertical |
Vertical
horizontal
J1
Insertion ram, furniture hinges, all opening angles – except mini-hinge MZM.0040 ● ● ● ●
J2
Insertion ram, horizontal zinc mounting plates 177H51x0 MZM.0050 ● ● ● ●
J3
Insertion ram, horizontal steel mounting plates 177H31x0 MZM.0053 ● ● ● ●
J4
Insertion ram, mounting plates 174H71xx MZM.0061.01 ● ● ● ●
J5
Insertion ram, front fixing bracket ZSF.1300 | 1800 MZM.0292.01 ● ●
J6
Insertion ram, front fixing bracket ZSF.1300 | 1800 MZM.0092.01 ● ●
J7
Insertion ram, front fixing bracket ZSF.1610 MZM.0093.02 ● ●
J8
Insertion ram, front adjuster 295.1000 MZM.0095 ● ● ● ●
J9
Insertion ram, wall hanging bracket 48N0610.02 | 48N0610.03 MZM.0078 ● ● ● ●
J10
Insertion ram, connector housing 40.0110N | 40.0200N MZM.0070 ● ● ● ●
J11
Insertion ram, connector 40.0620 MZM.0071 ● ● ● ●
J12
Insertion ram, connector 42.0700.01 MZM.0077 ● ● ● ●
Drill
Description Part no. MINIPRESS top for
EASYSTICK
MINIPRESS top MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M
Vertical |
Vertical
horizontal
K1
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand M01.ZB02.D3 ● ● ● ●
K2
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand M01.ZB02.D2 ● ● ● ●
K3
Drill bit, 3 x 57 mm, left hand M01.ZB03.03 ● ● ● ●
K4
Drill bit, 3 x 57 mm, right hand M01.ZB03.02 ● ● ● ●
K5
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand M01.ZB05.03 ● ● ● ●
K6
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand M01.ZB05.02 ● ● ● ●
K7
Drill bit with roof tip, 5 x 57 mm, left hand M01.ZB05.D3 ● ● ● ●
K8
Drill bit with roof tip, 5 x 57 mm, right hand M01.ZB05.D2 ● ● ● ●
K9
Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, left hand M01.ZB08.03 ● ● ● ●
K10
Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, right hand M01.ZB08.02 ● ● ● ●
K11
Drill bit without tip, 8 x 57 mm, left hand M01.ZB08.OS ● ● ● ●
E-SERVICES and assembly
K12
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand M01.ZB10.03 ● ● ● ●
K13
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand M01.ZB10.02 ● ● ● ●
devices
Drill
Description Part no. MINIPRESS top for
EASYSTICK
MINIPRESS top MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M
Vertical |
Vertical
horizontal
K14
Fittings drill bit, 20 x 57 mm, left hand M01.ZB20.03 ● ● ● ●
K15
Fittings drill bit, 20 x 57 mm, right hand M01.ZB20.02 ● ● ● ●
K16
Fittings drill bit, 25 x 57 mm, right hand M01.ZB25.02 ● ● ● ●
K18
Fittings drill bit, 26 x 57 mm, right hand M01.ZB26.02 ● ● ● ●
K19
Fittings drill bit, 28 x 57 mm, right hand M01.ZB28.02 ● ● ● ●
K20
Fittings drill bit, 35 x 57 mm, right hand M01.ZB35.02 ● ● ● ●
K21
Fittings drill bit without tip, 35 x 57 mm, right hand M01.ZB35.OS ● ● ● ●
K22 Special drill without a centring tip for mineral composites | HPL boards (thin
M01.ZB10.T3 ● ● ● ●
fronts), 10 x 57 mm, left
K23 Special drill without a centring tip for mineral composites | HPL boards (thin
M01.ZB10.T2 ● ● ● ●
fronts), 10 x 57 mm, right
L2
Drill bit, 5 x 114.5 mm, right hand M75.ZB05.L2 ●
L3
Drill bit, 8 x 114.5 mm, left hand M75.ZB08.L3 ●
L4
Drill bit, 8 x 114.5 mm, right hand M75.ZB08.L2 ●
L5
Drill bit, 10 x 114.5 mm, left hand M75.ZB10.L3 ●
L6
Drill bit, 10 x 114.5 mm, right hand M75.ZB10.L2 ●
Reference pages
Overview – drilling and insertion machines MINIPRESS top 614
605
overview MINIPRESS P 626
Overview – assembly possibilities 606 MINIPRESS M 630
Assembly possibilities 618
MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK 610
TANDEMBOX antaro
CLIP top BLUMOTION
TANDEMBOX plus
AVENTOS HK top
AVENTOS HK-XS
Further products
LEGRABOX pure
LEGRABOX free
AVENTOS HF
MERIVOBOX
MOVENTO
METABOX
AVENTOS
TANDEM
CLIP top
MODUL
Drawer Assembly
BOXFIX plus
ZMM.2500 646 ● ● ● ● ●
BOXFIX E-L
ZMM.0700.01 647 ● ●
BOXFIX E-M
ZMM.0400 648 ●
BOXFIX E-T
ZMM.0350 649 ● ●
Pictograph
Item available on request
BOXFIX plus
▬ Pneumatic device for assembling drawers and high Assembly possibilities
fronted pull-outs LEGRABOX pure
LEGRABOX free
▬ Assembly type: screws or nails
MERIVOBOX
▬ Nominal length NL 270–650 mm TANDEMBOX antaro
▬ Cabinet width KB 250–1200 mm TANDEMBOX plus
▬ Back heights up to 250 mm (wood and steel)
▬ Material: aluminium/steel
Reference pages
Overview – assembly devices 645
Order information
Description Part no. Accessories
BOXFIX plus ZMM.2500
Consisting of:
Centre bit M01.ZZ03.01
– 1 x BOXFIX plus
– 1 x Centre bit Pneumatic nail gun with accessories ZMZ.20S1
– 1 x Tool set
Assembly possibilities
LEGRABOX pure | LEGRABOX free | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus
Drawer assembly screws
▬ Set nominal length NL and pull-out width
▬ Use screws to attach the drawer back (wooden) to chipboard back fixings
▬ Insert drawer base, sides and back into BOXFIX and fit together pneumatically
▬ Screw on drawer base to drawer sides
BOXFIX E-L
▬ Assembly device for drawers and high fronted pull- Assembly possibilities
outs LEGRABOX pure
LEGRABOX free
▬ Assembly type: screw-on
▬ Nominal length NL 270–650 mm
▬ Cabinet width KB 250–1200 mm
▬ Back heights up to 250 mm
▬ Material: nylon/steel
▬ BOXFIX for drawer base thicknesses of 18 mm on
request Reference pages
Overview – assembly devices 645
Application video
Short URL
www.blum.com/26qCmt
Symbolic image
Order information
Description Part no. Accessories
BOXFIX E-L ZMM.0700.01
Consisting of:
Centre bit M01.ZZ03.01
– 1 x BOXFIX E-L
– 1 x Centre bit Shim kit for BOXFIX E-L | E-M | E-T ZMM.075N
– 1 x Shim kit for BOXFIX E-L
Assembly possibilities
LEGRABOX pure | LEGRABOX free
Drawer Assembly
▬ Adjust pull-out width using drawer back
▬ Use screws to attach the drawer back (wooden) to chipboard back fixings
▬ Insert and secure drawer back, base and sides in BOXFIX
▬ Screw on drawer base to drawer sides
BOXFIX E-M
▬ Assembly device for drawers and high fronted pull- Assembly possibilities
outs MERIVOBOX
▬ Assembly type: screw-on
▬ Nominal length NL 270–600 mm
▬ Cabinet width KB 250–1200 mm
▬ Back heights up to 250 mm
▬ Material: nylon/steel
▬ BOXFIX for drawer base thicknesses of 18 mm on
request Reference pages
Overview – assembly devices 645
Symbolic image
Order information
Description Part no. Accessories
BOXFIX E-M ZMM.0400
Consisting of:
Centre bit M01.ZZ03.01
– 1 x BOXFIX E-M
– 1 x Centre bit Shim kit for BOXFIX E-L | E-M | E-T ZMM.075N
– 1 x Shim kit for BOXFIX E-M
Assembly possibilities
MERIVOBOX
Drawer Assembly
▬ Adjust pull-out width using drawer back
▬ Use screws to attach the drawer back (wooden) to chipboard back fixings
▬ Insert and secure drawer back, base and sides in BOXFIX
▬ Screw on drawer base to drawer sides
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices
BOXFIX E-T
▬ Assembly device for drawers and high fronted pull- Assembly possibilities
outs TANDEMBOX antaro
TANDEMBOX plus
▬ Assembly type: screw-on
▬ Nominal length NL 270–650 mm
▬ Cabinet width KB 250–1200 mm
▬ Back heights up to 250 mm
▬ Material: nylon/steel
▬ BOXFIX for drawer base thicknesses of 18 mm on
request Reference pages
Overview – assembly devices 645
Application video
Short URL
www.blum.com/ZLrYk
Symbolic image
Order information
Description Part no. Accessories
BOXFIX E-T ZMM.0350
Consisting of:
Centre bit M01.ZZ03.01
– 1 x BOXFIX E-T
– 1 x Centre bit Shim kit for BOXFIX E-L | E-M | E-T ZMM.075N
– 1 x Shim kit for BOXFIX E-T
Assembly possibilities
TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus
Drawer Assembly
▬ Adjust pull-out width using drawer back
▬ Use screws to attach the drawer back (wooden) to chipboard back fixings
▬ Insert and secure drawer back, base and sides in BOXFIX
▬ Screw on drawer base to drawer sides
Fixing positions, for example, can be safely Drilling for Blum hinge drilling patterns can, Fixing positions for cabinet profiles, for example,
and precisely punched and pre-drilled with the for example, be efficiently executed using the can be precisely transferred using the universal
universal drilling template. drilling template for hinges. rod template.
Lift systems Hinge systems Box and runner systems Further products
Overview
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Symbolic image
Pictograph
Item available on request
TANDEMBOX antaro
CLIP top BLUMOTION
TANDEMBOX plus
AVENTOS HK top
AVENTOS HK-XS
Further products
LEGRABOX pure
LEGRABOX free
AVENTOS HF
MERIVOBOX
MOVENTO
METABOX
AVENTOS
TANDEM
CLIP top
MODUL
Drilling templates
Universal individual template
65.1051.02 658 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
ECODRILL
M31.1000 661 ● ● ● ● ●
Base router
M35.7200.01 668 ● ●
MINIFIX
65.3300 672 ●
Gauge sets
Universal drilling template
65.1000.01 677 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
TANDEMBOX antaro
CLIP top BLUMOTION
TANDEMBOX plus
AVENTOS HK top
AVENTOS HK-XS
Further products
LEGRABOX pure
LEGRABOX free
AVENTOS HF
MERIVOBOX
MOVENTO
METABOX
AVENTOS
TANDEM
CLIP top
MODUL
Gauge sets
Adhesion template for CRISTALLO glass door hinges
65.4500.01 679 ● ●
Insertion tool
Insertion tool for hinges
ZME.0710 680 ● ● ●
Marking templates
Marking template for AVENTOS HK top front fixing bracket
ZML.2200 683 ● ●
Marking template
65.2950 688 ● ●
Marking templates
Universal marking template
65.5340.01 689 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
54
24
59 22
10
23
53
58 21 51
57 20 50 2 40 +25°
45 +5
26
56 19 49 4 39
9
55
52 7
-5
11
44 +4
8 43 +40
27
12
-4 0°
0°
13
18 48
14
28
17 47
16
15
-4 5°
--
6 41 +30°
42 +35°
5°
29
0°
46
--
-3
30
5°
31
3 38
°
2 37
-3 5°
1
32
--
33
-2
0
34
35
36
°
-2
+20°
--
-1
+15°
0
-1
+10°
°
+5°
5°
-5°
0°
0°
Special templates
Cutting-to-size template for CABLOXX
65.0801 695 ●
devices
Assembly – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Assembly – TANDEMBOX antaro Assembly – TANDEM
654 656 657
Assembly – AVENTOS
Front assembly
Universal drilling template Template Marking template for
AVENTOS HK top front fixing
bracket
681 689
Assembly – SERVO-DRIVE
Drilling template for Blum distance Drilling template for the
bumper SERVO-DRIVE switch
660 662
Assembly – TIP-ON
Positioning template for catch plate Drilling template for BLUMOTION
| TIP-ON
687 666
Universal marking template Insertion tool for hinges Insertion tool for mounting plates
Assembly – MODUL
Assembly – hinge systems
Template Drilling template for mounting plates Drilling template for BLUMOTION
689
693
Cabinet assembly
Universal individual template Universal drilling template Universal marking template
696
Assembly – SERVO-DRIVE
Drilling template for Blum distance Drilling template for SERVO-DRIVE
bumper bracket profile attachment
devices
660 671
Assembly – MERIVOBOX
Front assembly
Universal drilling template Front gap template for Marking template for MERIVOBOX
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
671
682 694
Cabinet assembly
Universal individual template Universal drilling template Universal marking template
660 671
Assembly – METABOX
Front assembly
Marking template Marking template for TANDEMBOX Universal drilling template
| METABOX
682
Cabinet assembly
E-SERVICES and assembly
659
659 693
Cabinet assembly
Universal individual template Universal drilling template Universal marking template
688
Assembly – SERVO-DRIVE
Drilling template for Blum distance Drilling template for SERVO-DRIVE
bumper bracket profile attachment
660 671
691 691
Cabinet assembly
Drilling template for connectors Cutting-to-size template for
CABLOXX
676 695
Short URL
Symbolic image www.blum.com/FtGEO
Order information
Description Part no. Accessories
Universal individual template 65.1051.02 Description Part no.
Consisting of:
– 1 x Universal individual template Add-on for SPACE CORNER 65.1107
– 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 5 mm
– 1 x Reducing bush Ø 5 to Ø 2.5 mm
– 1 x Allen key
Assembly possibilities
AVENTOS
Cabinet assembly
▬ Set template depth position using the calibration
▬ Position template in cabinet on marking line
▬ Pre-drill fixing positions for lift mechanism pegs
LEGRABOX pure | LEGRABOX free | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus | METABOX | MOVENTO | TANDEM
Cabinet assembly
devices
Short URL
www.blum.com/cSAMF
Order information
Description Part no.
Universal drilling template ZML.0040.02
Consisting of:
– 1 x Universal drilling template
– 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 10 mm
– 1 x Marking template Ø 10 mm
– 1 x Reducing bush Ø 10 to Ø 5 mm
– 1 x Reducing bush Ø 10 to Ø 2.5 mm
Assembly possibilities
AVENTOS
Front assembly
▬ Set stops using the calibration
▬ Pre-drill or mark fixing positions for inline or cruciform mounting plates for AVENTOS HF as well as front fixings for
AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top | HK-S | HK-XS
LEGRABOX pure | LEGRABOX free | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus | METABOX | MOVENTO | TANDEM
Front assembly
▬ Set stops using the calibration
▬ Drill or mark fixing positions for front fixings including gallery
E-SERVICES and assembly
METABOX
Drawer assembly – back
devices
Short URL
Symbolic image www.blum.com/1ZtTC6
Order information
Description Part no.
Drilling template for Blum distance bumper ZML.1090
Consisting of:
– 1 x Drilling template for Blum distance bumper
– 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 8 mm
– 1 x Reducing bush Ø 8 to Ø 5 mm
Assembly possibilities
AVENTOS | LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus | MOVENTO | TANDEM
SERVO-DRIVE assembly
▬ Position template
▬ Perform drilling for distance bumper (Ø 8 or Ø 5 mm)
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices
ECODRILL
▬ Simple hand held tool to drill accurate hole patterns Assembly possibilities
for Blum hinges AVENTOS HF
AVENTOS HK-XS
▬ Driven by hand drill
CLIP top BLUMOTION
▬ Variable drilling distance (2–8 mm) CLIP top
▬ Assembly on a marking line MODUL
▬ Material: aluminium die casting
Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Application video
Short URL
Symbolic image www.blum.com/1SeQww
Order information
Description Part no. Accessories
ECODRILL M31.1000 Description Part no.
Consisting of:
– 1 x Drilling template Drill bit Ø 8 mm M31.ZB08.02
– 2 x Drill bit Ø 8 mm
– 1 x Fittings drill bit Ø 35 mm
Fittings drill bit Ø 35 mm M31.ZB35.02
– 2 x TORX bit
– 2 x Adjustable clamps
Tool set MZW.1300
Assembly possibilities
AVENTOS HF | AVENTOS HK-XS | CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top | MODUL
Hinge system assembly
▬ Adjust drilling distance setting
▬ Mark desired hinge position
▬ Position ECODRILL on marking line and fix with clamping lever
▬ Drill hinge drilling pattern using hand drill
Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Application video
Short URL
Symbolic image www.blum.com/29CZin
Order information
Description Part no. Accessories
Drilling template for the SERVO-DRIVE switch M31.2000 Description Part no.
Consisting of:
– 1 x Drilling template for the SERVO-DRIVE switch Fittings drill bit Ø 35 mm M31.ZB35.02
– 1 x Fittings drill bit Ø 35 mm
– 2 x TORX bit
Assembly possibilities
AVENTOS HF | AVENTOS HS | AVENTOS HL | AVENTOS HK top
SERVO-DRIVE assembly
▬ Mark desired SERVO-DRIVE switch position
▬ Position template on marking line and fix with clamping screw
▬ Perform attachment drillings for the SERVO-DRIVE switch with the hand drill
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices
Short URL
Symbolic image www.blum.com/1Be6q5
Order information
Description Part no.
Drilling template for hinges (Ø 8 mm | Ø 2.5 mm) 65.059A
Consisting of:
– 1 x Drilling template for hinges
– 1 x Reducing bush Ø 8 to Ø 2.5 mm
– 1 x Drilling depth stop Ø 8 mm
Assembly possibilities
AVENTOS HF | AVENTOS HK-XS | CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top | MODUL
Hinge system assembly – Door
▬ Perform boss drilling (Ø 35 mm) e.g. using a pillar drill
▬ Position template and fix with a spacer
▬ Drill side holes for hinges
Template
▬ Template for drilling the fixing positions for mounting Assembly possibilities
plates (Ø 2.5 mm) AVENTOS HF
AVENTOS HK top
▬ Template for pre-drilling the fixing positions for
AVENTOS HK-S
adapter plates (BLUMOTION | TIP-ON for doors) AVENTOS HK-XS
▬ If mounting plate fixing positions are standard CLIP top BLUMOTION
throughout, then it is possible to fix several tem- CLIP top
MODUL
plates to a wooden strip
▬ Assembly on a marking line
▬ Material: steel Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Application video
Short URL
Symbolic image www.blum.com/1ImlaP
Order information
Description Part no.
Template 65.5300*
Consisting of:
– 1 x Template
Assembly possibilities
AVENTOS HF | AVENTOS HK-XS
Hinge system assembly
▬ Mark hinge arm centre or hinge arm outside edges in the cabinet or on the front (AVENTOS HF)
▬ Attach template and pre-drill fixing positions for horizontal (20 mm) or cruciform mounting plates (37 mm)
Short URL
Symbolic image www.blum.com/uiJko
Order information
Description Part no.
Drilling template for mounting plates 65.5070
Consisting of:
– 1 x Drilling template for mounting plates
– 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 5 mm
Assembly possibilities
AVENTOS HF | AVENTOS HK-XS | CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top | MODUL
Hinge system assembly
▬ Mark hinge arm centre or hinge arm outside edges in the cabinet or on the front (AVENTOS HF)
▬ Position template on marking line and drill first hole (Ø 5 mm)
▬ Turn template around, insert positioning pin into drilling hole and drill second hole (Ø 5 mm)
Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Application video
Short URL
Symbolic image www.blum.com/1ZmwA8
Order information
Description Part no.
Drilling template for BLUMOTION | TIP-ON 65.5010
Consisting of:
– 1 x Drilling template for BLUMOTION | TIP-ON
– 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 10 mm
Assembly possibilities
AVENTOS HK top | AVENTOS HK-S | AVENTOS HK-XS | CLIP top
TIP-ON assembly
▬ Position template on marking line
▬ Distance from cabinet inner side to centre drilling 7.5 mm
▬ Perform drilling for TIP-ON (Ø 10 mm)
CLIP top
BLUMOTION assembly
▬ Position template on marking line
▬ Distance from cabinet inner side to centre drilling 7.5 mm
▬ Perform drilling for BLUMOTION (Ø 10 mm)
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices
Short URL
Symbolic image www.blum.com/cKQqy
Order information
Description Part no.
Drilling template for BLUMOTION 65.5000
Consisting of:
– 1 x Drilling template for BLUMOTION
– 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 10 mm
– 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 5 mm
– 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 2.5 mm
Assembly possibilities
CLIP top
BLUMOTION | TIP-ON assembly
▬ Position template on marking line
▬ You can pre-set repeating drilling positions using the stop rod
▬ Drillings for the BLUMOTION | TIP-ON adapter plate (Ø 2.5 and/or Ø 5 mm)
▬ Drill holes horizontally for BLUMOTION | TIP-ON
Base router
▬ LEGRABOX base assembly Assembly possibilities
▬ Precise manufacturing of the LEGRABOX base LEGRABOX pure
LEGRABOX free
routing
▬ Straightforward clamping of base for convenient
working
▬ No set-up required
▬ Drawer bottom 18–19 mm possible on request
▬ TANDEMBOX drawer bottom 18–19 mm possible on
request Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Application video
Short URL
Symbolic image www.blum.com/UWdi4
Order information
Description Part no. Accessories
Base router M35.7200.01 Description Part no.
Consisting of:
– 1 x Base router Cutting insert set M35.ZW40
– 1 x Milling cutter Ø 60 mm
– 2 x Wood stop
Wood stop (10 pcs) M35.ZT01
– 1 x Tool set
Assembly possibilities
LEGRABOX pure | LEGRABOX free
Drawer assembly – base
▬ Clamp the drawer base
▬ Mill using inching mode and remove drawer base
▬ Bring carriage to starting position
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices
Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Application video
Short URL
Symbolic image www.blum.com/1sK9KN
Order information
Description Part no.
Drilling template for LEGRABOX base | back ZML.7000
Consisting of:
– 1 x Drilling template for LEGRABOX base | back
– 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 2.5 mm
Assembly possibilities
LEGRABOX pure | LEGRABOX free
Drawer assembly – connection of drawer side | base
▬ Position template on front edge of drawer base
▬ Pre-drill fixing positions for drawer side (Ø 2.5 mm)
Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Application video
Short URL
Symbolic image www.blum.com/2IW3fO
Order information
Description Part no.
Drilling template for SPACE CORNER with
ZML.0330
SYNCROMOTION
Consisting of:
– 1 x Drilling template for SPACE CORNER with SYNCROMOTION
Assembly possibilities
TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus
Drawer assembly
▬ Position template in the corner
▬ Drill fixing positions for the SYNCROMOTION fitting
Short URL
Symbolic image www.blum.com/C5aJ9
Order information
Description Part no.
Drilling template for SERVO-DRIVE bracket
ZML.1150.02
profile attachment
Consisting of:
– 1 x Drilling template for SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment
– 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 10 mm
– 1 x Marking template Ø 10 mm
Assembly possibilities
LEGRABOX pure | LEGRABOX free | TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus | MOVENTO | TANDEM
Cabinet assembly
▬ Mark cabinet profile height position
▬ Set depth adjustment using the calibration
▬ Position template on marking line
▬ Drill or mark drillings for bracket profile adapter
MINIFIX
▬ Template for precise positioning of cabinet profile Assembly possibilities
fixing screws METABOX
▬ Assembly on a marking line
▬ Material: nylon
Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Application video
Short URL
Symbolic image www.blum.com/1wLT0f
Order information
Description Part no. Accessories
MINIFIX 65.3300 Description Part no.
Consisting of:
– 1 x MINIFIX Centre bit M01.ZZ03.01
Assembly possibilities
METABOX
Cabinet assembly
▬ Mark cabinet profile height position
▬ Clip cabinet profile on to MINIFIX
▬ Position MINIFIX on marking line
▬ Screw on cabinet profile (pre-drilling with centre bit M01.ZZ03.01 recommended)
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices
Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Application video
Short URL
Symbolic image www.blum.com/25lXQy
Order information
Description Part no. Accessories
Drilling template for MOVENTO | TANDEM T65.1000.02 Description Part no.
Consisting of:
– 1 x Drilling template for MOVENTO | TANDEM Tool set T65.9000
– 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 6 mm
Assembly possibilities
MOVENTO | TANDEM
Drawer assembly – hook drilling
▬ Position template on assembled wooden drawer
▬ Drill hook position
MOVENTO | TANDEM
Drawer assembly – MOVENTO | TANDEM locking device
▬ Position template on assembled wooden drawer
▬ Pre-drill the fixing positions for the locking device
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices
Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Application video
Short URL
Symbolic image www.blum.com/6PBYi
Order information
Description Part no. Accessories
Drilling template for TANDEM – 561H | 551H hook and peg variant T65.1100 Description Part no.
Consisting of:
– 1 x Drilling template for TANDEM – 561H | 551H hook and peg variant Tool set T65.9000
– 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 6 mm
– 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 8 mm
Assembly possibilities
TANDEM
Drawer assembly – hook drilling
▬ Position template on assembled wooden drawer
▬ Drill hook position
TANDEM
Drawer assembly – peg hole
▬ Position template on the assembled wooden drawer on the marking line
▬ Drill fixing positions for peg position
E-SERVICES and assembly
TANDEM
Drawer assembly – drilling for lift-off stop
devices
Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Symbolic image
Order information
Description Part no.
Drilling template for TANDEM front fixing ZML.0050
Consisting of:
– 1 x Drilling template for TANDEM front fixing
Assembly possibilities
TANDEM
Drawer assembly
▬ Useful application only in combination with TANDEM, Cabinet Configurator and front adjustment bracket (295.1000)
▬ The fixing position of the front adjustment bracket must be taken from the Cabinet Configurator planning result
▬ Position template on to wooden drawer and drill
Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Application video
Short URL
Symbolic image www.blum.com/2XGqs
Order information
Description Part no.
Drilling template for connectors 65.5040
Consisting of:
– 1 x Drilling template for connectors
– 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 5 mm
Assembly possibilities
Further products
Further products assembly
▬ Place the template flush on the cabinet bottom or top panel
▬ Secure template and drill (Ø 5 mm)
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices
Short URL
Symbolic image www.blum.com/2EbFR6
Order information
Description Part no. Accessories
Universal drilling template 65.1000.01 Description Part no.
Consisting of:
– 1 x Extension rail 1000 mm Extension rail 2200 mm with calibration T65.5090
– 4 x Universal drilling template
– 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 5 mm
Universal drilling template 65.1001.01
– 1 x Reducing bush Ø 5 to Ø 2.5 mm
– 1 x Allen key
Add-on for SPACE CORNER 65.1106
Assembly possibilities
AVENTOS
Cabinet assembly
▬ Set template height and depth position using the calibration
▬ Position template on cabinet
▬ Pre-drill fixing positions for lift mechanism pegs
LEGRABOX pure | LEGRABOX free | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus | METABOX | MOVENTO | TANDEM
Cabinet assembly
devices
Short URL
Symbolic image www.blum.com/10TSjY
Order information
Description Part no. Accessories
Drilling template for hinge systems 65.7500.03 Description Part no.
Consisting of:
– 1 x Extension rail 1000 mm Extension rail 2200 mm 65.7590
– 2 x Templates with a marking template
– 2 x Marking template Ø 5 mm
Template 65.7510.03
Assembly possibilities
AVENTOS HF | AVENTOS HK-XS | CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top | MODUL
Hinge system assembly – door undrilled
▬ Position drilling template onto cabinet
▬ Transfer desired position of attached mounting plate and/or system drilling to drilling template
▬ Set desired door overlay using the calibration
▬ Position drilling template on to door and mark hinge drilling pattern using marking template
Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Symbolic image
Order information
Description Part no. Accessories
Adhesion template for CRISTALLO glass door hinges 65.4500.01 Description Part no.
Consisting of:
– 1 x Extension rail 1000 mm Template 65.4510
– 2 x Template with vacuum clamp
Assembly possibilities
CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top
Hinge system assembly
▬ Set adhesion position using the calibration
▬ Fix template with vacuum clamp
▬ Insert CRISTALLO adhesion plate | mounting plate and glue
Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Application video
Short URL
Symbolic image www.blum.com/1gZon1
Order information
Description Part no.
Insertion tool for hinges ZME.0710
Consisting of:
– 1 x Insertion tool for hinges
Assembly possibilities
CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top | MODUL
Hinge system assembly
▬ Drill hinge drilling pattern
▬ Clip hinge into knock-in tool and knock in
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices
Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Application video
Short URL
Symbolic image www.blum.com/VXeEb
Order information
Insertion tool Part no.
Mounting plate 65.6100
Steel horizontal mounting plate ZME.0730
Consisting of:
– 1 x Insertion tool for mounting plates
Assembly possibilities
CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top
Cabinet assembly
▬ Drill fixing positions for mounting plates
▬ Clip mounting plate into knock-in tool and knock in
Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Symbolic image
Order information
Insertion tool Part no.
TANDEMBOX (ZSF.5320) ZME.5320
TANDEMBOX (ZSF.3602.02) ZME.2700
METABOX (ZSF.1300 | ZSF.1600 |ZSF.1800) ZME.1600.01
METABOX (ZSF.1610) ZME.1610
Consisting of:
– 1 x Insertion tool
Assembly possibilities
TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus
Front assembly
▬ Drill fixing positions for the front fixing
▬ Clip on front fixing (ZSF.5320 | ZSF.3602) to the knock-in tool and knock in
METABOX
Front assembly
▬ Drill fixing positions for the METABOX front fixing
▬ Clip on front fixing (ZSF.1xx0) to the knock-in tool and knock in
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices
Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Order information
Description Part no.
Marking template for AVENTOS HK top front
ZML.2200
fixing bracket
Assembly possibilities
AVENTOS HK top
Front assembly
▬ Clip marking template on the installed AVENTOS HK top lift mechanism
▬ Set stop to desired front overlay
▬ Position front and mark front fixing positions with a light tap
Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Application video
Short URL
Symbolic image www.blum.com/Oy7Tx
Order information
Description Part no.
Marking template for LEGRABOX ZML.3710
Assembly possibilities
LEGRABOX pure | LEGRABOX free
Front assembly – drawer
▬ Position marking template on to an assembled drawer that has already been inserted into the cabinet
▬ Set stop to desired front overlay
▬ Position front and mark front fixing positions with a light tap
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices
Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Application video
Short URL
www.blum.com/Oy7Tx
Order information
Description Part no.
Marking template for MERIVOBOX ZML.4010
Assembly possibilities
MERIVOBOX
Front assembly – drawer
▬ Position marking template on to an assembled drawer that has already been inserted into the cabinet
▬ Set stop to desired front overlay
▬ Position front and mark front fixing positions with a light tap
Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Application video
Short URL
Symbolic image www.blum.com/1n8j8B
Order information
Marking template Part no. Accessories
TANDEMBOX – 378N ZML.3510 Description Part no.
TANDEMBOX – 378M | 378K ZML.3580.01 Gallery marking template TANDEMBOX 378M |
ZML.3600
METABOX – 3x0N ZML.1510 378K
METABOX – 3x0M | 3x0K | 3x0H ZML.1500 Gallery marking template METABOX 3x0M | 3x0K
ZML.8000.02
Consisting of: | 3x0H
– 2 x Template
– 4 x Flag¹
¹ Only for TANDEMBOX K drawer side (positioning dowel)
Assembly possibilities
TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus | METABOX
Front assembly – drawer
▬ Position marking template on to an assembled drawer that has already been inserted into the cabinet
▬ Set stop to desired front overlay
▬ Position front and mark front fixing positions with a light tap
▬ Position marking template on to an assembled drawer that has already been inserted into the cabinet
▬ Set stop to desired front overlay
▬ For TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus use K drawer side flags
▬ Position front and mark front fixing positions with a light tap
Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Application video
Short URL
Symbolic image www.blum.com/1dIH7q
Order information
Description Part no.
Positioning template for catch plate 65.5210.01
Consisting of:
– 1 x Template for screw-on catch plates
Assembly possibilities
AVENTOS HK top | AVENTOS HK-S | AVENTOS HK-XS | CLIP top
TIP-ON assembly – screw-on catch plate
▬ Clip template on to the TIP-ON fitting
▬ Gently close door
▬ Attach catch plate at marked location
Marking template
▬ Assembly device for marking the fixing positions for Assembly possibilities
the front adjustment bracket (295.1000) MOVENTO
TANDEM
▬ Material: steel
Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Symbolic image
Order information
Description Part no.
Marking template 65.2950
Consisting of:
– 1 x Marking template Ø 20 mm
Assembly possibilities
MOVENTO | TANDEM
Drawer assembly
▬ Insert marking template into the front adjustment bracket (295.1000) holes
▬ Attach to front, place on drawer already inserted into cabinet and mark the fixing positions using a light tap on the drawer
▬ Perform drillings
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices
Symbolic image
Order information
Description Part no.
Universal marking template 65.5340.01
Consisting of:
– 1 x Universal marking template
Assembly possibilities
AVENTOS | CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top | MODUL | LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX | METABOX | MOVENTO | TANDEM
Assembly
▬ Position template on marking line
▬ Mark fixing positions
▬ Drill holes using a drilling machine
61
25
60
54
24
59 22
10
23
53
58 21 51
57 20 50 2 40 +25°
45 +5
Reference pages
26
56 19 49 4 39 +20°
9
55 18
52 7
-5
11
44 +
8 43 +
27
12
-4 0°
0
13
14
28
17 47
16
15
-4 5°
--
45°
6 41 +30°
42 +35°
652
29
48 3
Overview – templates
0°
46
--
-3
3
40°
0
5°
3
1
2 37
-3 5°
1
32
--
38
33
-2
0
34
35
36
654
°
-2 °
+15°
0
-1
+10°
°
+5°
5
-5°
0°
0°
Symbolic image
Order information
Description Part no.
61
25
60
54
24
65.5810.03
59 22
10
23
45 +50
26
56 19 49 4 39
9
55
52 7
-50
11
8 43 +40°
44 +45
27
12
-45 °
13
18 48
14
28
17 47
16
15
--
-40 °
6 41 +30°
42 +35°
29
°
46
-35 °
--
30
31
3 38
2 37
°
-3 5°
1
32
--
33
-2
0°
34
35
36
-2
+20°
--
-1
+15°
0°
-10
+10°
+5°
5°
-5°
0°
°
Consisting of:
– 1 x Cabinet angle template
Assembly possibilities
CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top
Hinge system assembly
▬ Position template on angled cabinet
▬ Note cabinet angle and angled application
▬ A suitable hinge solution depends on the cabinet angle or angled application
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices
Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Symbolic image
Order information
Marking template for CABLOXX front locking bracket Part no.
LEGRABOX 65.0807
Consisting of:
– 1 x Marking template
Assembly possibilities
LEGRABOX
Front assembly
▬ Adjust drawer side height
▬ Clip template on to the attached front fixing
▬ Mark fixing position for front locking bracket
▬ Drill holes using a drilling machine
TANDEMBOX
Front assembly
▬ Clip template on to the attached front fixing
▬ Mark fixing position for front locking bracket
▬ Drill holes using a drilling machine
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices
Marking template
▬ Template for determining the fixing positions for the Assembly possibilities
INSERTA gallery (back height B | C) TANDEMBOX antaro
TANDEMBOX plus
▬ Material: nylon
METABOX
Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Symbolic image
Order information
Marking template Part no.
TANDEMBOX ZML.8030
METABOX ZML.805S
Consisting of:
– 1 x Marking template
Assembly possibilities
TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus | METABOX
Front assembly
▬ Clip template on to the attached front fixing
▬ Mark fixing positions for the INSERTA gallery
▬ Drill holes using a drilling machine
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices
Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Application video
Short URL
Symbolic image www.blum.com/eNY0MYTy
Order information
Description Part no.
Front gap template for LEGRABOX | MOVENTO 65.5631
Consisting of:
– 1 x Front gap template for LEGRABOX | MOVENTO
Assembly possibilities
LEGRABOX
Adjustment – front gap
▬ Position template on cabinet side
▬ Adjust cabinet profile via depth adjustment flush to the template
MOVENTO
Adjustment – front gap
▬ Position template on cabinet side
▬ Adjust cabinet profile via depth adjustment flush to the template
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices
Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Application video
Short URL
www.blum.com/2OZ7GMtd
Order information
Description Part no.
Front gap template for MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 65.5627
Consisting of:
– 1 x Front gap template for MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Assembly possibilities
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus
Adjustment – front gap without front
▬ Position template on cabinet side
▬ Adjust cabinet profile via depth adjustment until the drawer side is flush to the template
Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Symbolic image
Order information
Description Part no.
Cutting-to-size template for CABLOXX 65.0801
Consisting of:
– 1 x Cutting-to-size template for CABLOXX
Assembly possibilities
Further products
Cutting locking bar and synchronisation linkage to size
▬ Cut locking bar and synchronisation linkage to the desired size using saw
Cutting the synchronisation linkages (TIP-ON BLUMOTION and side stabiliser) to size
▬ Cut synchronisation linkage (TIP-ON BLUMOTION and side stabiliser) to the desired size using saw
Further products
Cut spacer to size
▬ Cut spacer to desired size using supplied flat chisel and hammer
E-SERVICES and assembly
Further products
Drilling end cap, synchronisation section
devices
▬ Place locking bar in template and drill Ø 5 mm hole for attaching the end cap in the locking bar
▬ Position template in cabinet and pre-drill Ø 2.5 mm hole for synchronisation section
Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Symbolic image
Order information
Description Part no.
Glass cutting set 65.8000
Consisting of:
– 1 x Oil glass cutter
– 1 x Cutting liquid
– 1 x Diamond file
Assembly possibilities
LEGRABOX free | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX antaro
Drawer assembly
▬ Mark section of the design element to be cut to size
▬ Position bracket on marking line
▬ Score the glass design element using the glass cutter
▬ Break glass and smooth edges
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices
Our goal is to ensure that furniture buyers can To reach our objective we are monitoring our Thus, over the course of time, we can satisfy
enjoy the convenience and perfect function of products in real working environments as well your customer’s needs and offer a range of
our fittings for the lifetime of their furniture. as in testing labs. Test results are incorporated new products.
into the manufacture and development of our
products.
General Information Lift systems Hinge systems Box and runner systems
General Information
Information 700
Safety information 701
Testing standards at Blum 702
Blum’s subsidiaries, representatives and contacts 720
Part No. Index 728
Symbolic image
Information about lift systems
Reference values for front weight FG (kg) 704
Symbolic image
Information about hinge systems
Planning 706
Angled hinges 707
Dimensions 708
Front overlay 709
Motion processes and closing action 710
Symbolic image
Information about box and runner systems
Overview 712
Dimensions 713
Tolerance compensation 714
Planning 715
Inner dimensions for cutlery inserts 716
Symbolic image SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list 718
Pictograph
Overlay application
Dual application
Inset application
Reference pages
Area of application – EXPANDO T 102
Lift systems
/
Durability Static load test Lateral load test Slam open/slam shut test
80.000 opening and closing movements. For simulating unintended overload For ascertaining effect of side load. For simulating overload when opening
when using fronts with handles. and closing and for preventing the fronts
from coming off.
Corrosion test Durability Durability with 5 kg additional load Static load test
Based on DIN EN ISO 9227 and 200.000 opening and closing move- For determining limit values for the 45°opening angle to simulate a load on
DIN EN ISO 6270-2 for simulating corro- ments. fitting. the front in the lower base cabinet.
sion influences.
Hinge systems
Durability Static load test Lateral load test Slam open/slam shut test
100.000 opening and closing cycles, of Completely open with additional load to For ascertaining effect of side load. For simulating overload when opening
which 30.000 cycles fully opened to the simulate a load on the front. and closing and for preventing the fronts
pull-out stop. from coming off.
Durability Static load test Lateral load test Slam open/slam shut test
100.000 opening and closing cycles, of Completely open with additional load to For ascertaining effect of side load. For simulating overload when opening
which 30.000 cycles fully opened to the simulate a load on the front. and closing and for preventing the fronts
pull-out stop. from coming off.
Corrosion test Load test according to Detailed testing standards and limiting
Based on DIN EN ISO 9227 and DIN ISO EN 15939 (test frame A) values are defined in our internal
DIN EN ISO 6270-2 for simulating corro- ▬ 260 kg per pair of wall hanging brackets guidelines.
sion influences. ▬ Duration of test: 8 days
▬ Catalogue specification: permissible
total load 130 kg
Information
Wooden fronts
FH Front height Calculating the front weight FG
FB Front width
FG (kg) = FH (m) x FB (m) x FD (m) x density (kg/m³)
FD Front thickness
FG Front weight
Note
The handle weight must be taken into account for lift
mechanism selection!
Note
The handle weight must be taken into account for lift
mechanism selection!
Information
Number of hinges
Number of hinges The number of hinges depends on the front weight FG and front
height FH
SWD Cabinet side panel thickness Consider space requirements for removal!
FD Front thickness Hinge X min. (mm)
79B99x0 86
79B95x0 70
78T9550.TL 70
99B9550 28
Information
Angle definitions
The given opening angle can be decreased Applications from –50° to +50° are feasible
slightly through:
▬ Small front gap
▬ Thick fronts
▬ Large boss drilling distance
▬ Side adjustment towards the smaller front overlay
KS
OW
Applications
Inset application Half overlay application Overlay application Maximum overlay Mitred application How to achieve the
application relevant application:
▬ Angled hinges
▬ Mounting plate fixing
▬ Angled spacers
▬ Hinge adjustment
▬ Mounting plate height
Outer edge of door and inner Inner edge of door and inner Outer edge of door and outer Dependent on hinge design Inner and outer edges of door
edge of cabinet are flush edge of cabinet are flush edge of cabinet are in a line and cabinet are flush
Cranking
I Half overlay application
II Overlay application
III Maximum overlay application
Information
Hinge dimensions
Overlay application Dual application Inset application
Straight hinge arm – 0 mm Cranked hinge arm – 9.5 mm Double cranked arm – 18 mm
SH SH SH
SL
SL
FE SL FE FE
Installation dimensions
Overlay application Dual application Inset application
Straight hinge arm – 0 mm Cranked hinge arm – 9.5 mm Double cranked arm – 18 mm
Hinge cranking Use spaced mounting plate Alter drilling distance Side adjustment
FS Front gap
TO Boss overlay (fixed dimension)
Minimum gap
MF
MF Minimum gap The minimum gap is based on doors with 1 mm radiused edges
Required to open door With more pronounced radii the gaps can be reduced
Information
170° hinge Profile/thick door hinge 125° hinge Hinge for thin doors
CRISTALLO hinge Glass door hinge Mini-hinge Corner cabinet bi-fold hinge
20°
Note
The maximum opening angle can be limited by the cabinet depending on the front shape, front thickness FD and hinge setting
Information
Information
Concealed
Full extension
LEGRABOX – 750 | 753 MOVENTO – 760H | 766H
Single extension
TANDEM – 550H | 551H | 550F | 551F
Visible
Single extension
METABOX – 320
Information
Cabinet dimensions
LEGRABOX
MERIVOBOX
TANDEMBOX
METABOX
MOVENTO | TANDEM
Standard pull-out stop at first indentation Lock open position (e.g. for cleaning of drawer), roller locates Spacing beads prevent rollers from fouling protruding screw
between 1st and 2nd indentation heads
Loss of extension
Full extension Single extension
Over extension
TANDEMBOX
BB
BH
42
LW
The curved design of drawer sides of TANDEMBOX must be taken into account when calculating the cutlery insert width.
The cutlery insert width required is dependent upon the cutlery insert height.
METABOX
Cutlery inserts need to be cut out on both sides to make room for the protruding front fixings.
Information
³ SERVO-DRIVE uno for top mount waste bin solutions ⁴ 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit
x Network adapter y Language package
__ Cabinet width KB
B Market K Market
Egypt Nigeria Australia
Bahrain Oman¹ Fiji
Bangladesh¹ Qatar¹ New Zealand
Belize¹ Saudi Arabia¹ Papua New Guinea
Botswana Seychelles¹
Cyprus Singapore
Ghana¹ Sri Lanka¹
Gibraltar¹ Sudan¹
Guyana¹ U.A.E.¹
Honduras Uganda
Hong Kong United Kingdom
Iraq¹ Vietnam¹
Ireland Yemen¹
Jordan¹ Zambia¹
Part no. Kenya Zimbabwe¹ Part no.
Kuwait¹
Z10NA30xy ² Z10NA30xy ²
Lebanon¹
Libya¹
Z10T__3Wxy1 ³ Z10T__3Wxy1 ³
Malaysia
Malta
Z10NA30xyF ⁴ Z10NA30xyF ⁴
Mauritius¹
¹ More than one input adapter can be used (depending on the house wiring) ² SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions
³ SERVO-DRIVE uno for top mount waste bin solutions
² SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions ⁴ 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit
³ SERVO-DRIVE uno for top mount waste bin solutions x Network adapter
⁴ 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit y Language package
x Network adapter __ Cabinet width KB
y Language package
__ Cabinet width KB
R Market N Market
Brazil China
South Korea
Thailand
Z10T__3Wxy1 ³ Z10T__3Wxy1 ³
Z10NA30xyF ⁴ Z10NA30xyF ⁴
² SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions ² SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions
³ SERVO-DRIVE uno for top mount waste bin solutions ³ SERVO-DRIVE uno for top mount waste bin solutions
⁴ 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit ⁴ 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit
x Network adapter x Network adapter
y Language package y Language package
__ Cabinet width KB __ Cabinet width KB
Information
Information
Market Address
Algeria MAM Eurl Telephone 00 213 23 93 00 51
13, route de meftah Z.I. oued smar Fax 00 213 23 93 00 52
16270 ALGER Mobil 00 213 550 60 60 52 /53 /56 /57
ALGERIA E-mail mam-business@hotmail.fr
Algeria Saberwood Telephone +213 023 34 00 87
AV ALI KHOUDJA N09, LOC17 137 Mobil +213 023 05 83 25
16000 Algier E-mail contact@jana-trading.com
Algeria Internet www.jana-trading.com
Argentina Bisagra OH S.A. Telephone (+54 11) 4204 3414
Gral. Paunero 1789 E-mail info@bisagraoh.com.ar
Sarandí, Buenos Aires Internet www.bisagraoh.com.ar
Argentina
Australia Blum Australia Pty. Ltd. Telephone +61 2 9612-5400
P.O. Box 1615 E-mail info.au@blum.com
Green Valley, NSW 2168 Internet www.blum.com.au
Australia
Austria Julius Blum GmbH, Beschlägefabrik Telephone +43/5578/705-0
Industriestraße 1 E-mail info@blum.com
6973 Höchst Internet www.blum.com
Austria
Azerbaijan Julius Blum GmbH Telephone +994 50 235 11 84
Azərbaycan Nümayəndəliyi E-mail info.az@blum.com
Ə. Qayıbov küç., 10 Q
1029 BAKI, AZƏRBAYCAN
Bahrain EMINENCE HARDWARE TRADING CO. W.L.L. Telephone +973 17009786
Building No. 1481, Block No. 606 Fax +973 17009785
Road No. 10, Sitra Highway E-mail blum@eminencehardware.com
Al Kharijiyah, Bahrain, P.O.BOX: 70320 Internet www.eminencehardware.com
Belarus OOO “Antarion Group” Telephone +375 17 3 200 100
Novodvorskij s-s, 40-8a, r-n d. Bolszoe stiklevo Telephone +375 29 3 940 100
Minsk 223060, Minskaja oblast E-mail blum@antarion.by
Belarus Internet www.antarion.by
Belgium | Luxembourg Van Hoecke nv Telephone +32 3 760 19 00
Europark-Noord 9 Fax +32 3 760 19 19
9100 Sint-Niklaas E-mail info@vanhoecke.be
Belgium Internet www.vanhoecke.be
Bolivia MAXCAB S.R.L Telephone +591 2 2794143
Calle 21 de Calacoto no. 8555 Telephone +591 77600656
La Paz E-mail info@maxcab.com.bo
Bolivia Internet www.maxcab.com.bo
Brazil Blum do Brasil, Ind. e Com. de Ferragens Ltda. Telephone +55/11/4785-3400
Av. João Paulo I, 2052, Jardim Santa Bárbara E-mail info.br@blum.com
CEP 06817-000 Embu das Artes - SP Internet www.blum.com.br
Brasil
Brunei Blum South East Asia Pte Ltd Telephone +65 6547 1760
150 Ubi Avenue 4 Fax +65 6547 1761
#02-01 Ubi Biz-Hub E-mail info.sg@blum.com
Singapore 408825 Internet www.blum.com
Bulgaria Interior-I Telephone +359/28437881
Sofia Mobil +359/878619035
ul. Todorini Kukli 1A E-mail intralim@techno-link.com
BULGARIA Internet www.interior-i.bg
Canada Blum Canada ltée Telephone +1 905 670-7920
6775, Maritz Drive Toll-free (Can. only) 1 800 670-9254
Mississauga (Ontario) L5W 0H5 E-mail info.ca@blum.com
Canada
Chile Comercial Habitat Ltda. Telephone +56 2 22017650
Las Hualtatas 8412 Fax +56 2 22017652
Vitacura, Santiago E-mail info@hbt.cl
Chile Internet www.hbt.cl
China Blum Furniture Hardware (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. Telephone +86-21-3920 3355
Shanghai No. 399 Beiying Road Fax +86-21-3920 2223
Qingpu Industrial Park, 201700 Shanghai E-mail info.cn@blum.com
CHINA Internet www.blum.com
China Blum Furniture Hardware (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., Beijing Branch Telephone +86-10-5676 2178
Beijing Rm. 102-103, B1 Floor, Building 9, Pomegranate Center Fax +86-10-5676 2179
No. 88, Liuxiang Road E-mail info.cn@blum.com
Fengtai District, 100079 Beijing, CHINA Internet www.blum.com
Information
Market Address
China Blum Furniture Hardware (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., Guangzhou Branch Telephone +86-20-3785 5208
Guangzhou Unit 601, 608-610, 6th Floor, Tower A, mPlaza Guangzhou Fax +86-20-3785 5206
No. 109 Pazhou Avenue E-mail info.cn@blum.com
Haizhu District, 510308 Guangzhou, Guangdong, CHINA Internet www.blum.com
China Blum Furniture Hardware (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., Nanjing Branch Telephone +86-25-8444 2228
Nanjing Rm. 205-207, Block 3, E-PARK Fax +86-25-8223 2223
No. 109 Ruanjian Avenue E-mail info.cn@blum.com
Yuhuatai District, 210012 Nanjing, Jiangsu, CHINA Internet www.blum.com
China Blum Furniture Hardware (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., Sichuan Branch Telephone +86-28-8421 5550
Chengdu Rm. E-209, Blue Ocean World Fax +86-28-8421 5557
No. 22 Zhenxing Road, Yingbin Avenue E-mail info.cn@blum.com
Jinniu District, 610036 Chengdu, Sichuan, CHINA Internet www.blum.com
China Blum Furniture Hardware (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., Zhejiang Branch Telephone +86-574-8812 0900
Ningbo Rm. 1338-1341, Block 1, East China City Tower Fax +86-574-8812 0920
No. 323 Century Avenue (N) E-mail info.cn@blum.com
Yinzhou District, 315040 Ningbo, Zheijiang, CHINA Internet www.blum.com
China Blum Furniture Hardware (Shanghai) Co,. Ltd., Qingdao Branch Telephone +86-532-8896 9528
Qingdao Rm. 512, Area C, Software Building Fax +86-532-8896 9526
No. 169 Songling Road E-mail info.cn@blum.com
Laoshan District, 266101 Qingdao, Shandong, CHINA Internet www.blum.com
Columbia Alsada SAS Telephone +57-1-7449885
Calle 127 C Nº 45A - 56 E-mail info@alsada.com.co
Bogotá Internet www.alsada.com.co
Colombia
Costa Rica Eurocomponentes S.A. Telephone +506 229 12 56 4
Pavas, de la Iglesia María Reina 125 Mts Sur, Telephone +506 403 02 24 8
Bodegas More Park (Súper Salón), Sala # 29 E-mail ventas.cr@eurocomponentes.net
San José, Costa Rica Internet www.eurocomponentes.net
Cyprus H.H. Furnishings Ltd. Telephone +357-22-494450
42, Propyleon Street Fax +357-22-313774
Strovolos Ind. Estate E-mail info@hhfurnishing.com
Nicosia 2033, Cyprus Internet www.hhfurnishing.com
Czech Republic Blum, s.r.o. Telephone +420/281090161
E-mail posta.cz@blum.com
Internet www.blum.com
Market Address
Germany Blum GmbH Telephone +49/5221/17493-0
Lilienthalstraße 3 Fax +49/5221/17493-50
D-32052 Herford E-mail info.de@blum.com
Germany Internet www.blum.com
Ghana DFWI Ghana Ltd. Telephone +233 (0) 302 813 612
Plot 43A, Spintex Road, Accra – Ghana Mobil +233 (0) 244 888 000
Postal Code: KA-DTD 5321 – Airport E-mail pierre.maarawi@dfwighanaltd.com
GHANA
Greece Blum Hellas S.A. Telephone +30 210 27 51 131
19th km Paianias – Markopoulou Av. Fax +30 210 27 51 777
Thesi Pousi – Chatzi E-mail info.gr@blum.com
Paiania Attikis, 19002, Greece Internet www.blum.com
Guatemala Mueble Partes S.A. Telephone +502 2363-0359
12 avenida 19-20 zona 10 Telephone +502 5990-9471
Ciudad Guatemala E-mail info@mueblepartes.com
Guatemala Internet www.mueblepartes.com
Hong Kong Blum Furniture Hardware Hongkong Ltd. Telephone +852 2572-2816
21/F., 208 Johnston Road Fax +852 2572-2817
Hong Kong (SAR) E-mail info.hk@blum.com
China Internet www.blum.com.hk
Hungary Blum Hungária Kft. Telephone +36/27/510 140
2600 Vác Fax +36/27/510 141
Gödöllői út 16/14 E-mail info.hu@blum.com
HUNGARY Internet www.blum.com
Iceland Innval ehf. Telephone +354 557 2700
Smidjuvegur 5 E-mail innval@innval.is
200 KOPAVOGUR Internet www.innval.is
ICELAND
India Blum India Pvt. Ltd. Telephone +91 22 4610 7000
Times Square building, Ground & first floor Fax +91 22 4610 7099
Western Express Highway, Next to Natraj building E-mail info.in@blum.com
Andheri East, Mumbai 400 069, Maharashtra, India Internet www.blum.com
India Hafele India Pvt. Ltd. Telephone 022 6142 6142
Office No. 3, Building “A”, BETA, I Think Techno Campus E-mail info@hafeleindia.com
Off J.V.L.R, Opp Kanjurmarg Station Internet www.hafeleindia.com
Kanjurmarg (E), Mumbai 400 042, India
Indonesia PT. Blum Furniture Hardware Indonesia Telephone +62 21 3972 1050
ICE Business Park BSD, Blok A No. 1 & 2 E-mail info.id@blum.com
Jl. BSD Grand Boulevard Internet www.blum.com
Tangerang 15339, Indonesia
Iraq Biwas for Supplying Cabinet Acc Telephone +964 7512347235 - 7
No. 640, Italian City 2 E-mail info@biwasco.com
ERBIL Internet www.blum.com
IRAQ
Ireland Flanagan Fittings Telephone +353-1-8448400
Falcon House, Dublin Airport Logistics Park Fax +353-1-8448409
St. Margarets, Co. Dublin, K67 F303 E-mail sales@fff.ie
Ireland Internet www.fff.ie
Israel Bluran Import & Distribution Ltd. Telephone +972/732/310360
2nd Ha’Mada St., P.O.Box 5235 Fax +972/732/310361
Rishon-Lezion 7515102 E-mail bluran@bluran.co.il
ISRAEL Internet www.bluran.co.il
Italy ELMI SRL Telephone +39/02/95740443
Via delle Gerole 26 Fax +39/02/95740746
20867 Caponago MB E-mail info@elmi.it
Italy Internet www.elmi.it
Japan Denica Co., Ltd. Telephone +81/47/437-0310
2-474-8 Katsushika-cho Fax +81/47/437-2130
Funabashi 273-0032 E-mail support@denica.co.jp
Japan Internet www.denica.co.jp
Jordan Amara Trading Center Telephone +962-6-5811896
Al-Bayader, 66 Hussain Khawaja Street Fax +962-6-5827896
Po Box 140288 E-mail info@atc-jo.com
Amman 11814 Jordan Internet www.atc-jo.com
Kazakhstan Blum Central Asia Ltd. Telephone +7 727 390 86 25
pr-t Sujunbaja, 211, ofis 11, Turksibskij rajon Telephone +7 727 243 33 18
Almaty 050056, Almatinskaja oblast E-mail info.kz@blum.com
Kazakhstan Internet www.blum.com
Information
Market Address
Kenya PG BISON KENYA LTD Telephone +254 20 808888 - 2
Kampala Rd., Industrial Area Fax +254 20 808888 - 0
00100 NAIROBI E-mail hmediratta@pgbison.co.ke
KENYA Internet www.pgbison.co.ke
Kuwait Eminence Hardware co for carpentry Telephone +965 99204054
building an smithy Materials, Khalifa Al Jassim Street E-mail +965 90996195
Shop no. 13, Tara Center Internet sales.kuwait@eminencehardware.com.
SHUWAIKH 70030, KUWAIT
Latvia SIA AM Furnitūra Telephone +371 67496001
Dārzciema iela 60F Fax +371 67496009
Rīga, LV-1073 E-mail amfurnitura@amf.lv
Latvia Internet www.amf.lv
Lebanon Ets. Adib Ladki s.c.s. Telephone +961-1-736740
Ground Floor Hamawi Building Fax +961-1-736844
Algiers Street – Zarif Area E-mail ADLA1920@cyberia.net.lb
1105-2050 Beirut, LEBANON Internet www.adibladki.com
Libya Alhanaa Company Telephone +218 213600551
Bldg N° 10.47.070, Jamaa Essagaa Fax +218 21360 5378
Beside Essaggaa Mosque E-mail nagi_ashour@yahoo.com
TRIPOLI, LIBYA
Libya Azaria Limited Trading Co. Telephone +218 21 4894 307
P.O.BOX: 76076 Fax +218 21 4894 307
Janzur second ring road E-mail info@azaria.ly
TRIPOLI, LIBYA
Lithuania UAB Blulita Telephone +370 5 265 35 32
Vilkpėdės g. 24, 03151 Vilnius E-mail info@blulita.lt
Minijos g. 62, 91189 Klaipėda Internet www.e.blulita.lt
Lietuva
Malaysia Blum Malaysia E-mail info.my@blum.com
A-2-3 & A-2-3A, Aurora Place Mall @ Bukit Jalil Internet www.blum.com
Jalan Persiaran Jalil 1, Bandar Bukit Jalil
57000 KUALA LUMPUR, MALAYSIA
Malta T&H Distributors Ltd. Telephone 00356 21222471
Triq In-Negozju Mobil 00356 77222471
Mriehel BKR 3000 E-mail sales@toolsandhardware.eu
MALTA Internet www.toolsandhardware.eu
Mauritius C.K. Tang & Co. Ltd. Telephone +230 2474337
83, Royal Road Telephone +230 2474757
TOMBEAU BAY Fax +230 2475521
MAURITIUS E-mail cktang@intnet.mu
Mexico Blum México Herrajes Para Muebles Telephone +52 728 102 1700
Av. Industria Automotríz 10, Parque Industrial Doña Rosa E-mail info.mx@blum.com
52000 Lerma Internet www.blum.com.mx
Edo. de México
Mongolia Deutschewelle Moebel LLC Telephone +976 8009 2626
Chingis Avenue, Misheel Mega Moll Building E-mail blum@deutschewelle.mn
Khan-Uul District
Ulaanbaatar
Morocco Yves Rouger Telephone +212 522312506
20 Boulevard Ibn Tachfine Fax +212 522312462
B.P. 2158 E-mail yvesrouger@yahoo.fr
20300 CASABLANCA, MOROCCO
Morocco REVÉTOU Telephone +212 522943634
51, Rue attabari – Maarif Fax +212 522943615
20100 CASABLANCA E-mail contact@revetou.com
MOROCCO
Namibia HÜSTER MACHINETOOL COMPANY (PTY) LTD. Telephone +264 61 237083
No. 6, Andimba Toivo Ya Toivo Street, Plenarg Building, Fax +264 61 227696
Southern Industrial Area, P. O. Box 5029, Ausspannplatz E-mail hmt.whk@huster.com.na
Windhoek, NAMIBIA (AFRICA) Internet www.huster.com.na
Netherlands Van Hoecke bv Telephone +31 418 56 90 60
Schimminck 5 Fax +31 418 56 90 69
5301 KR Zaltbommel E-mail info@vanhoecke.nl
The Netherlands Internet www.vanhoecke.nl
New Zealand Blum New Zealand Ltd Telephone +64 9 820 5051
Auckland 621 Rosebank Road, Avondale E-mail info.nz@blum.com
Auckland 1026 Internet www.blum.com
New Zealand
Information
Market Address
New Zealand Blum New Zealand Ltd Telephone +64 3 379 4984
Christchurch 16 Avenger Crescent, Wigram E-mail info.nz@blum.com
Christchurch 8042 Internet www.blum.com
New Zealand
Nigeria DOUAIHY For Wood International Ltd Mobil +234 909 426 1828
Plot 807. Idu, Industrial Area E-mail roland.tannoury@dfwi.co
115001 Abuja
NIGERIA
Norway Blum Norge AS Telephone +47 32 127020
Postboks 1110 E-mail lars.ringlund@blum.com
3515 Hønefoss Internet www.blum.com
Norge
Oman ULTIMATE HARDWARE SOLUTIONS LLC Telephone +968 24592888
Postal Code: 117, Al wadi, Al Kabir Fax +968 24502400
Ghala, Sultanate of Oman E-mail blum@uhsgulf.com
P.O. Box 826 Internet www.uhsgulf.com
Pakistan ULTIMATE HARDWARE SOLUTIONS LLC / ECTRATECH TRADING LLC Telephone +971 4 3090600
Offices Land Building, Block 1, Showroom 1 Fax +971 4 3355696
Al Karama, Dubai, United Arab Emirates E-mail blum@ectratech.com
P.O.Box : 48913 Internet www.ectratech.com
Panama FD-Center S.A. Telephone +507 260-5503
Vía Transistmica a 300 mts de la estación del metro Pueblo Nuevo Fax +507 260-1440
en Dirección a San Miguelito E-mail info@fdcenter.center
Ciudad de Panamá, Panamá Internet www.fdcenter.center
Paraguay ZT deco Telephone +595 21 604 852
Av. Santísima Trinidad N° 366 E-mail ztdistribuciones@ztdistribuciones.com.py
c/Overava Internet www.ztdistribuciones.com.py
Asunción, Paraguay
Peru Mueblum Telephone +511 4445271
Av. República de Panamá 6144 E-mail info@mueblum.com
Miraflores, Lima Internet www.mueblum.com
Perú
Philippines Deepe Marketing Corporation Telephone +632 8932 7651
No. 13 Bonifacio Drive Telephone +632 8932 5401
Pasong Tamo Fax +632 8932 3445
Quezon City, Philippines E-mail marketing@deepecorp.com.ph
Poland Blum Polska Sp. z o.o. Telephone +48 61 895 1900
ul. Poznańska 16 E-mail info.pl@blum.com
62-020 Jasin k/Swarzędza Internet www.blum.com
Polska
Portugal Luso Blum, Ferragens para Móveis, Unipessoal Lda. Telephone +351/22/7334200
Av. dos Mourões, nº 191 Fax +351/22/7334199
São Felix da Marinha E-mail info.pt@blum.com
4410-500 Vila Nova de Gaia, Portugal Internet www.blum.com
Qatar ULTIMATE HARDWARE SOLUTIONS LLC Telephone +974 44631742
Building No. 1, Shop no 28, 30 Fax +974 44631964
Barwa Village, Doha, Qatar E-mail blum@ectratech.com
P.O.Box : 80815 Internet www.uhsgulf.com
Romania BLUM ROMÂNIA S.R.L. Telephone +40/21/3512103
Str. Zborului Nr. 2B, Fax +40/21/3512102
judeţul Ilfov, E-mail info.ro@blum.com
RO-075100 Otopeni, România Internet www.blum.ro
Russia OOO “Blum” Telephone +7 495 727-06-11
ul. Brestskaja, 32/3, str. 2, Domodedovo E-mail info.ru@blum.com
RF-142030 Jam, Moskovskaja oblast Internet www.blum.com
Russian Federation
Saudi Arabia Eurotec Co. for trading. Telephone +966 1 4600180
Central region Office No16, 1st floor, building No 3538 E-mail info@eurotec.sa.com
Western region Prince Sultan Bin Abdulaziz Street, Al Sulaymaniyah
Riyadh Saudi-Arabia
Saudi Arabia Eurotec Co. for trading. Telephone +966 1 38023088
Eastern region Office No 2, 1st floor Riviera 1 building E-mail info@eurotec.sa.com
Dammam
Saudi-Arabia
Singapore Blum South East Asia Pte Ltd Telephone +65 6547 1760
150 Ubi Avenue 4 Fax +65 6547 1761
#02-01 Ubi Biz-Hub E-mail info.sg@blum.com
Singapore 408825 Internet www.blum.com
Information
Market Address
Slovakia Julius Blum GmbH Telephone +421 905 99 79 77
Zastúpenie pre Slovensko E-mail info.sk@blum.com
Tuhovská 29 Internet www.blum.com
831 06 Bratislava, Slovakia
Slovenia Starman d.o.o. Telephone +386-1-7247-900
Poslovna cona Zeje pri Komendi Fax +386-1-7247-979
Pod Brezami 2 E-mail info@starman.si
1218 KOMENDA, SLOVENIA Internet www.starman.si
South Africa Blum South Africa (PTY) Ltd. Telephone +27 11 444 8118
212 Katherine Street, (16 Bowling Avenue) Fax +27 11 4448117
Kramerville, Sandton E-mail enquiries.bza@blum.com
Wendywood/Johannesburg 2144, South Africa Internet www.blum.com
South Korea Woobo International Co., Ltd. Telephone +82 31 285 9491
103 Tapsil-ro, Giheung-gu, Fax +82 31 285 9419
Yongin-si, Gyeonggi-do 17084 E-mail woobointl@daum.net
REPUBLIC OF KOREA Internet www.woobointl.com
Spain TECNOMAK ESPAÑA, S.A. Telephone +34 934 491 497
Polígon Industrial La Marina Fax +34 934 490 194
C/de la Creativitat, 5 E-mail info@tecnomak.es
08850 Gavà (Barcelona), SPAIN Internet www.tecnomak.es
Suriname Ni-Ke Meubel & Interieur accessories Telephone +597 452344
Granaatstr. 2, Kristalstraat, Maretraite E-mail ni-ke@sr.net
Paramaribo Internet www.ni-ke.net
Suriname
Sweden Blum Svenska AB Telephone +46 36 387750
Box 186, Wadmans Linje 4 E-mail info.se@blum.com
561 23 Huskvarna Internet www.blum.se
Sweden
Switzerland Julius Blum GmbH, Beschlägefabrik Telephone +43/5578/705-0
Industriestraße 1 Fax +43/5578/705-44
6973 Höchst E-mail info@blum.com
Austria Internet www.blum.com
Syria Sarraj Brothers for Trading Telephone +963 114436086/3
Building No.3854/9 Al-Souq Al-Tijari, Al-Mazra’a E-mail tareq@sarrajco.net
Damascus
SYRIA
Taiwan Utekuo Co. Ltd. Telephone +886/2/2368-9249
No. 60, Sec. 1, Ho-Ping West Road Fax +886/2/2368-5089
Taipei City 10078 E-mail utekuo@yahoo.com.tw
Taiwan
Thailand Blue International Co. Ltd. Telephone +66/2/3747755
8, 10, 12 Soi Ramkhamhaeng 26/1 Fax +66/2/3749176
Ramkhamhaeng Rd. E-mail info@blue-inter.com
Huamak - Bangkapi, Bangkok 10240, Thailand Internet www.blue-inter.com
Tunisia PROMODAR SARL. Telephone +216 31 397 900
SIÈGE SOCIAL Fax +216 71 42 87 32
Route de Sousse Km 7 2033 E-mail vente@promodar.com.tn
Ben Arous Tunisie
Turkey Blum TR Mobilya Aksesuarları San. ve Tic. Ltd. Şti Telephone + 90 262 7515025
Gebze Güzeller Org. San. Bölgesi Fax +90 262 7515028
İnönü Mah. Farabi Cad. No.3 E-mail info.tr@blum.com
41490 Gebze-Kocaeli, TURKEY Internet www.blum.com.tr
U.A.E. ULTIMATE HARDWARE SOLUTIONS LLC / ECTRATECH TRADING LLC Telephone +971 4 3090600
Offices Land Building, Block 1, Showroom 1 Fax +971 4 3355696
Al Karama, Dubai, United Arab Emirates E-mail blum@ectratech.com
P.O.Box : 48913 Internet www.ectratech.com
Ukraine TOV “Blum Ukrajina” Telephone +380 32 236 80 10
vul. Dorozhna, 50, Lvivskyj rajon Fax +380 32 236 80 11
81137 Pasiky-Zubrycki, Lvivska oblast E-mail info.ua@blum.com
Ukraine Internet www.blum.ua
United Kingdom Blum UK Telephone +44/1908/285700
Mandeville Drive, Kingston, Milton Keynes Fax +44/1908/285701
Buckinghamshire MK10 0AW E-mail info.uk@blum.com
United Kingdom Internet www.blum.com
Uruguay Montecuir Telephone +598 2506 54 50
Av 8 de Octubre 4599 E-mail info@montecuir.com
Montevideo Internet www.montecuir.com
Uruguay
Information
Market Address
USA Blum Inc., Cabinet & Furniture Hardware Mfg. Telephone +1/704/8271345
7733 Old Plank Rd. Toll-free (USA only) 1/800/4386788
Stanley, NC 28164 Fax +1/704/8270799
USA E-mail sales.us@blum.com
Venezuela Importadora Eurocomponentes C.A. Telephone +58 212 2454401
Ctra. Petare-St. Lucia, Local no. 1 Telephone +58 424 1527126
Sector Piritu, Filas de Mariche E-mail info@eurocomponentes.net
Edo. Miranda, Caracas, Venezuela Internet www.eurocomponentes.net
Vietnam Blum Vietnam Co., Ltd Telephone (+84) 28 38 22 33 04
Ground Floor, Saigon Mansion Building E-mail info.bvn@blum.com
No. 3 Vo Van Tan Street, Vo Thi Sau Ward Internet www.blum.com
Dist. 3, HCM City, Vietnam
Vietnam 1st Floor, CT2 Building Telephone (+84) 24 33 59 59 99
Trang An Complex, No.1 Phung Chi Kien Street E-mail info.bvn@blum.com
Nghia Do Ward, Cau Giay District Internet www.blum.com
Hanoi, Vietnam
Information
Market Address
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Our sites in Austria, Poland and China are certified to the international standards mentioned below.
Our site in the USA is certified to ISO 9001.
Our site in Brazil is certified to ISO 9001, ISO 14001 and ISO 45001.